;f :4i ?>;•-. > I ; { ' ; : > < J i V . J ' - : ■ ill , . U!'": ni I ft 1 »\ t ; « . « '. ■ 5 ' « * r • ■li = MU ft^aemai ■linn- ia^tuii^uus ■C . I i - ; f . . ; > I } : X f 1 • > c ; : T H r 1 T * ' ] ■ • : t J : r •' ; ' I : J tt * t * ( I J Si 1 1 r I ! ; p : ; - ; • . • . * . : . ! : t ; i t ' » GIass5A2i:l. BookAni TIRST GREEK BOOK; ON THE PLAN OF THE FIEST LATIN BOOK. -—-^h BY THOMAS KERCHEVER ARNOLD, M. A. RECTOR OF LYNDON, AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE; CAMBRIDGE. AREFULLY REVISED AND IMPROVED BY REV. J. A. SPENCER, M. A. I PROFESSOR OF LATIN AND ORIENTAL LANGUAGES IN BURLINGTON COLLEGE, N. J. NEW-YORK: D. APPLETON & COMPANY, 200 BROADWAY. PHILADELPHIA : GEO. S. APPLETON, 164 CHESNUT-STREET. 1850. .A13 Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1850, by D. APPLETON & COMPANY, in the Clerk's Office of the District Court for the Southern District of New-York. fr©DO ▲yrtl 1014. PREFACE. In presenting a new and improved edition of the First Greek BooKj the American Editor takes great pleasure in acknowledging the very gratifying success of the " Arnold Series," as issued under his supervision. He has not spared labor on his part, nor have the Publishers expense on their's, to render the various volumes of the series even still more worthy of the confidence and support of the public ; and he ventures to express the opinion that the present " First Greek Book" will be found to be admirably adapted to the ground- ing of the young student in the fundamental principles of the noble language of Greece, as well as a very considerable improvement on former editions of the same book. In this, as in the " First Latin Book," Mr. Arnold has prepared with great care, in both Greek and English, such Exercises as serve to illustrate those portions of the Gram- mar which are needful at the outset. Grammatical apparatus is supplied according as it is wanted ; difficulties are eluci- dated ; peculiarities of the Greek language are pointed out ; differences of idiom between the two languages are specially noted ; and, in accordance with the plan pursued by OUen- IV PREFACE. dorff in his excellent works on edviosition, frequent repetition of principles learnedj and of things already acquired, im- presses them upon the memory with surprising distinctness and force. It may not be deemed amiss here to say, that the educa- tional works of Mr. Arnold require activity and energy on the part of the teacher as well as the scholar. They are not meant to supersede the necessity of a competent and faithful instructor, who can take occasion to enlarge upon, render more full (as boys now and then need), and impress upon his classes, the admirably arranged and clearly and logically drawn out course of instruction contained in these volumes. On the contrary, the teacher must be active and hard-work- ing as well as his boys : if he be so, it is really surprising how rapid and yet how solid is their progress ; if he be not, this as well as every other good school-book will be of com- paratively little service in carrying forward the student to- ward the goal of his wishes and his efforts. It ought not to be necessary, in these days, to remind any one that there is no royal road to learning, and that the best of books and best of systems will not make thorough scholars, without good teachers, and studious, hard-working pupils. The American Editor has endeavored to do all in his power to improve the present volume : he has amplified the earlier Lessons and Exercises ; added simple and clear expla- nations where they seemed to be needed ; inserted " Ques- PREFACE. V tions," rather as suggestive of what may be, than as express- ive of all that should be, asked ; has referred frequently to Kiihner's valuable Grammar for fuller elucidation of diffi- culties or peculiarities, &c. He hopes, ere long, to be able to go still further, and in a '' Second Greek Book " to carry the pupil through the Yerb in fjuc (which is not fully treated of in this volume), the Irregular Verbs, and the principal rules of the Syntax. In that event, the apparatus supplied would be full and complete in all respects ; and by a faithful use of these works, the foundation would be laid, broad and deep, of sound classical scholarship in our country. J. A. S. Burlington College, Sept. 20th, 1850. CONTENTS. LESSONS AND EXERCISES. LESSON. PAGE. I. The Alphabet 1 n. The Sounds of the Letters .... 2 in. The Diphthongs. Breathings • . • . 4 IV. Classification of the Consonants .... 7 V. Syllables. Quantity 9 VI. Accents. Enclitics, &c 12 vn. Parts of Speech. Inflection, &c 16 vm. The Verb. Present and Future Active . . 19 IX. The Verb (continued) ' 22 X. The Article ....... 24 XI. First Declension of Nouns 26 xn. Contracts. Masculines of the First Declension . 30 xm. Second Declension of Nouns 34 XIV. Contracts of Second Declension. Imperfect Tense. Augment 38 XV. Adjectives 41 XVI. Adjectives (continued). Future from Verbs in f©, eo), ao), 06) ........ 44 xvn. First Aorist Active 47 xvm. Attic Second Declension. Present Indicative of Depo- nent Verbs 60 XIX. Third Declension of Nouns 53 XX. Present and Future of Verbs in a©. Present Participle 67 XXI. Third Declension. Adjectives in as, eis . . . 69 xxn. Uas, anas. Participle of the Aorist ... 61 xxm. Nouns that suffer Syncope 64 XXIV. Adjectives of two Terminations. Kcpas, &c. . 67 XXV. Substantives in rjs, oy. Adjectives inrjs . . .70 VIU CONTENTS. LESSON. PAGE. XXVI. 'HpaKXrjs, &C 72 XXVII. Substantives in evs. Participle of the Future . . 74 XXVIII. Substantives in is, i, vy, v . . . . . 77 XXIX. 'Hxwj aldSs 79 XXX. Imperative. Adjectives in vs . . . . 81 XXXI. Subjunctive of the Present and Aorist Active . . 84 xxxn. First Future and Aorist of Liquid Verbs. Ov fxr) with Future and Subjunctive of the Aorist ... 88 xxxm. The Tenses. The Subjunctive after ha, ottcos, ws. The Present Imperative and the Aorist Subjunctive 92 XXXIV. Subjunctive and Optative of Present and Aorist . 94 XXXV. Some of the Passive Tenses. Characteristics of Verbs. Augment of Verbs compounded with a Preposition 98 XXXVI. Middle Voice 103 XXXVII. ""Av with Imperfect and Aorist of the Indicative . 107 xxxvm. Moods of Present Passive and Middle. First Aor. Middle. (On the Optative.) . . . .110 XXXIX. Moods of Aorist Passive and Future Passive. (On the Subjunctive and Optative,) . . . .112 XL. Perfect and Pluperfect Active . . . . 117 XLi. Perfect and Pluperfect Active (continued). Sentences introduced by on, a)s 121 XLIL Perfect and Pluperfect Passive . . , .124 XLii.* Persons and Moods of Perfect Passive . . 128 XLin. Contracted Verbs in dco. Present and Imperfect Act- ive 132 XLiv. Contracted Verbs in €©. Present and Imperfect Act- ive 135 XL v. Contracted Verbs in oco. Present and Imperfect Act- ive. (On the Infinitive of the Aorist.) . . 137 XLVL Verbs in ao). Passive and Middle. (Aorist Infinitive.) 140 XLvn. Verbs in eo>. Passive and Middle . . . 142 XLvm. Verbs in o©. Passive and Middle . . . .144 XLix. Tempora Secunda. Second Aorist . . . 145 L. Second Perfect. Futurum Atticum . . .149 Li. Comparative and Superlative 153 LIT. Verbs in /xt. Tt3?//xt (Act.). . . . . . 155 Liii. "idTrjyLL (Act.) 157 CONTENTS. IX LESSON. PAGE. Liv. Aidcofxi (Act.). Accus. from Impure Nouns in is . 159 LV. Verbs in vijll. AeUvvfiL (Act.) 161 Lvi. Tt377/xf, Pass, and Mid 163 Lvn. '^lo-TTjfjLL, Pass, and Mid 165 Lvin. AidcofXL, Pass, and Mid 166 Lix. AeLKvvfxai .....••• 168 LX. The Verbs tTy/xt, ei/xt, and ct/xt • • . .169 NOTES. 1. On the Division of Syllables ... 2. Accentuation of Verbs .... 3. Quantity of a, G. as 4. Quantity of a in Adjectives and Participles 5. A short Vowel before a muta cum liquidd 6. Usual Contractions 7. Words, Cases, and Moods to be distinguished 8. Euphonic Rules 9. Irregular Substantives .... 10. On the place of aV 11. Crasis 12. Correlative Adjectives and Adverbs . 13. Irregular Comparison .... 173 ib. ib. 174 ib. ib. 175 ib. 178 180 ib. 181 182 PARADIGMS, &c 1. The Article . .185 2. Terminations of the Three Declensions ... ib. 3. First Declension 186 4. Second Declension ib. 5. Adjectives in oy ib. 6. Contraction of the Second Declension . . . 187 7. Adjectives in (cos, oos, =) ovs ^"* CONTENTS. 8. Attic (Second) Declension 9. Adjective in ecoy, ph Phi m 500 X X ch Chi XI 600 W $> ps Psi m 700 n CO 6 (long) Omega "^fL fik^a 800 \ ^ 2 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [2 10, LESSON II. The Sounds of the Letters. 2. The Greek being a dead or u7ispoken language^ we cannot determine how the ancients pronounced their words ; hence modern nations adopt a system of pro- nunciation suited to their own pecuUarities. In Eng- lish, we usually give the vowels and consonants the following sounds : 3. a* has the sound of a in /ar, or like a in hat. 4. € " " e in met, 5. ?/ " "a in the words same^fame^ ifcc.j as yi^iqv (mane) ; others give it the sound of ee iu 'meet. i in machine, or like i in bit. in not, dot, &c. u in tube, crude, &c. o in hope, note, devote, (fee. Rem. "Ei-psilon^ JJ-psilon : ^lX6v means simple^ that is, unaspirated (e or u) : the character H having been also used originally to mark the rough breathing (our h) ; and T to mark another breathing, that of the Digamma, or Latin Vau. O-mlcron. 0-mega : ixiKp6s, fxiKpSi/, little ; /acyas, /ieya, great. 10. Sigma (a) at the end of a word takes the form of 9, as aeio-fio^, irpos, &c. This form is now sometimes used in the middle of compound words, when the first word in the compound ends in cr, as irpos- (f)€pcD, for 7rpo(rcf)€p(o. This is contrary to ancient authority. * In classifying the vowels, note that two of them are always short ; two always long ; and three doubtful, being sometimes lon^, sometimes short : 6. V ii u 7. ti a 8. V (( u 9. 0) u li short vowels, 6, 0. long " 7), (0. doubtful '' a, I, V. 11—16.] SOUNDS OF THE LETTERS. 3 11. 7 before a vowel is sounded like g hard, as y^) (ge, like the English gay) ; when before another j and also before k^ yj^ f, it is sounded like ng in ring. Thus a f i /3 k X ^ P f 1/ TT X y o- P y J' i; X P X a c V 1 . 0- y ^/^ s /^ € y a T r »; 0) r V c V J' <^ TT X P V e V P y ^^ 3 V X ^' O ' 3 A H A Z P ^ Q. S I B S A * M z N n K r 2 P r N Y X P A A Z H S 2 r ^ 2 M E r A ' T T H 12 T N z Y N ^ n X P Y s H P r ^ N X * O e 4 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [17 19. 17. Write the names of the letters in Greek : also write in Greek capitals these words, Xenophon, Pau- los, Matthaios. 18. Questions.— How many letters are there in the Greek alpha- bet 1 How many and which are vowels '? How many and which consonants '? What do you mean by e-psUo7i ? u-psllon 7 Which is short or little 6 ? Which long or great o 7 When does y have the sound of ng ? Give an example. Do you ever give o- or t the sound of sh 7 Does the same rule apply to the English 1 LESSON III. The Diphthongs. — Breathings, 19. There are twelve diphthongs in Greek ; six of o these are termed proper^ six improper diphthongs. 1) Proper diphthongs are : ai pronounced like ai in aisle^ e. g. ai^ av ** ou sound J vavs ev " ei height^ heivos €v " eu neuter, Zevs OL " Oi boil, KOLVO^ ov " ou youth, ovpav6<; Some prefer to sound av as au in laud, and ov as ou in sound. 2) Improper diphthongs are : a pronounced like the simple vowel a. V u V. 9 u " 0). 7]V it eu in feudal, or like the diphthong eu. VI ii whee in tvheel. (OV u the diphthong ov.* * The following examples will show how the Romans sounded 20 25.] DIPHTHONGS. BREATHINGS. 5 Rem. a, r), Cf) have the second vowel (t) of the diphthong written underneath. This is called Iota subscriptum, and is generally so written after a, 77, 00. But when capital letters are used the I is still written as a letter ; thus AE2nOTHI = Seo-Trorr;, 'AtS^js = aST^s, ^0.1^7] = (fd-fi. Iota is then said to be adscribed. 20. Every word in Greek that begins with a vowel or diphthong, has a mark over this initial vowel or diphthong termed a breathing : it is placed over the second vowel of a diphthong ; as ej^to, a/f , ifcc. 21. The rough breathing or aspirate (spiritus as- per) is a com/rna turned the wrong way^ and is sounded like an h before a vowel ; as, o, ho ; ol, hoi ; "EKTcop, Hector ; evpiaKoy, heurisko, 22. The smooth breathing (spiritus lenis) is a com- ma^ and has no eifect on the pronunciation; thus, avTjp is pronounced aner^ 6po9, oros, &c. 23. Every word that begins with v has, in Attic Greek, the rough breathing, as virip, huper ; vcj^iv, huphen (hyphen). 24. The consonant p has also the rough breathing over it, when it stands at the beginning of a word, as 'Pea, Rhea, 25. In the middle of a word a single /5 has no breathing over it : of two p's, the first has the smooth, the second the rough breathing : eppcocro ! (In some modern editions the breathings over pp are omitted.) these diphthongs, and how they are represented in English : at is ex- pressed by the diphthong ce, et by I and e, v by y, ol by ce, ov by u\ e. g. ^aTBpos, Phsedrus, MoDfra, Musa, VKavKos, Glaucus, YXXeibvia- Ilithyia, ^ NetXos, Nllus, ©paK^s, Thraces, f AvKeiov, Lyceum, ®pyff(ra, Thressa, Eupos, Eurus, Tptt7^5Js, tragoedus. BoiftjTm, Boeotia, 6 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [26, 27. Exercise 2. 26. Write (with the proper breathings) the follow- ing words in Greek characters. 03" Note that e, o stand for ;;, co : e, 6 for e, o : also that the ift represents the rough breathing. hen homoios rhabdos rhinos arrhabon hois hon hikanoi adunatos esti ego hos agathos houtoi echousin en aneu hosper hedu h5ti hun an hegemona rheuma rhachos aner anggelos rhipto ho rhetor hagia hoste ombros tode arrhetos he hon hebe alopex echo echo autos heauton 6ro haima hiiios ; aurion angkura hen hos ho he to to ta to hoi hai ta tou tes toil toin tain toin ton toi tei toi * tois tais tois ton ten to tons tas ta 27. Read (and write down in English characters) the following words : ovTOS' avTo^, Tl<;, irore, TrcoTrore. rvTrret. ')(r}V. efe^. ^X^' ^Eariv. avrov, avrov. ptfii^a. /?X€(^a- pov. oro/jLa. x^tpe^;. tvittov(tl, jcyavre^. hopv. \afi- ^aveiv. Nvv. rj/jiepa. vv^. XecfMcov. vecf^eXr). et09. Tap. €VLavTO<;, a^uovv. (paiSpo^;. 'y^^Lafxa. fjuepo^;, Kara. ^tXo9. cro(f>o<;, Mcov. 6. ^Pov<;. tovtcov. to- crovTO^. ^€V. Uo^ev, TraXaio^. yepa^. ovSeTrcoiroTe, [Cr This exercise should be lengthened and varied according to circumstances, till the pupil is thoroughly acquainted with the breath- ings and their proper places. * The iota is here to be subscript, [see 19. 2) Rem.] 28 30.] CLASSIFICATION OF CONSONANTS. 7 28, Questions, — How many diphthongs are there in Greek 1 How do you distinguish them 1 Name the proper diphthongs, and give their pronunciation. Name also the improper diphthongs with their sounds. What do you call the little straight mark under a,. ??, ^ 1 TThy 1 When is iota "WTitten by the side of the preceding letter 1 What do you call it then 1 Which words in Greek take a breathing 7 Where is it placed when the word begins with a diphthong '? What is the rough breathing % What is its equivalent in English '? What effect does the smooth breathing have on the pronunciation 1 What do words that begin with v always take '? When does p have the rough breathing "l When not 1 How is it when two p's come toge- ther ? LESSONIV. Classification of the Consonants. 29. The consonants are divided into semi-vowels and mutes, 1) Semivowels \ ^'"^"^^^ ^' ^^ ^' P' i sibilant a. 2) Mutes TT, l3j(l>: fc^y^x- ^j ^j ^• 3) Double Letters ^, ^, yjr, 30. The mutes are divided, a) according to their fundamental sound : 1) TT, /S, <^, P-mutes. 2) K, 7, %, K-mutes. 3) T, S, % T-mutes, 6) according to the breathing or aspiration with which they are pronounced : 1) TT, /c, Tj smooth. 2) /3j 7? S, middle. 3) ^, ^, ^j asjnrate. Rem. The P-sounds are termed labials, because the lips {labium, lip) are principally concerned in uttering them ; the K-sounds are termed palatals or gutturals, because formed by the palate or throat {palatum, guUur, palate, throat) ; and the T-sounds 8 FIRST GIIEEK BOOK. [31 34. are termed Unguals^ because formed by the tongue {lingua^ tongue). 31. In the following table the mutes correspond^ both when taken horizontally^ and when taken per- peridicularly. Smooth. Middle. Aspirates. P-sounds . . IT . , . ^ . . . ci> K-sounds . . K . , • y • ' ' X T-sounds . . T . l . . . 3 32. The three double letters arise from the blending of the mute consonants with a : — ^ = §9 (or a8). f = ajiy k sound with a {= kct, ya, or ^cr). yjr = any p sound ^^ a {= tto; ^a, or (/xj). 33. A pure Greek word can end only in one of the three Hqiiidsy r, or, p. It will be remembered that ^ = tto; /So-, or (^cr, and ^ = ko-, yar, or ^o"? and so fall under the rule. The two words, ou*c, not, and €K, out of, form only an apparerU: exception, since they inchne so much to the following word as to become, as it were, a part of it. (See 54.) This law of euphony (says Kiihner, ^ 25. 5) occasions either the omission of all other consonants, or it changes them into one of the three liquids just mentioned ; hence, acofia (gen. fxar, yaka (gen. yakaKT-os) instead of yaXaicT, Xecoy (gen. Xeovr-os) instead of Xeour, e^ovKevov, instead of i^ovkevovr ; repas (gen. repaT- os) instead of re par, Kepas (gen. Kepar-o^) instead of Kepar^ /leXt (gen. fxeXiT'Os) instead of peXtr. Hence it follows that we find Greek words always ending in a vowel or one of the semi-vowels, v, p, or. Exercise 3. 34. 1) Name and distinguish the vowels, diphthongs^ semivowels and muteSj in the Greek words following. 2) In the case of the mutes distinguish them accord- ing to what you have learnt in 30, 31. 3) Point out the double letters and show how they arise. 35 37.] SYLLABLES. — QUANTITY. 9 1. (j)p6V€9 dya^aL 2. evcoSla koI fivpov yxr^iv elatv alria ^avdrov. 3. to ^l(J)o<;. 4. ^(orj^ dp')(rj. 5. iv rfj XdpvaKL Aavdr]<^ /cat Uepcreco^;, 6. ^ovXevco, 7. 6 Xoyo9 rod dv^pdoirov, 8. rj (j)\6^. 9. 809 ttov (jtcS, koI top KOapLOV KLVrjCTO), Questions. — How many consonants are there 1 How are they divided 1 Name the semivowels ; the mutes ; the double letters. How are the mutes divided '? {Ans. In two ways, according to their fundamental sound, and according to the aspiration with which they are pronounced.) Name them according to the former way ; accord- ing to the latter. Which are the labials ? TThy so called 1 Which the palatals or gutturals 1 Why so called '? Which the Unguals 7 Why so called '? Which are the double consonants '? What does f arise from '? What | '? What ;|/ 1 What letters do Greek words always end in ? {Ans. Yowels, and the liquids v^ p, tr.) What two words are exceptions to this rule 1 LESSON V. Syllables. — Quantity. 35. A vowel, when uttered by itself, or in connec- tion with one or more consonants, is termed a syllable ; as, 7;, hrj^ 7rp6<;, dp^rj^ &C. 36. A word is composed of one or more syllables. No syllable or monosyllabic word contains more than six or seven consonants ; as, in aTpdy^. A word of one syllable is termed a monosyUahle ; of two^ a dissyllable ; of three, a trisyllahle^ of more than three, a polysyl- lable ; as, fjurjVj TToXc^, /3pa')(^LC0Vj irpo(The')(opAjii. 37. The last syllable of a word is called the ulti- ma ; the one next to the last, the penultima ; the one preceding the penult (or the last but two) the ante- penultima ; thus in the word KdTOTTTpov, irTpov is the ultima^ TO the penultima^ Ka the antepenultim^a. 10 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [38 43. 38. Division of Syllables.* — The fundamental rule is that syl- lables end with a vowel and begin with a consonant. When, there- fore, a consonant stands between two vowels, it belongs to the following syllable ; as, 7ro-ra-/xos, o-\/Ao-/iat, e-axov, e-pXa-yjra. Exception. — A compound word is best divided according to the elements of the compound ; as, cri;i/-e/c-(^a)i/7;o-i9, Trpo-o-Td-TT;?, npoa-' 39. In the case of a consonant doubled (tttt, XX, yy, &lc.) a smooth and aspirate mute (ttc/), k^, rS, see 31) and a liquid before one or more consonants (the combination ^u excepted), the first consonant ends a syllable, the s^ond begins one ; as. rar-ra), aiz-Spco-Tros-, Bclk-xos, aX- yoy, tp-yovj 'i-p.vos. In all other cases, of course the general rule applies ; as /cXc-tttt;?, Kd-S/xoy, &c.t 40. By quantity is meant the time Avhich is taken to utter a syllable. Syllables are either long or short ; the long are regarded as having double the time of the short. 41. A syllable is short by nature when it contains a short vowel (e, o, a, T, v) followed by a vowel or sim- ple consonant ; as. 'evoixtcrdj 'eTTv^ero. (See 3, note *.) 42. A syllable is long by nature when it contains either a simple long voivel (77, &>, d, i, u), or a diph- thong ; as, 'rjpm^ Kplvdo, yecpvpa^ lo-^vpov^^ iralSevfj^;, Hence those syllables are always lo7igj in which two vowels are contracted into one ; as, "d/ccov (from aeKcov), ^oTpv^ (from /BoTpva'^). 43. A syllable with a short vowel becomes long by position^ (i. e. by the place of the vowel) if two or more consonants, or a" double consonant (^, f, yjr) follow the * See Note 1. (The " Notes" are to be found immediately after the Lessons and Exercises.) t A more important distinction, however, is that which is made between the stem-syllables and the syllables of inflection or derivation. The stem-syllables express the essential idea of the word, the syllables of inflection or derivation, the relations of the idea. Thus, e. §. in 44, 45.] SYLLABLES. QUANTITY. It short vowel ; as, 'e/ccrreXXo), Tv-^avre^^ Kopd^ (fcopa/co^) rpdire^a. Rem. The position of a mute with a liquid generally leaves a sJwrt vowel short ; as. iiTeKvos, ^7re7rA.09, ^aKfirt, ^orpvs, SiSpaxftoj, 76- pe^Xri, &c. Note, however, that in compounds, and. when middle mutes (jS, 7, 5) stand before \, fjL, r, the general rule holds good in respect to the lengthening of a short vowel by position ; as, ^eKv^fioo, j3r/8A.os, eijodiJLOs, TreirKey/xat. [t[3=' The pupil may omit, for the present, from 40 to 43 inclusive.] Exercise 4, 44, 1 ) Divide the following Greek words into syl- lables (38, 39.) 2) Name each word according to the number of syllables of which it is composed. 1. iryyi]. 2. earlv. 3. ava/jb(pt(T/37]T7]TO<;. 4. rrrpdo-crco. 5. SaTTCpco. 6, e^co, 7. Eirihafivo'^, 8. 'At^ls^ 9. avv- rpi'^co. 10. LTTTTo^. 11. vav Kpapo<;, 12. aTrrco. 13. /xol- pa. 14. 7ra\iyK0T0<;. 15. crvve/jL/BdWa), 16. irdy^ic-- To^. 17. 7ra^r]TCK6<;. 18. MeXeaypos* 19. ')(apdhpa, 20. reKvov. 21. iror/jbo^, 22. /iapy/r?/?. 23. oirrofiav. 24. avve'xco. 25. al'f. 26. iroho'^, 27. tt/oo?. 28. z/ea- 45. Questions. — What is a syllable ? What do you call a word of one syllable 1 Of two 7 Of ^Ar^e ? Of more than three % What name do yon give to the last syllable of a word '? The last but one 7 The last but two 7 What do you call a letter or syllable at the beginning of a word '? {Ans. An initial letter or syllable.) What at the end of a word 1 {Ans. A. final letter, &c.) What in the body of a word 1 (-d?i5. A jnedial letter, &c.) Give the fundamental rule for the divi- sion of syllables. How do you divide the words irSrafios, efiXaxl/a, €' but (pcvye. 60. When a tone-syllable has also a breathing, the acute and grave are placed after the breathing, the circumflex above it. They stand over the vowel (rj, a>, 6) ; being, however, for convenience, placed a little before a capital (^'H, 'i2). For a (proper) diphthong their place is over the second vowel (Ovre, Ovv, ovre, ovv) : but an improper one, even when it is a capital, and, as such, takes its t into the hne of the letters, is treated as a single vowel: ''Aidrjs = adrjs. (19. Rem.) In * 1. e. the accented syllable. 51 54.] ACCENTS, ENCLITICS, ETC. 13 diaeresis,* the acute accent stands between^ and the circumflex above the points ; as : di'^ios, KkrflbL, 51. Words receive the following appellations according to the ac- centuation of the final syllables : — Oxytones\ acute on the last syllable ; as, Terucjxjos, KaKos', ^rjp. Par-oxyiones " " last syllable but one ; as, tuttto), dv- Pro-par-oxyiones " " last syllable but two; as, ap?ip(07Tos, TVTTTOjJLej/OS^ Peri-spomena, circumflex " last syllable ; as, kukcos, iX^elv. Pro-peri'Spomena " " last syllable but one ; as, irpayiia, (fn- \ov(Ta. 52. O" A non-oxytone is called a barytone,-\ because it has, not the acute, but the supposed grave accent (47) on its final syllable ; as, Xvo), TTpayiia, tt pay para, 53. An oxytone is written as a barytone (i. e. the acute of an oxytone is written as the grave) when the word is in a sentence, except when it is the last word of a sentence, or immediately precedes a stop ; as, el fjurj fiTjrpvcr] TreptKaWrj^ ^Hepi^ota tjv. fjLevov/jiev avrov^. 6 fjiev Kvpo^ eirepacre rov iroTa/jLov, ol he TroXe/JULOL aTre^vyov. Rem. The accent thus written over oxj^tones in connected dis- course is generally termed the softened acute. 54. A few small words are without an accent : these are called atonies, from a, which means not, and rovosj 'tone' or ^ accents Obs. The atonies (or proclitics) are the following : 6, t}, ol, at : «/, €L\oaTL^\. Se, ' ihee^^ ' you^ (sing.), is one of these enclitics. Me, ' me,' is another : but the longer form for ' me' (efte) is not enclitic. *Eo-riV, ' is,' is another enclitic.'*' 56. 1) When an enclitic follows a proparo.vytone or properispomenon (51), the enclitic loses its accent, which is written over the last syllable of the preceding word. KpvTTTova-L (T€, fhcy hide you. \ (piKovaL /Lie, they love me» 2) When an enclitic follows a paroxytone, a monosyllable enclitic loses a dissyllable enclitic retains KpvTTTc /Lie, hide me. \ (plXo^ ia-rlv, he is friendly. 3) When an enclitic follows a perispomenon, it loses its accent, whether it is a monosyllable or a dis- syllable. ^tXei fjL€, he loves me. \ clttKovs icmv, he is simple. 4) When an enclitic follows an oxytone, the enclitic loses its accent, but the acute of the oxytone is then not written as the grave. KoKos io-TLV, he is beautiful. ^r]p TLs, (t\s, ' a certain,* is an enclitic.) Rem. As the correct pronunciation of the Greek language is un- known (see 2), we are not able to determine the precise use * The other enclitics are mostly contained in the following list : the pres. indie, of cI/jlI and cprjfii (except el and (p/js) ; the personal pro- nouns, fioG, p,oi, (Tov, (Toi, ov, &c. ; the indef pron. rls, rl ; the indef. adverbs, -n-cSy, irci, ir-fj, vov, rrore, i&c. ; the particles, re, rot, yd, vvv, &c. its accent. 57, 58.] ACCENTS, ENCLITICS, ETC. 15 of the accents : their principal value to us is in their serving to distinguish words ; thus vofxo^, law ; vo^6s, pasture-ground, fiios, life ; ^ids, bow. ^rJH-os, people ; Btj/jlSs, fat. tis, who ? rh, some one. etVt, they are; elcri, he goes. ^oKos, a dome; ^o\6s, mud. &/JLOS, shoulder ; od/jlos, cruel; &c. 57. Beside the accents, the Greeks have several other marks to assist the reader, some of which refer to words alone and others to the members of the sentence only. These are a) The apostrophe, which marks the cutting off (elision) of a vowel at the end of a word when the fol- lowing word begins with a vowel ; as, dir dXXxov for dirb dWooVj Kar ifie for Kara ifxe, dcf) eavrov for diro eavTOV, (fee. The coro?iis, which marks the blending (crasis) of two words, one ending the other beginning with a vowel, into one word ; as, rovvofxa for to ovo/jua, rdya^d for rd dya^dj ravrd for rd avrd, (fee. The diceresis which marks a division between two vowels ; as, dtcro-Go, ot?, (fee. b) The punctuation marks — The comma [,] as in Enghsh ; tovto, k. t. X. The colon (and semicolon) [•] a point above the line ; /ne • . The interrogation [;] like the English semicolon ; rls ; The period [.] as in English ; irpayfia. Exercise 5. 58. Name the accents in the following sentences ; show whether they are placed according to the rules above given ; and point out the enclitics and atonies, 1. 'O SetXo? €(7TL Tr]<; TrarpiSo^ irpoSorrj^;, 2. ^'Oprv- ye? elacv rj8v(pcovoL Kal fjLa')(7]Tt,Kol opvL^e<;. 3. otto)? Se eZSft) iidXtara, oirolo^ rk icrrt rrjv oyjrcv ; 4. ^PaScov ev- pelv diro ye tovtcov. 5. to re t&v TpcToovcov yivo^. 16 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [59 62. 6. dWa SleXi julov rrjv K€(f)aXr}v e? Suo Kareveyfccov, 7. TM iXicpavTL icrrl hpoLKOVTO^ oppoySca. & /ca/coSat/Jiov Vi€ Tov Kaicohaijiovo<^ Upcdfiov. 8. Tvcj^cov vtto Zrjvo'^ eicoXda^rj. 9. ^apSavdiraXo^^, ev l3acrL\eloL<; Kara/ce- /cXeLa/jLevo*;, ovSev dXko eSlco/cep rj rjSovrjv. ' 59. Are the accents rightly or wrongly placed in the examples following? if wrongly, then make the correction required. 1. ^XaTTret tov i'^^pov. (46, c; 53.) 2. ti]V tov ryecofjueTpov cro(f)Lav ^avfjuatpfxev. (46, b.) 3. rfXetcj^e^ tov heaTTOTrjv, 4. eirec^e tou9 ^6vov<;. 5. ireiaopbev ae. 6. e')^p6s icTTLV. 7. pliTTeL tov Slctkov. 8. (j^tXel aL 9. KoXo^ eaTLV, . 10. /SXdTTTOvcrt ae, O" This exercise may profitably be lengthened according to the necessities of the learner, until he is thoroughly acquainted with the accents, their right places, the enclitics, &c. LESSON VII. Parts of speech. Inflection^ ^c. 60. The parts of speech in Greek are, — the article, the noun, the adjective, the pronoun, the verb, the ad- verb, the preposition and the conjunction. The inter- jection is commonly ranked among the adverbs. 61. The first five of these (viz., article, noun, adjec- tive, pronoun, verb) are susceptible of variation or modification in order to indicate their difierent rela- tions. This is properly termed inflection, 62. The inflection of the article, nouns, adjectives and pronouns is termed declension ; the inflection of the verb conjugation. 63 67.] PARTS OF SPEECH. INFLECTIONS. 17 63. The other parts of speech (viz., adverbs, pre- positions and conjunctions) do not admit of inflection. 64. The Greek, hke our own language, has three genders, viz., the masculine^ the feminine and tlie neuter ; as, 6 av^pcoTro^, the man ; 77 /jltjttjp, the mother; TO crvKov, the Jig* Obs. To mark the genders of substantives in Greek, the different forms of the article are employed ; as 6 for the masculine, tj for the feminine, r6 for the neuter, &c. (See 89.) Some nouns are both masculine and feminine, and are said to be of the common gender ; as 6, -^ ^e6s^ god or goddess ; 6, 7] rpocpos, nurse ; 6, ri ^.u^pcoTTos, human being ; (fee. 65. The Greek has three numbers, the singular, the plural^ and the dual which denotes two^ or a pair. 66. It has also five cases, viz., the nominative^ the genitive^ the dative, the accusative and the vocative. Obs. 1. There is no ablative^ the place of that case being supplied mostly by the dative, sometimes by the genitive. Obs. 2. The nominative, accusative, and vocative neuter have the same form in all numbers, and in the plural they always end in a. The nominative, accusative, and vocative dual are alike ; the genitive and dative dual are also alike. The nominative and vocative plural are always alike. The dative singular always ends in t, but in the first two declensions it is subscript [see 19. 2) Rem.] 67. There are three Declensions in Greek, the First, Second^ and Third, * The gender of nouns is determined partly by their meaning ; the following general rules may be noted to advantage : 1) Names of males, of nations, winds, mo7itks, mountains, and most rivers, are masculine. 2) Names of females, of countries, islands, most cities, most tree^ and plants, are feminine. 3) The names of the letters a,n6. fruits, infinitives, diminutives in -op (except the proper names of females, e. g. t] Ae6uTiop), all indeclinabh words, and finally every word considered as simply tJmt word (e. g. rh iJiT}TTjp, ' the word mother'), are neuter. 18 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [68. General Table of the Declensions. 1. II. III. Sing. Norn. S rjs, aj, masc. Off, m. et/. 'a, t, V, neuL ^ oijem. ( 7], a, a, fern. 01/, neii/. J', f p, a;ylr,qfall genders. Gen. ov, T}s, or as*, ov, OS {(os), increases in gen. Dat. ?7' ^ «j ^» h Ace. r)v^ 07' av, ou, a, or J/, Voc. rj, or a, €, ov, neut. various ; neuL as nom. Plural. Nom. at, ot, a, new/. €s, a, neuL Gen. ©»/,' 0)1', (OV, Dat. ais, Otff, (Ti (o-ti/). Ace. dSi ovff, a, new^ ay, a, new^ Voc. at, ot. a, 7?ew^ €ff, a, new/. Dual. N. A. V. d, 0), f, G. D. aiv, Oil/, oti/, * Contracted from awv, and therefore circumflexed (48). In repeating the table, let the pupil say " oov circumflexed." 68. Questions. — Name the parts of speech in Greek. How many and which admit of inflection 1 What do you mean by inflection 1 What term is applied to the inflection of nouns, adjectives, &c. ? What to that of the verb 1 What parts of speech do not admit of inflection ? How many genders are there in Greek ? How are they generally marked 1 What is the common gender 1 How many num- bers are there in Greek 1 What does the dual denote ? How many cases 1 Is there any ablative 1 Name the cases which are alike. Repeat the table of declensions. What are the terminations of the nominative of the first declension % What of the second 1 Of the third 7 What of the genitive of the first 1 Of the second 1 Of the third 7 (And so on, through all the table.) 69 73.] THE VERB. 19 LESSON VIII. The Verb, Present and Future Active. 69. Greek Verbs are of two kinds, those ending in (o and those in jjll.* 70. There are three Voices^ the Active^ the Passive and the Middle ; as, tvittco, I strike (act.) ; rvTrrofjuaCj I am struck (pass.) ; Tvirro/uLatj I strike rnyself. Rem. For the present we use only verbs in w in the active voice. 71. The Moods of Greek Verbs are, the Indicative^ the Imperative^ the Subjunctive^ the Optative and the Infinitive. 72. The Tenses are, 1) Principal Tenses, the Present^ the Perfect^ the Future; 2) Historical Tenses, the Imperfect^ the Pluperfect^ the Aorist, 73. The Mutes, as we have seen (30, 31), are divi- ded into three sets of three : — Smooth. Middle. Aspirate, jo-sounds . TT . yS . ^ A:-sounds • '^ • 7 • % ^sounds . T . S . ^ 1) For any ^-sound with a (ttct, ^o-, ^cr), you must write -i/r. 2) For any A:-sound with a {kct^ yo-, ;^o-), you must write f . 3) For any ^sound with cr {ra, So-, ^cr), you must write a only : That is, the ^sound is thrown away. 4) Also for TTT-o- you must write y^ : for /ct-9, ^. * They are so called from the ending of the first person sin^ar of the Present Indie, as ypdL\rjao), 1 will love. 85. The pupil will recollect that — 1) A verb agrees with its nominative case in nv/m- ber and person '* as, Kvpo<^ Tvirrei, Cyrus strikes, TCL fwa Tpe^et, The a?ii?nals run. r}fjL€L<; ae cj^tXovfjbev, We love you, 2) A transitive verb is followed by the accusative ; as, Kvv€<; Tov<; e^^pou9 Sd/cvovatv, Dog's bite their enem^ies, * But a dual nominative is often joined with a plural verb ; and a meuter plural generally takes a singular verb. 86, 87.] THE VERB. 23 AvKos a/jLvov i8i(o/c€P, A wolf was pursuing a lamb. Tvvr) TL9 opvLv el^e, A woTuan had a hen. 86. Vocabulary 2. To love, ((f)t.\€-€Lv =) (pikelv To hide, KpvnT-civ. To make, (noie-eLv =) iroielv Nom. /, iyo). Thou, av. We, rjfjLe^s, You, {i/xeis. Ace. Me, €/x€ or fie. Thee, o-e. Us, rjfjLas. You, v/xas. Him, avTov. Them, avrovs. This {neut. sing.), tovto. These things, ravra. Not, OX), (with the imperative, yLi}.) lUr MeV — be are indeed — hut. The ^ev is, however, mostly not translated in EngHsh. They cannot stand as the ^rsi word of a sentence or clause. Exercise 7. 87. a) Translate into English. 1. ^Ckovaiv avTov. 2. ^CkrjaovaL. 3. ^Ckel. 4. JJol- ovcrc ravra. 5. IIoteL^. 6. TLoLrjaei^;. 7. KpvTrrei^. 8. Kpyy^ofiev. 9. 'JGyob* pbev KpvTrrco ravra, crv Se ov KpvrrreL^. 10. 'IIfjL6l<; /jl6v (pikovfiev avrov, v/jL6l<^ Se ov (piXelre. 11. Sv fxev -y^revaei^ avrov, eyco Se ov y^evaw. 12. 'Hfjias fxev ireicrei^, avrov he ov. b) Translate into Greek. (Words to which ° are prefixed are not to be translated.) 1. You love him. 2. I indeed love him, but you do not love (°him). 3. You^'t will love him, but I ° shall not. 4. They will love them. 5. You love him. 6. You {pi.) love him. 7. They are doing these things. 8. He is doing this. 9. We^^ are doing these * See not€ * on p. 21. t These numerals refer to the Table of "Difference of Idioms," &c. immediately preceding the Indexes. 24 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [88, 89. things, but you [pL) are not doing °them. 10. I will do this. 11. I will do this, but you shall not do °it. 12. We will hide this. 13. Ye shall weave. 88. Questions. — What accent has (piXovaiul [48.] "What hence called 7 [51.] Why is avrSy written as smoxytone? [53.] Why are iyci}, fxeu, crv, Se written thus, and not iy(o, ^4v, av, U 1 Why has oh no accent in several places, but has the acute in the last sentence above? [54, Obs.] What case is raCra'? By what rule? [83, 2.] What cases are iy(i}, Tolv Tolv Tolv 90—93.] THE ARTICLE. 25 90. The pupil will observe that 6, 4 ol, al are atonic (54) ; the genitives and datives perispomena (51) ; and the other cases oxytone (51). Rem. In the dual the feminine is more commonly tc^, tolv^ than Ttt, TOLv. Ta (as fern, ditul) is very uncommon. 91. The Article is often equivalent to a weakened possessive ; and is translated by my, youTj his^ her^ their ; as, Kvves tovs e^povs Safcvovaiv^ iyco Se tov<; (J^l- Tiou?, Lva acoo-coj " Dogs bite their enemies, but I my friends J that I may save themP Rem. " The chief employment of the definite article is to distin- guish the subject from the predicate ; for, from the nature of the case, the subject is considered to be something definite, of which something general is predicated or denied." {Doti- aldson.') 92. Vocabulary 3. Poet^ 7roLr)Tr}s, 6 (ace, ttoltjttjv). Letter, epistle, eTrio-ToXrj, rj {ace, imo-ToXrjv), Young man, youth, veavlas, 6 (ace, veaviav). Tent, (TKrjvr], T) (ace, o-Krjvrjv), Sea, '^dXaorcra, rj (ace, ^iaXacraav), ^ Exercise 8. 93. a) Translate into English, 1. 'O 7roL7]Tr]<; rrjv eTTiaroXr^v jpcuy^et, 2, Tov veaviav (f)tXoviJL€V, 3. Mr] ypd(j)€ iTnaroXtjv, 4. ^H/juec^ fiev irei- aofjiev avTov<;, v/jl€L9 Se ov Trelcrere, 5. UoLrjcreTe aKrjvrjV. 6. 6 veaviav Xe^ei, ravra, 7, Eyco fjuev ov (j^iXeco rrjv 6dX- acraav, P ' D. Tais M.ov(rais (TKLaiS X^opais TLjJLaLS dUais A. ras Mova-ds (TKids (d) X«p«^ TLfxas ^Uas V. MovcraL (TKiaL XcopaL TLfiaL diKai Dual. N.A.V. TCL Movad (TKid (a) X Justice (as habit), diKaioo-vvrjjrjs. Ball, acpalpa, as. Necessity, compulsion, dva- yKTJ, TJS. Damsel, Koprj, rjs. Force, violence, ^la, as* Anger, opyrj, ijs. To hurt, injure, /3Xa7rr-eti/. To flee or fly from, shun, (pevy- €LV. To pursue, dicjK-eip, To yield, c'U-clv, (governs the dO' tive.) To throw, plirT'CLV. Is, icTTi (Jo-TLv) ; are, elo-l, (elcrlv,) Both — and, Kai — Kai ; re Kal (re is enclitic, 55), or re . . . Kal (with a word or words between). Te /cat often = ' and"^ only. Himself, iavrov or avrov. Who 1 tLs ; Towards, rrpos (with accusative). Obs. 1) avrou (with smooth breathing) = him, avTov (with rough breathing) = himself. 2) Tis; ' who ?' ret-ains its acute accent even in a sentence. Exercise 9. 100. a) Translate ifito English, 1. Mr] ^dirre rrjv ^Eperpuav, 2. Ov ySXevret 7rpo9 (j>i\o(TO(f)iav. 3. ^'Ap^€ rrj^ i^f^?}?. 4. ^H dperrj ov ^XesfreL rrpb^ oxpeXeiav. 5. 'Pl-kItco rfjv crcj^alpw. 6. 'H /jLoipa ap^et j3\d^ri<^ re fcoX wi^eXe/a?. 7. ^evje ttjv dht- Kiav* 8. Tr]v fJiev dhiKiav (f>6vy€, ttjv Se Stfcacoavvrjv Blo)K€, 9. EI/C6 rfj ^ta, 10. Mt] elfce ral^ rjhoval^* 11. ^evje TY]v Tcov rjSovcbv SovXelav, 12. Tf) fxev ao^la et/ce, TTj be rjoovrj fir) €t/c6. io. ri fjuev aperrj aocpta ecmv, rj Se dhifcia d/jLo^la re /cat fiavla. 14. Tal^ aviJi<^opaiS eoKo/jLev. 15. Mr) ^SXaTrre ra (or to) Kopd. 16. 'H St- Kacocrvvr) dperr) ean, 17. ScoKpdTr)<; avrov (pcXel, efjue Se ov. 18. TtV Tr)v cr/cr)vr}v Trotrjo-et ; 19. 'Eavrbv icpv^ yjret, 20. Zrj[iia earlv. (See 56, 2.) 30 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [1^1) l^^. b) Translate into Greek. 1. We yield to force and necessity. 2. Pursue virtue. 3. You will look to profit. 4. Pursue both justice and virtue. 5. We will yield to necessity, but not to force. 6. Rule over your (say ^ the ') anger. 7. We will yield to the compulsion of calamities. 8. Do not yield to the slavery of pleasure. 9. Who will hide me? 10. He loves himself. 11. Who is looking towards the young man ? 12. They are throw- ing the ball. 13. It is a ball. 14. Virtue and justice are wisdom. 15. This is a loss to the poet. 101. Questions. — How many declensions are there in Greek 1 What are the terminations of the first declension 7 Which are femi- nine ? Which masculine 7 Which nouns have gen. as, dat. a ? What is the quantity of a, gen. -qs? Of a, gen. as? Go through with MoDo-a, (TKid, x^P^^ TifJ-V: Si/cr?. What is the general statement as to the accent 7 How is the gen. pi. always accented '? If a noun is oxy- tone in the nom., what is the accent of the gen. and dat. ? What is the quantity of ai with respect to accentuation 1 Suppose then the penult have a diphthong or long vowel, with an acute on it, what is that acute changed into when the termination becomes at ? Can the circumflex stand on the penult when the last syllable becomes long '? If the final of a proparoxytone becomes long, what accent do you give it 1 Give the rules for the use of the article in 98. In the Exercise (sentence 3, Greek) account for the genit. [81, 99.] 7, 8, 9, &c, ac- count for the article. [98. 1.] 15. Which is better, rd or rw nSpa? [90, Rem.] Sentence 9 (English), what is the Greek for who ? Does it retain its accent in a sentence 1 10. Give the Greek for himself. 13. How do you express " it is " &c. in Greek 1 (By ia-rij/ simply.) LESSON XII. Contracts, Masculines of the First Declension. 102. Some feminines of the first end in ^, a con- tracted from ea, aa. They are dechned regularly as if from 7/, a ; but every case is a perispomenon. {^v/cia 103—106.] SECOND DECLENSION. 31 == ) o-VKTJj (TVK-r]<^j avK-fi^ &c. : [fivda = ) /Ltm, /.tm?, fJi^va^ (fee. PARADIGMS OF MASCULINE NOUNS. Citizen. Perses. Youth. Fowler. Sing. N. 6 ttoXlttjs Ilep(rrjs veavias 6pvi?So'^r)pas G. Tov ttoXltov TIepa-ov vcav'iov opvL^o^Tjpd D. Tco ttoXltt] UepG-rj veavia oput^o'^Tjpa A. TOV TTokLTrjV Il€p(T1]V veavlav opvi^o'^rjpav V. TroXiTd UepcTi] veavla opvC^o'^ripa Piur. N. 01 TToXlrai veaviai opvi^io^rjpat, G. TCOV TToXlToyp veavLccv 6pm^o'^r]pa)V D. Tols TToXirais veaviais 6pvC^o'^r]paL9 A. Tovs TToXlras peavlas opvL^o^irjpas V. TToXlrai veaviaL opvi'^o'^TJpaL Dual. N. A. V. ro) TToXird veavla 6pvC^o'^r]pd G.D. Toiv TToXiraiv veavlaiv opviJio'^ripaiv 103. Masculine nouns in t}s have the vocative in ?/, except the following", which have d : 1 ) Those in rr]s- 2) Those compounded of a substantive and a verb, that simply append r^s to the verbal root; as yecofierpr^s^ geometer; dpTOTrooXrj^i breadseller, baker. 3) National names ; as Il€p(TT]s, a Persian, voe. EEepo-a, — but He par} s, Perses, voc. Hepoij. 104. The rules of accentuation are the same as for feminines (97). — Aea-TTOTT^s irregularly throws back its accent in vocat. (« Se- a-TTora), and XPW'''^^^ usurer, has gen. pi. xPW"^^^'* 105. Some nouns in ^9, contracted from ea?, are declined regularly, but every case is perispomenon, (Ep/jLea'i = ) 'EpijL7]<;, ov, f), rjv, &C. 106. Several masculines in ds have the Doric gen. in d: viz. 7ra- TpaXolas^ d parricide, fxrjTpaXolas, a matricide, opvC^oi^rjpas, a fowler or bird-catcher : also several proper names ; as 2vXXas, gen. SvXXa, and contracts in as, Boppds (from Bopeas), gen. Boppd. * Three other nouns of the first declen. are paroxytone in the gen. pi, ; as acpvT), anchovy; erwiai, Etesian winds; x^ovvrjs, wild boar; which have gen. pi. acpvccv, irTja-icav, xP^ovvoav. 32 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [107—110. 107. A few proper names have the loiiic genit. in ew, even in the Attic dialect ; as TT)pr}s, QaXrjs, Tripeco, eoXeo). (Note the irregular accent.) 108. Vocabulary 5. Persian, TJ^parjs. Perses (proper name), Tlepo-rjs. Land, earth, yi}. Domestic, olKerijs. Baker, dpTOTrojXrjS' Bookseller, PipXLOTroArjs. Geometer, yeoijjLerpTjs. Master, dco-iroTrjs (see 104). Laborer, cultivator, epydTrjs. Desire, €TrC^vp,ia, Disciple, pupil, fia'^rjrijs. Citizen, ttoX/tt/s. Sailor, vavrrjs. Minerva, 'AS/yr/a (a = da, Athene). Mercury, 'Epfxrjs (Hermes). Boreas, the north wind, Boppds (106). The Gelas, (a river in Sicily,) TeXds, a (106). Poet, TTOttJTrjS. Mina, (a coin,) fivd (= fxi/da). Weasel, yaXri (= yaXer)). Fig-tree, crvKrj (t; = ea). To chastise, Kokd^eiu. To have, fxeiv (tnkes rough breathing in the future.) To plant, (f>vT€V€iP, To hunt, '^Tjp€V€iu. To admire, '^avpd^civ. One ought ; we aught ^ xPV ( = oportet.) Hail! x"^'P^ (imperat. of ;)(a/p(i)). " 5z/," in swearing by a deity, vr^ (with accus.) Not even, ovde (ne . . . quidem). Five, irevre. Was, Tfv : werey rjcrav. To speak ill (or evil) ofy Kakoas \ey€tv, (with ace. of person.) 109. The Infinitive Mood with the article answers to our participial substantive : to Xeyecv, to say, or (the) saying ; rod Xeyecv, of saying ; rat Xeyetv, by saying, or (with governed case interposed) rS ravra Xejeuv, by saying these things. It maybe governed by pre- positions, &c., just like any other substantive : airo rov Xejetv T§ Tov Xeyetv pcopLrj, &c. Exercise 10. 110. a) Translate into English, 1. '^O JTepcTT;? ap')(€i^ ttjs re yrjg Ka\ tt]^ ^aXdacrrp;, 111.] SECOND DECLENSION. 33" frevre /jLva^ ^X^^* ^' ^O IIpo/ji7f^€V<;^ KXiirrei ^A^rjvds T7}v crocptav. 5. ^fl lie par], /jltj ecKe rrj rod ap')(eiv iirt' ^v/jila. 6. ^evye, S) Uepcra, 7. 'O ipydrrj^^ avKa<^ (pv- T€V6C. 8. 01 Uepaai PARADIGMS. Word. Disease. God. Fig. Sing. N. 6 \6yos T) VOdOS o^ieos TO O-VKOV G. Tov Xoyov T-qs voo-ov TOV SeoO TOV O-VKOV D. T(o \6yco Trj voo-(p TCO 36C5 TCO avKco A. TOV Xoyov TTjv voa-ov TOV Seoz/ TO O-VKOV V. \6y€ vo(r€ Seos O-VKOV Plur. N. ol XoyoL al vocroL ol ?i€OL TO. avKa G. Tcbv XoycDV rcov voo-cov TCOV '^€0i)V TCOV aVK(OV D. Tols Xoyois TttLS VOOrOLS To2s Seois TOLS O-VKOLS A. Tovs Xoyovs ras voo-ovs TOVS '^eovs Ta o-vKa V. Xoyoi VOO-Ql '^eoL CrVKCL DuAL.N.A.V. Tcb Xoyco TO. vocrco TO) Seco TO) O-VKCO G.D. Tolv Xoyoiv ralv voaoiv Tolv '^€0'lV Tolv aVKOLV 113. The vocative of words in os (as will be observed) sometimes ends in os *. as © ^/Xe and w (plXos : always a) ?i€6s. 114. On the accentuation.] — The accent remains on the syllable which is accented in the nominative, as long as it can : except in the /ocative adeX<^e, from dd€X(l)6s, a brother. The termination 01 in the 115, 116.] SECOND DECLENSION. 35 plural, like ai in the first declension, is considered short with refer- ence to accentuation. The change of the accent is like that in the first declension (97), except that it is only oxytones (not all words, as in the first declension) that become perispomena in the genitive plural (larpos' larpwy). The rest are paroxytones. 115. Vocabulary 6, Lecythus, A-qKC'^os, ^ (a fortress in Macedonia nearTorone). A temple, Upov, to, (prop. neut. adj. from lepos, holy,) A gift, hcOpOV, TO, God, Seoff, G. Word, speech, reason, \6yo^, o. Judge, juror, dLKaarrjs, 6. Work, action, epyov, to. Man, human being, av^ipconos, 6. Stranger, host, guest, ^evos, o. Physician, larpos, o. Sorrow, Xvttt], ^. Plain, ne^LOv, to, Targeteer, TreXTaaTrjs, 6. An enemy, TroXe/xtoj (prop, adj., hostile) ; cx'^pos, 6, Way, road, odos, rj. Army, o-TpaTia, rj. Running, race-course, dpofios, 6. To run, ^etv ( = Seetz/.) Apopco ^elv is stronger ; to run at full speed ; to run to the charge (of soldiers). Quoit, discus, dia-Kos, 6. Drug, poison, (f)dpfiaKov, to. Tale, legend, jjLv^ios, 6. Garland^ o'Tl(pavos, 6. ( = 606| o-Tadioi or Stadium, o-Tddiov, English feet) pL (TTadia, Rock, Trerpa, ^. Stone, Xbos, 6. Silver, apyvpos, 6. Gold, xp'^^<^s, 6. Mere talk, mere stuff, nonsense^ Xrjpos, 6, Fear, (f)6l3os, 6, Horse, lttttos, 6. Ass, ovos, 6. To care for, tppovTiC^iv, (governs the gen.) To lead forward ; to march for^ ward ; to advance (trans.) Trpo- dyEtv. To sow, cTTreipeLV, To restrain, kutcx^lv. Ten, bUa, As (as it were = ) about, wy. That, oTL, Slave, dovXos, 6. 116. When a substantive with the article has a dependent geni- tive, the genitive usually either (1) stands between the article and its substantive, or (2) follows the substantive with a second article : thus, 1. 7] Tcov IT aXa iu> V (Tocfyla. \ to t rj s dperrjs KdXXos, 2. 17 (ro(t)ia rj t Sav 7raXata>i/. I to KdXXos to rri s dp iTris» S6 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [117, 118. a) In the first order (tj touv Trdkaioov o-o(f)ia) neither notion has any preponderance of emphasis over the other ; the order with the re- peated article (rj o-o^ta rj rcov TToKaicov), is used, when the speaker wishes to divell upon the notions separately. The reason may be, to add an ironical or contemptuous meaning to one of them. — /3) The following are rarer orders : — 3. *H aocpia rciiv naXaLcov. 4. Tcop ira- Xaicop ri (ro(f)la. 117. Words that modify a substantive are interposed, in Greek, beiiveen it and the article ; or follow it with the article repeated. English. Greek. 1. ol drro Trjs TToXcios (j)v\aK€s* 2. Ol (j)vXaK€S ol OTTO TTJS TToXeojs, 1. Of Tw jSacrtXet a.Kokov'^c'LV 7ra- paK€KKr}iJL€VOL (f)vKaK€S' 2. ol (f>vXaK€s ol rw (BacnXel aKO' Xov'^eli/ 7rapaK€KXrjiJL€V0i. O" Let the pupil note carefully and imitate the Greek order in the Exercises following. The guards /rom the city. The guards summoned to at- tend the king. Exercise 11. 118. a) Translate into English, 1. ^'Eanv^ ev rfj ArjKif^cp ^A^yva^; lepov, 2. A Spa ^€0^9 irel^et^, 3. Heiaeb tol<^ \6joi(i tou? StKaardf;. 4. AiWKe TTjv apeTTjV re fcal (ro(f)Lav, 5. 01 ^eol tcop av- ^pcoTTcov (ppovTi^ovacv. 6. Xalpe^ & ^eve, 7. Avttti^ larpos icTTLV av^pdyiroL^; Xoyo^. 8. 01 i/c rov TreSiov TreX- raaral Spo/iKp ^eovatv^ ol he TroXe/jLioL ol iirl rfi 6SS (j^evyovcTL. 9. Upodyeu 6 XeLpi(JO(^o<; rrjv arpaTiav 0)9 hma arahlov^ rrrpo^ iroXepblov^, 10. Eh irerpa^; re koX Xl^ov^^^ fjurj airelpe. 11. Mr) elice rfj rod ^x^pvaov re Kal dpyvpov iTTL^v/jiia. 12. Aiyo/jiev €pyoL<;, ore Xrjpo'; 7r/)09^® 'X^pvaov T6 Kal dpyvpov eariv rj dperrj, 13. UXi^o/Jbev Tot'9 o-T€(l)dvov<;, 14. Ta9 e7n^viJbLa<^ ov X6y(p Kari'^^et, dXX dvdyKj) Kal (j^o/So). 15. EXdirrei tov i^^pov, 16. UXe^ovcTL TOV aTe(f>avov. 17. 'O SovXo^; Tpi^eu to 119.] SECOND DECLENSION. 37 (j)dp/jLaKov. 18. Top fJLev Sccr/cov pi'y^ro)^ rrjv Se acpalpav oif. 19. 2^ovX6<^ iartv. 20. 'O larpo^ tcjv tov TreXra- CTOv Scopcov ov (ppovTi^et. a TTiere is. In this sense ^(ttlu (at the head of a sentence) keeps its accent. b ;N'euter plurals usually take a sing. verb. See 85. b) Traiislate into Greek. 1. The horse is pursuing the ass. 2. Do not yield to the enemy. 3. Restrain the desires of the soul by reason. 4. The citizens do not care-for the strangers. 5. We will march- the army -forward '^ about five stadia. 6. The enemy fly through fear.*^ 7. Yield not to the fear of the enemy. 8. In our words* pleasure is mere- nonsense to^ virtue, but by our actions we declare that virtue is mere-nonsense to pleasure. 9. Gifts persuade the souls of men. 10. The young-man will anoint himself 11. Who is weaving the garland? 12. It is a discus. 13. They will throw the ball, but not the discus.'*^ 14. There are ten men in= the temple of Minerva. 15. O Persian, restrain the desire of speak- ing evil of man. ^ These hyphens mean that march-forward is translated by one word. d Use the dative of the noun. e Dativ^e of the noun, as in 12 (Greek) above. i "To" (= compared with). See 29, " Diff. of Idiom." s eV with dat. 119. Questions.— "What are the terminations of the second de- clens. 7 Go through with the table. Decline \6yos, v6S. 6-TV7TT-OV, €-TV7rr-€Si 6-TV7rT-€ P. ofjuev^ ere, OV P. e-riJ7rr-0jLtei/, e-ruTTT-cre, e-Tvirr-ov D. erov, er7]v D. €-rv7rT-€Tov, i-TVTTT-errjv. 126. Vocabulary 7. Voyage, nXovs. Stream, povs. Mind, reason, vovs. A passage (across), dLanXovs (121, 2.) A sailing round, a voyage round, nepLTrXovs. Grandson, vWovs. Entrance (into a port),€(r7r\ovs. Athens, 'AST^vat, ci)v. Cemcum, KrjvaLov. Euhcca, 'EvIBoLa. A LacedcBmonian, AaKcdaiiiovLos. The Nile, NelXoy, 6. Egypt, A'tyviTTOs, rj. Munychia, MowvxLa (a poet at Athens). Mob ; crowd, ox^os, 6. Love, dydnr]. Country, ;^copa. To reign ; to be king, Paa-ikeveiv, (takes the gen.) To be distantfrom, direx^Lv (with gen.) * There are eleven verbs which change e into ei instead of 77 : as, €xw, €1x01^; €\k(c, iT\Kov ; i^l(co, ei^L^ov ; eiro/JLai, elirSfirjy ; &c. t Sometimes, however, eu is augmented into t/v, and ei is some- times augmented in ei/cct^o;, Imperf. (sometimes) ^Ka^ov. 40 FIRST GP^EEK BOOK. [127. JEetes, AlrjTrjs. The Phasiani, ^ao-iavol, Sicily, StfceXta. To bar (a passage), ijjLCppdTTciv. To colonize, oIkl^clv. Eight, oKTO) (indeclin.). Exercise 12. 127. a) Traiislate into English, 1. 'JS^ ^A^rjvcov I3pa')(y<^^ ianv 6 htdrrXov^^ TTpo<; to KrjvaLov Trj<^ EvjSoia^, 2. AirjTov vlhov<; i^aa'Ckeve^ rcov ^acnavcov, 3. ^LiceXia^ TrepLTfKov^ io-rlv a)<; o/crco r^fxe- pcov ", 4. 'H Movvv^ta ov rcov ^A^tjvcjv airkyei. 5. 'O 0609 ajdirrj iaTLV, 6. '^H AiyvTrTO^ ho)p6v iari rov NelXov. 7. 01 AaKeSai/jLovtoc rjp'^ov^ rod i^ Movvv^iap eaifKov, 8. 01 AafcehaijjiovLOi ev vS eyovcrt tov<; e? rrjv Movwx^lav ecTTrXof? liK^pdrTetv. 9. 'EppLirre rov Si- aKov. 10. "Eirei^e tou9 ^ivov;, 11. ^ErvTrrere rov^ olfcira^. 12. 01 reXcovol oi/a^ov rrjv ')(copav, 13. "HXec- ^69 Tov SeaTTorrjv, 14. 'O IIepar]<^ o)(Xov (^Ckel, ovfc e^ei, Se vovv. 15. Tov rod pov ScaTrXovv oi veavlat eiroLovv*. 16. 'O TOV laTpov hovXo^ Scopa e^iXet, 17. ^O 8c/cao-Tr]<; TOV TOV ireXTaaToif (j)6/3ov KaTetj^ev^. 18. ^H djJLc&ia rj Tcov dv'^pcoTTcov^ AtyvTTTOV €/3Xa7TTev^, 19. 01 Hepcrat T7}9 Si/c€Xia<; d7re')(ovcru 20. 'E^Xeirov 7rpo9 ttjv ^dTuKT- aav. * Short (masc. adj.) b See Kiihner, 275. 1. c The genit. is used of the time withiii which anything happens or has not happened. •V. 274, 3, h. d See 124, 1) : from ^px^i-v- ^ Impf from ttol^Iv. f From Karex^iu. For augment, see 124, 1) note.* It is taken between the preposition and the verb. & See 115, a. ^ On the added v^ see 93, note.* b) Translate into Greek, 1. We are barring the entrance into the Munychia. 2. He was teUing the legend. 3. We shall be masters of the entrance. 4. You {pL) were masters of the entrances into the Munychia. 5. Ye will hurl the 128, 129.] ADJECTIVES. 41 quoits. 6. The two-young-men were hurling quoits. 7. You {pL) were looking towards profit. 8. We will not yield to the desire of looking after (irpo^) profit. 9. You {pL) were reigning over the Persians. 10. You {pi') were colonizing the country of the Geloni. 11. I was admiring the temple of Minerva. 12. The gods of the Egyptians rule over the country. 13. By HermeSj I will chastise the Phasiani. 14. They re- strained the desire of speaking ill of (the city of) Athens. 15. O stranger, the slave had ten minse. 16. The domestic was caring-for the horses and the asses of his master. 17. O brother, march- the army -forward about eight stadia. 18. The young-men were hunting weasels. 19. The targeteers were running (at full speed) towards the plain. 20. The physician's grandson loves gold and silver. 21. Do not yield to the desire for gold. 22. There is in Sicily a temple of Mercury. LESSON XV. Adjectives. 128. Adjectives are words which describe a property supposed to belong already to the object spoken of (as, " a red rose "), or distinctly assert such property to be- long to the object (as, " the rose is red "). 129. Adjectives agree with substantives in gender, number, and case : they are declined like substantives and are of three declensions. 1) The j^r^^ comprises adjectives of three termina- tions. Rem. Most of the adjectives belong to this class. 42 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [130, 13L 2) The second^ those of two terminations, 3) The third, those of one termination. 130. Adjectives of three terminations in 09, 77, ov, and 09, a, ov are dechned in the masc. and newt hke nouns of the second declension, and in the femin. hke a noun of the first declension. Other adjectives of three terminations are declined like nouns of the third de- clension.* PARADIGMS. aya'^os^ rj, 6v, ''good:' a^Los, a, ov, " worlhyJ^ Sing. N. dya^-6s -rj 'OV N. a^L-os -a 'OV G. dya'^-ov -rjs 'OV G. d^L-ov -as 'Ov D. aya'^-S i -f -■qv -OV D. d^i-co 'OL -0) A. dya?i-6v A. a^L-ov 'ttv -ov V. dya'^-€ -if} 'OV V. a^t-6 -a 'OV Plur. N. dya?i-OL -ai -d N. a^L-oi -at -a G. dya'^-G)V -0)1/ -cov G. d^i'oov -cov -GiV D. dyaS-otff -ais 'OLS D. d^l-ois -ats 'OLS A. dyaJi-ovs -as -a A. d^L'OVS -as -a V. dyo!^-oi 'aL -a V. a^L-oL -at -a Dual. N.A.V. ayaSJ-G) -a '&> N. A. V. d|i-cw -a -0) G.D. dyaS-oIi/ 'OLV 'olv G. D. d^i-oLV -aiv -oiv 131. Obs. 1.) Adjectives in os have feminine a if the 05 follows a i;<9Z(;e^ or p : if not, the feminine is tj : e. g. iSios, tSm, tSioi'. ^riXos^ ^V^Vi StjKov. lepos, tepd, Up6v. (robv laTpov TreiaovaL. 16. ^O aT€(f)avo<; 6 tov iroLr)- Tov icTTLV iepos* 17. TcS^ TavTa Xeyeiv, e-^evhov avTov. 18. ^H (T0(f)La iaTlv KaXr] /cal ^eia. «^ The copula icrri is often omitted. b a temple. « base (things), d nom. sing. neut. (after the verb). ^ See 90, Rem. f See 66, Obs. b) Tra?islate into Greek. 1. Look, O Persian, towards the beautiful sea. 2. Empty wisdom will persuade the citizens. 3. The poet was admiring the two-wise-geometers. 4. O young man, do not yield to base pleasures. 5. Who will hide base (things) 1 6. Sicily is beautiful and dear 44 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [134 136. to its citizens. 7. The two young men were telling the legend. 8. Bad men admire bad (things). They do not love good (things). 9. The clever geometer will anoint himself. 10. They were weaving garlands in the garden of the good laborer. 11. We ought to admire the strong mind of ^etes's grandson. 12. Who is colonizing the country of the Geloni? 13. The Lacedaemonians were looking towards profit by barring the entrance into the Munychias. 14. The way is long and not good. 15. The long legend of the poet is empty and mere nonsense. 16. The good (man) is dear to God. LESSON XVI. Adjectives (continued). Future from verbs in ^co, eco, acoj 0(0. 134. In the case of adjectives in eo9, ea, eov, and 009, orj, GOV, contraction takes place, which in some instan- ces deviates from the general rules (see Note 6), the distinctive terminations (as a in the neut. plur., a<; in the accus., and ul^ in the dat. plur.) being always left unchanged in contraction. From ^pvaeo^ the con- tracted forms are (irregularly) perispomena ; except (probably) c6 of the dual (as in oaTco), 135. If another vowel or p precedes eos, the feminine is con- tracted, not into rj, but into a ; e. g. (^ipeeos =) ipeovs, epea, epeovv, woollen, (dpyvp€Os =) dpyvpovS) dpyvpd, dpyvpovv, silver. 136. Such compound adjectives in (00s) ovs as are formed from contracted substantives of the second declension (vovs, nXovs), are accented throughout on the penult [cvvovs, evpov, &c. ; nom. pi. m. cvpoij undergo no contraction in the three similar cases of the neut. 137—139.] THE ADJECTIVE. 45 plur. ; e. g. avoa (from avovs), airXoa (from airXovs, not seaworthy) ; but QTrXa, from dnXovs (simplex). PARADIGMS, Xpixre-os, XP^^^~^ , xp^o-e-oi/, golden. d7rX6-0Sid7rX6-r).d7rX o-oi/, simple SING. N. G. D. A. M. F. N. Xpy(T€'Os xP'^^^'^ XP'^^^'O^ contracted into Xpv(TOVS XP^^^ XP'^^^^^ Xpvo'ov XP^^^^ XP^^°^ xpv(T^^ xp^^n xp^<^^^ xpvorovv xP^^l^ XP^^°^^ M. F. N. dnXo-os dirXo-T] dirXo-ov contracted into dirXovs dTrXrj dirXovv dirXov divXris drrXov dnXca dTrXjj dnXS dnXovu dTrXrjp dnXovv PLUR. N. G. D. A. XpvcTol Xpvcrcov Xpvo-ols Xpva-ovs Xpvo'cu XP^^^ XpV(TO)U xp^^^^ Xpv(Ta7s xP^^oI? Xpyords XP^^" QTrXot dirXiu dnXcou dirXcov dirXois dirXals dirXovs dirXd^ dirXa drrXtov dnXoTs dnXd DUAL N. A. V. G.D. Xpva-a) Xpvcrolv Xpvcrd XP'^^^ Xpvo-alv xp^^o-oli/ divXci dirXa dirXoiv dTrXalv drrXa) dirXolv 137. From verbs whose root ends in f. the sigmated root is generally formed by changing ^ into 9 : as ^av- Rem. From verbs in afco, i(w, the futures ao-co, kto have the penult short. 138. For verbs Avhose roots end in e, a, o, these vowels are lengthened into 77, 77, o), before 9 is added (84). A root ending in a doubtful vowel usually has it long in the fut. : Xv-o), \v-crco. Simple Root. Sigmated Root. Present. (f)L\€- (J)l\7j-o- TL/ia- TLfirj-cr o^vpo- 6')(ypa)-a 139. Vocabulary 9. Simple^ fXTrXoof, dirXovs. Double^ StTrXooy, -ovs- Golden ; of gold, xp^creos, -ovs. (})L\€C0 Tt/xdco 6')(yp6(o Future. TL/jb7]CrC0 6')(ypcoaco, Brazen, (of) hrass or bronze, XaXiceoy, -ov9. (Of) iron, o-idrjpcos, -ovs. 46 FIKST GREEK BOOK. [140 (O/*) silver, dpyvpeos, -ovs. Bowl ; (shallow) cup, ^mX?? (= patera). Cup, goblet, KVTreWov. Barbarian, ^ap^apos ( a term used of all who were not Greeks). Door, ^vpa. Truth, akrfieia. Gate, TTvXrj. Bolt, bar, KXel'^pov. Ring, daKTiiKios, 6. Hoof, ottXtj Prick, goad, Kevrpov, Death, ?idvaTos, 6. House ; small house, olKidLov. Hollow, KoTXos", t;, ov. Senseless, avoos, avovs* Well disposed {towards) ; well affected (towards), evvoos, ev- vovs. Ill disposed, ill affected, dvcrvooSi To honor, np^deLV (= ripav). To love, (pCki^iv (=^ (^iKiiv). To make-fast, oxvpoeiv (= 6xv- povp). To kick (at), XaKTi^eiv. Exercise 14. 140. a) Translate into English. 1. ^Air\ov<^ iarcv 6 Trjs*a\7f^ela<; \6yo^. 2. To KvireX- \6v eanv apyvpovv. 3. 'O ^dvaro^ Xeyerat^ ')(aXfcov<; v'7rvo<^, 4. ^cdXa^ e^6t ')(^pvaa^ re Kal dpyvpa<;. 5. Ovk i^pov<; Tou^ QeaaaXov'^ StcoKO/juev dXX evvov<^. 6. Tol^ fjL€V evvoi^ TMV ^ap/3dpcov Svcrvov; r)fjid<; iroiovcnv, roU Se 7ro\€/jLiOL<; o)(j}€\ifjbov<;, 7. 'O veavias i^avfia^ev lttttov '^oXkovv kolXov Kal 'x^pvaovv Sa/crvXtov, 8. Ta? irvka^ aihrjpol^ K\el^poL<; o'^vpcocro/Jbev, 9. 01 lttttol Xa/CTi^ovatv aX\i]\ov<;^ cnSrjpat^; 07rXat9. 10. ToLy€-cov V. Xe-co? KaK-(ii9 avcoye-cov Plur. N. ol Xe-0) at KoX-cp TO. dvcaye'co G. TOiv Xe-wv TCdV KOlX-COV Tcbv dvcoy^'CdV D. Tols Xe-as TaL£ KoX-cos To2s avy€-cos A. TOVS X€-a>s ras KoX-cos TCI dvcoye-co V. Xe-co KoX-CO avcoye-co Dual.N.A.V. TO) Xe-o) TO. KOlX-CO TO) dva)y€'(D G. D. TOLP Xe-au TOLV KoX-COV Tolv dvutye-cov 148. Some adjectives follow this declension, having £09 masc. and fem., wv neut. Such are rXea)9, pi^opi- tiouSj €fjL7rXe(o<;^ full, (fcc. Obs. — Some of these substantives drop y in the ace. So the regu- lar ace. of ecas (t)), dawn, is ea?. Aayc^^ {hare) has raore frequently o than wv ; so "A^cos, Kews Kwy, Tews ; the adjeotiye i^yfipoi^ has oov or co in ace. masc. and fem. \ 150, 151.] ATTIC SECOND DECLENSION. 51 149. Accentuation. — Pr opar ox y tones in ccos, ecov retain the ac- cent upon the antepenuUimale through all the cases of all the num- bers ; the two syllables ccos, eajv, (Slc, being reckoned as one. Ox}i;ones in a>s remain such, even in the genitive singular, as Xea> (against 97, 1). 150. Vocabulary 11. HalOf'^AXcos, T], Temple, vec^s, 6. Peacock, raoas, 6. Hare, Xa-ycoy, 6. Minos, MiVcoy, 6. Androgens, ^Avdpoycoas, 6. Dawn, €a)s, rj. Propitious, iXccos. Full, epnXecDS. Undying, (prop, not subject to old age,) dyrjpcDs* Circle, kvkKos, 6. Sun, rjXioi, 6. Moon, aeXrjurj. Heavenly body ; star, aarpov, to. Praise, enaLvos, 6. Juno, "Upa. Delphi, AeX(/)oi, S)V (pi.). Egg, WOV, TO. JEjtolia, AircoXia. Roman, 'Fcopalos. Trojan, TpcoV/coy. Palladium, UaXkddLov, to. Quirinus, Kvplvos. So7j, vlos, 6. Eagle, dcTos, 6. 161. [Cr Deponent* verbs.] Deponents, a passive form (with Sepulchre, tomb, Td(l)os, 6. Vine, apncKos, fj. Tree, hevhpov, to. Whole, okas, rj, ov. Often, TToXXd/ciff. Bright, Xapnpos, d, 6v, A little, okiyov. Of every kind, iravTobairos, rj, ov* To come in being, to become, ylyv-car'^aL (fieri) To appear, to be seen, (^ialvctr'^ai.. To set out, TTop€V'€a^aL (profi- cisci.) To plot against, lie in wait for^ €P€^p€v-€Lv (insidiari). To receive, Xafx^dv-eiv. To build (a house), olKobop.€-€iv ( = -elv). To lay (of eggs), tlkt-clv (pa- rere). To disembark, dTro^aiV'Civ. To rob, (Tv\d-€Lv (=-ai/). To nourish, feed (of birds), to keep, Tp€ G. OS (cos), 0)1/, OiZ/, 1). t, onv or (Tt, OLV, A. a or V, ay, a, 72ew^. €, V. various, (neut as nom.) ey, a, Tzew^. €, 158. Paradigms, Raven. Child. Mouth. Vein. Sing. N. 6 K6pa^^ 6,r) TTOLS TO o-Top^a Tj (pXe\j/ G. KopaK-os 7raid-6s (TTOpiaT-OS v ([)X€p-Q)V D. Kopa^L (v) 7raLcn(y) CTTOpaUL (v) (l)X€\l/L (y) A. KopaK-as TTOL^-as (TTop,aT-a (piXe^-as V. KopaK-es TTOL^-es o-Topar-a ^Xe'/3-es DuAL.N.A.V. KopaK-e TTold-e arop^ar-e (f)X€^'€ G.D. KopaK-otv Traid-oLV (TTOpaT'OlV (pXejS-OLV * R oots : KopaK, TTULd, (TTOfiar, (p\€^. Cf. 156 159. Accentuation in Third Declension. a) The tone syllable remains unchanged, as long as the general rules allow it to be so ; as : to 7rpayp,a, an action, irpdyp^aTos (but TTpayp^cLTcov) ; 6 rj ;\;eXl§a)i/, a swallow, x^Xidopos. (The occasional exceptions will be given as they occur.) 160—162.] THIRD DECLENSION. 55 b) Monosyllables are accented on the last syllable in the genitive and dative of all numbers ; and the long syllables cov and oiv are then circumflexed ; as : 6 3i7p, a wild animal, ?iTjp-6s, '^r^p-l, '^rjp-oiv, ^rjp- Tcov. Tpcowz/.* S doip, &C.) 160. In addition to these may be mentioned the adjective Tray, all^ every, G. Trauros, D. TravTi, but TrdpTcov, irao-L (p) ; 6 Udp, G. Uapos^ but Tols Udo-t (p) . 161. Vocabulary 12. Paid-laborer, ^rjs, Sryr-oy, 6. Old man, yepcov, yepopT-os, 6. Boy, TTols. Traid-os, 6. A written character; pi. (= ^it- erae) a letter ; an epistle, ypdp.- fui, ypajjip^ar-os, to. Elephant^ iXic^ias, iXecpapr-os, 6. Honey, /teXt, /leXtr-oj, to. Talon; claw, opv^, 6vvx-os, 6. Fox, aXcoTrr/^, dXcoTTCK-oy, rj. Chest; coffin, Xdppa^, \dppaK-os. t). Trunk (of an elephant), p,vKTr]p, fJLVKTjjp-OS, 6' Hand, x^^P:i X^^P'^^' ^• Neck, avx^v. avx^P-os, 6. Statue, dvbpids, dvdpLdpT'O^, 6. Fire, nvp, nvp-os, to. Hireling, mercenary, /xto-Scoroy, 6. Beginning ; commencing point, ^pxh- Fodder, xopros, 6. Kite, lktIpos, 6. Bull, Tavpos, 6. Wagon, dpa^a. Tu'ice, 6/y. More powerful, KpelTTOdv, Of cypress, Kviraplo'crlpos, rj, op. Willing (masc. adj., to be ren- dered willingly), eKcjp, iKOPT-os. An insect, epTopop, to. I perform a service; minister, v7rT]p€T€co (with dat.). To send, irepiT'CLP. To dip, fidTTT-eiv, Exercise 17. 162. a) Translate into English, 1. 'H KapSia iarlv ap'^rj tmv <^\ej3oiv. 2. 01 jjucr- ^coTol KOI ^TjTes iraacv vTrrjpeTovaLV. 3. Tg5 vcp 8t9 TratSe^ ol yipovT€<; ytyvovTac^. 4. O A\fa/3cdS7]<; Tre/xTret ypd/x- * From 7} Say. a torch; 6 S/xws, a slave; 6 i) Trats, a child; t) ^ws, a jackal; t) h6s). a blister caused by Incrning ; rh T(^s), the car ; 6 t] Tpws, a Trojan, t This word has x^p- ^or root in x^p-o^p, and x^p-<^'^' 56 FIRST GREEK BOOK. fiara e? rrjv ^djJLov. 5. Tov rov eXe^avro'^ ')(6pTov eh jjbeki ejSayfrav. 6. Tov K6pa/co<; KpeiTTCov ^ earlv 6 IktIvo^ Totvern the gen. which, of course, is to be rendered by than. ^ See 66, Obs. 1. d Supply iffri « avri, prep, with gen. = instead of; hence as good^ elvai ou/tI x^^R^^ {^o be for hands = ) ' to sei've for hands.' f ;^i;(roGs. ^ Inf. aor. to work ; to make. b) Translate into Greek, 1. You {pi') did not honor even the old-men. 2. Yield to old men ^^^ but not to boys ^''. 3. The boys wondered-at the elephant's trunk. 4. Elephants ^^ have long trunks. 5. The boy wonders-at both the eagle's talons and the lion's mane, and especially** the elephant's trunk. 6. Camels^'' have long necks, 7. The Persians threw the quoit, 8. They were in- juring the good resident-foreigners by their speeches i. 9. Who will say that*^ one ought not to minister to old men? 10. Boys love honey. 11. By Hermes, Andro- gens, the son of Minos, is willingly an enemy to me, 12. Restrain, O general, the desires of (your) soldiers by reason. 13. Not only the son of the baker but Orestes also was looking towards the sea. 14. By Mi- nerva, O boy, the paid-laborers and the hirelings do not perform-service-for the old man. ^ kolX . . . 5e, with a icord between. » Use the dat. See also 91. k cfrt. See 146 a) note a. I 163—168.] PRESENT PARTICIPLE. 57 LESSON XX. Present and Future of Verbs in d(o. Present Par- ticiple. 163. The Infinitive Present Active of verbs in day is contracted thus : a-etv = av. The terminations of the Present Indicative are : a-o) a-ets a-et 0) as a a-ofxev a-€T€ a-ovcrt (OfJL€U aT€ Q)(rt a-€TOV a-€TOV arov arov (Observe the l subscript where the uncontr acted form has €1. 164. In the sigmated root, the a is mostly changed into 77. Hence Fut. not nfidcr-co, but Ttfjuija-co, Aor. irLfjbrjo-a. 165. The Present Participle of the Act. Voice ends in m. o)v, f. ovaa, n. ov. The masc. and neut, have Gen. oz/T-09, and are declined regularly after the third. The Fem. is declined regularly after the Jirst. 166. Thus, from tvttt-o) the root of Present Partici- ple is TVTTTOVT- foT masc. and neut. : the nominatives being masc. tvtttcov (compare Xecov, XiovT-o^), and 7ieut, TVTTTOV. 167. £C5^ With the article the participle is usually translated by a relative clause with he, they, &c. 'O irpdrrcov = he who does ; rev irpdrrovTo^, of him who does, (fee. — ^O ravra Trpdrrcov = he ivho does this. 01 Tavra irpdrrovTe^ = tliose who do these things. 168. Vocabulary 13. To leap-down, Kara-Trqdav ( = -deiv). To end, to die, riKcvrav ( =: -del I/). To honor, rifiav ( = -aeip). Phalanx, (f)a\ay^, (paXayy-os, r). 3* To praise, eTraivelv ( = -Ulv). To he separated by an interval^ to he distant (from), dUx-^cu. To sing the Pecan (the Greek war song), 7raLavL^'€Lv. When, TjviKa. 58 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [169. Chariot, dpfia, dpfxaT'Os, to. Not yet, not still, no longer, noW' not, OVK€TL. Ether, al'^rjp, ai'^€p-os, 6. Herald, K-qpv^ (or Krjpv^), KrjpvK- os, 6. A truce, (prop, libations), a peace (because ratified with libations, cnrevdeiv), (nrovhai, pi. Attempt, €7nx€LpT]pa, iTTLX^iprj- fxar-os, TO. Stroke, TrXrfyr). Wound, Tpavjxa, TpavpaT-os, to. To cast into (literally), e/x/3dXX- €ip ; to charge, ipPaXketv els ( = ip^^aXkeiv TO crTparevpLa ets . . . to cast his men into = to charge.) To offer, make an offer of, vrro- ep€LV. To belong to, to be the due of, 7rpO(Tr}K-€LV. Goat, ait:, aly-os, ^. Coin, money, vofita-fxa, pop^lo'paT- OS, TO. Greek, ''^Xki]v,''EWrjp-os, 6. Other, dXKos, rj, ov. Exercise 18. 169. a) Translate into English. 1. To vofjuafia to tcov Hepaodv 6 aTparrjjo^ icfylXec, 2. H hiKaioavvri aperrj eariv. 3. ^O Kvpo^ KaraiTTjha anro rod apfjuaro'^. 4. OvKen rpca'' t) rerrapa'' ardSca Sce^ovacv rco ^aXayye div dXkrjXcDV^ rjviica iratav trover lv OL ^ EW7]V€<;. 5. O (TTparriyo^ eh ttjv roiv AIjvtttlcov ^akayja ifijSdXkeL. 6. Tov ovpavov ol TTOirjral ai^epa ovofid^ovaiv. 7. 01^ ApjeloL eirefju-^av hvo Krjpvica^;^ vtto- (j)6povTa<; a7rovSd<;. 8. Aljas aljSyv ap')(pVTa<; '^ ov irotov- fiev. 9. Tol<^ rrj^ jfj^ ap'^ovcrt ttjv nrpoorrjicovcrav TLfJirjv dTToSiSofiev'^. 10. 'O TOV y6co/jL6Tpov \6yo<; ovtco TeKevTa. ^ Paradigms 36. b Observe that the dual is not necessarily used when two are meant. For 5uo see Paradigm 36. * rulers : properly participle, ruling, d we give or pay. b) Translate into Greek. 1. The Persians leap-down from their chariots. 2. You {pi.) honor those who rule the land. 3. We honor him who rules the land with the honor that belongs to him. 4. We praise and honor him who rules well and justly. 5. The attempts of the Scy- thians will end in*^ this. 6. One ought to yield to Ih! 170, 171.] THIRD DECLENSION. 59 those who rule. 7. He calls the attendant who is pounding* the poison. 8. The assistants honor him. « Use pres. partic. of rpi^-eii/. LESSON XXI. Third Declension. Adjectives in a?, 6t9. 170. PARADIGMS. SING. Xeaophon. Lion. Bait. Nectar. N. 6 A€VO(f)O^U 6 Xecou TO deXeap TO veKTap G. A€VO(p(DVT'OS XeovT'^os d^Xear-os veKTap'OS D. A€VO(pSuT-L XeouT-i deXeciT-L VtKTap'L A. 'S,€VOCdU Xiov deXeap veKTap PLUR. N. . ^€VO(pSvT-€^ XeovT-€S beX^ar-a veKTap-a G. A€UO(PcOVT-03V Xeovt-cdv dcXedr-cov veKTap'Cov D. ^€PO(j)(D-(TL Xeov-CTL deXea-o-t veKTap-a-L A. A€V0(^<^VT-a9 XeovT-as ^^Xear-a veKTap- a V. ^€PO(j)C0VT-€S XeovT-es d€X€aT-a veKTap-a DUAL N.A.V. A€VO(f)(aVT-€ \iovT-e ^cXcar-e veKTap-^ G. D. A€VO(f)(Dirr'OLV XcovT-otv beXear-oLV V€KTap-OLV 171. PARADIGMS. fieXas, p,eXaLva. p,eXav, black. Xapieis, x^P^^^o-fyo-, x^piei', lovely. N. G. D. A. V. SINGULAR. peXas p.eXaLva peXav peXavos peXaLi/r]s p^eXavos p.eXavi fieXaivr) p,eXavt peXava peXatvav peXav peXas peXaiva peXav SINGULAR. XapL€Ls x^P^^^^^ x^P^^^ XcipL^vTos x^P'-^^^l^ X'^P''^^'^^^ XapievTL x^P^^^^U x^P^^^''''' XaptevTa ;(apiecra-aj' x^P^^^ Xaplev x^P^^^^^ x^p'^^^ N. G. D. A. V. PLURAL. fxeXaves peXaivai fx^Xava peXdvcov peXaivcov peXdvoav p,eXaa-L peXalvais peXaa-L peXavas peXaivas peXava peXaves p^Xaivai peXava PLURAL. X(ipf-€VTes ;(apie(rcrat x^P^^^^^ XapievTcov ;(npieo-o-a)i/ ;(apieVra)i/ XapL€(TL x^P'-^^^^'-^ x^piVo-t XapievTas ;(apt6cr(raj x^P'-^^^^ XaplevTes ;(apie(r(rat x^P'-^^^^ N.A.V G.D. DUAL. . peXave peXalva peXave fxeXdvoiv fxeXaivaiv peXdvoiv DUAL. Xapi€VT€ x^P''^^^^ ;^apt6in-e XapUvTOLV xoptf'o'O'flt^ ;(api6zrroti; 60 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [172, 173. 172. Vocabulary 14. 3ad, wicked, KaK-6s, 17, 6v. Demagogue, drjixay coy 6s, 6 (drj- jjios, people, ay-co, lead). People, drjfjLos, 6. Flatterer, KoXa^, KokaK-os, 6. Orator, prjTcop, prjrop-os, 6. Nightingale, drj^dyp, drjdov-os., rj. Swallow, ;(6XlSa>j^, ;!(eXt6oVoff, tj. Day, ^fjLepa. Night, pv^, vvKT'Os.f) (nox). Vulture, yvy\r, yvir-os, 6. Cuckoo, KOKKV^, KOKKVy-OS, 6. Color, xp^p-a, xp^f^^'^'OS, to. Foot, TTOVS, TTod-OS,^ 6. Rock, Trerpa. Difference, (of colors.) a shade, dLa(popd, Poor man, rrevrjs, TrivrjT-os, 6. Continuously, ivithout ceasing j avvex^s {avv & e;(ft>). Even (opposed to odd), of an even number, apriosi «? ov (par). The aspalathus, (a prickly shrub,) do'TraKa'^os, 6. White, XevKos, rj, 6v. Black, fjteXas, piXaiva, p,eKav. (jo peXav, black; to Xcvkov, white ; used as substant.) Opposite, contrary (to), ivavTios, a, ov. To sing, ab-€Lv (= delbetv). To change, peTajSdXX-etp. To hatch (its) young, to breedy to build its nest, vcottcv-civ. Exercise 19. 173. a) Translate into English. 1. 01 icaKoi, TTjv rjSovrjv o)^ SiXeap ep^oz^re?, ^rjpevoV" criv rjiMtov^ ra^; ylrv^d^;. 2. ^O Srjjubaycoyo^ icrrt rod hrjijuov KoXa^. 3. Tov<^ cro(pov^ re fcal aya^oif^ prjTopa^ eTraiv- ovfjiev KoX TLpiSy/Jiev. 4. ^H arjScov aSec fjuev erf z/e^co? rjijue- pa^ KoX vvKrra^ SeKairevre*^ /jiera Se ravra aSec fjbiv, aw- €')(M<; S' ovKeri. 5. Mera/SaXXec Kal" 6 kokkv^ to ')(pa)fia. 6. 01 7rev7)T6^ TToXkdKL<; Tol(; irevrjao virrjpeTovaLV, 7. Tlavra ra ^(ba dpTLOV<; e'^ovcrt tov<^ 7r6Sa<; ^^. 8. ^O dairdXa^os /jiiXatvav ep^et ryv pii^av^^. 9. To fJieXav '^pcb/jid i(TTL' fcal Tov fieXavo^ TroXXal^ Scacj^opaL 10. ^O yvyjr veorrevei iirl irerpai^ dTrpoor^droi^.^ 11. Mrj dvoa Xeye, & Hevocf^cov. 12. Tk Xe^eu rov Ilepo-rjv KpvTrreLV * Grimm's law shows this to be the same word as the Gothic fotj English /arts). 176. IIavTe<^ • 7ravT€<; oi — • = onines (the latter especially when there is reference). 177. 01 7ravre<; = (1) omnes simul {all together^ altogether) ; (2) in universum {in all). 178. Ilacra TroXtj, every city: iraa-a rj ttoXij, t] -ttoXls Trcicra, the whole city (also rj naa-a ttoXls, the whole city together) : nairra dya^d • TravTo. TO. dya?id (the article is usually expressed, when a definite 62 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [179_182. class of things is meant) ; nacrai al KoXai npa^eLs • ra Tzavra fieprj, all the parts (together) • tols ttclo-lv opyi^eraf to. rravra c'Ikocti (in universum viginii), twenty in all. 179. ''ATras = every (in the Sing.), is without the article; but in the sense of the whole, anas (= afxa ttcls) and o-vfjLTras or |u/x7ras (= all together), universus, are naturally more frequently without the article than Tray is in the sense of whole. Sometimes, too, o-vjjLTravres = in all is without the article [^vfxTravTcs iTrraKoaioi oTrXirat, Th.]. 180. PARADIGM. was, Tracra, ttclv, every, all. SING. PLUR. DUAL. m. f. n. m. f. n. m. f. n. N. nas TTCLo-a ttclv TTavres TTao-ai TTavra TTavre Tracra tto-vt^ G. iravTos Trdcrrjs iravros TTavTcov TTaawv tto-vtcov iravTOLv TTLia-aiv ttclvtoiv D. TravTL TvdtTrj iravrl TTCLO-L{v)TTd(rais ttclo-l(v) TTavTOLv TTacraiv TTavroiv A. TTCLvra irao-av ttclv TTavras TTacras Trdvra TTavre TTaaa TTavre V. Tray Tracra TTav TTavres TTCLO-ai TTavra TTCLvre TTaaa TTavre 181. The participle of the Aorist Active appends a9 to the sigmated root (Xucr-a?, TV'\jr-a<;). N. a?, daaj av G. avTO<^j aarj^, avTO<^^ &c. (See Paradigm 17.) It is Englished by having — ed. But for verbs signifying einotioiis or states of ntind, it is often Englished by pres. participle, the emotion hav- mg been felt and continuing to be felt : e. g. 7naTevaa<^ (= confsus), trusting, relying on, 182. Vocabulary 15. Zeal, earnestness, eagerness, CTTTOvhr}. Life, (Bios, 6. Leader, r]y€fxa)V, r^yep.ov-oS', 6, rj. Temperance, sobriety of mind, a-(o(f>poa-vvrj. Absence of government, anar- chy, licentiousness, dvapxla. To grow old, yi]pda-K-€iv. Lawlessness, dvopla. River, Troraposi ov, 6. Innocence, d^Xd^eia. Danger, Kivbvvos, 6. Low estate, raTTeLvorrjs, raTreivo' rrjT'Os, rj. Extreme, eo-xaTos, r), ov. Obscurity, ddo^la. To trust, TTi(rT€V'€Lv (dat). 183.] AORIST PAP^TICIPLE. 63 Hoplite (heavy -armed soldier), ottXlttjs, 6. To be the slave of, to serve, dov- \€v-€Lv (dat.). To complete, diaTcXcl]/ (= eciv). To bid, order, tell (to do any- thing), fceXeu-eti/. To do, TTpdrr-CLV (fut. 7rpa|-a)), to commit a murder, Trpdrreiv (povov. I am come, 7Jk(o (= veni). To dissolve, to dismiss (an as- sembly), break (a treaty, &c.)j repeal (a law), Xv-eip, Exercise 20. 183. a) Translate into English. 1. ^TTOvSr] Trdaa ecrraL (= erit) hia 7ravTo<; rod /Slov. 2. ^'HSiCTTOV^ TTCLVTCdV icTrlv aXvTTco^^ hiareKelv top /3cov airavra. 3. A el /SXeTrecv 7rpo9 T7]v rrj^ avfJUTrdcrrj^ rjje/JL- ova aperrj'^ cro)^poavv7}v. 4. ^Ev nrdcrr) dvap')^ia /cal dvo- IXLct SiareXet rov ^lov. 5. Tlavra dv^pwirov ')(^pf] (^ev- ^eiv TO acf)6Spa (fyckelv avrov. 6. 'O N€lXo<; jXvKVTaro^^ early iravrcDV rcov irorafjiow. 7. 'Hcrav ol nravTes eirraico' (TiOL oifklraL 8. ^O ^coKparrj^; Trccrrevaa^; rfj aifrov^ d^Xa/Seia eKivivvevcre rov ecr'^arov klvSupop'^. 9. Avo (TTpaTLcoTaL. rd ala^pd 7rpd^avTe<;^ (jyevyovcnv. 10. ^'H/cco Sevpo avv toI<^ iroXirai^ toI<; dya^Ql<;. 11. Tovs v6/jlov<; T0U9 69 TO irapov^ /3\d7rT0VTa<^ vfjid<; eXvcraTe. 12. Ko- Xdcrofjiev tou9 T7]V elprjvrjv \vaavTa^, 13. TLdv ^coov dvajKacov^ dpTiov^ e')(eiv tov^ iroSa^. ^ most pleasant ; superl. of ?;5uy. b sweetest ; superl. of yXvKvs. c {of himself =^ his. ^ Kivhvueveiv kIj/^vvou = to incur {risk, expose oneself to) a danger^ K. 278, 2. ^ for t/ie present ; at the p?-esent. f Supply eo-Ti. b) Translate into Greek, 1. The man is growing-old in extreme {say ^all') obscurity and low-estate. 2. Every man ought to fly - from being - the - slave - of anger. 3. Through the whole of life we ought to pursue virtue. 4. We are- pursuing virtue with all eagerness. 5. From '^ being- 64 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [184. the-slave of sensual [173, b^ note A,] pleasures he will be a slave for his whole life. 6. The wagons °were in all seven-hundred. 7. We are angry with those who are breaking the peace. 8. We are enraged against ^ those who have broken the truce. 9. The geometer places himself before ^ all the Greeks. s To be enraged against — , er hpyri cx^iv (ace. of person). i» To place oneself before, Trporacrcreij/ avrou irpS (with gen.). LESSON XXIII. Noii7is that suffer Syncope,"^ 184. To this class belong the following substantives in 7]p : iraTrjp^ father^ M'T'VP^ 7nother^ ^vydrrjp, daugh- ter , rj jacmfjp, the belly ^ ArjfjLTJrijp^ Ceres, and avTjp^ ?nan : which have this peculiarityj that they omit e in the gen. and dat. sing, and dat. plural. They have voc. €p {avrjp^ irarrjp throwing back the accent), and in- sert d {cum acuto) before at in dat. plur. 'AvTjp, a man (root dvep)^ drops the e in all its cases except the voc. sing., but inserts a S to soften the pronunciation. PARADIGMS. Mother. Man. Father. Sing. N. h M-^ip r » / o avrjp 6 iraTrjp G. jJLTJTpOS dp-d-p6s TTUTpOS D. fxrjrpL du-d-pl Trarpi A. fJLrjrepa av-b-pa Trarepa V. fiijrep av€p TTarep Plur. N. fJLr}T€p€S av-b-p€s Trarepes G. IxrjTepoiV dv'd'pcov Trarcpcov D. lxrjTpa(TL dv-d-pdo-t TTorpao-L A. fJiTjTepas av-d-pas 7TaT€pas V. prjT€p€S av-d-p€s Trarepe^ Dual. N. A. V. p,rjTep€ av-b-p€ Trarepe G. D. prjrepoLv dv-d-poiv 7raT€poiv * Syncope = the taking away of one or more letters from the body of a word. Cf. Paradigm 19. 185—189.] SYNCOPATED NOUNS. 65 185. Words of this class have several peculiarities of accent. (1) The dal. pi. and the forms that retain the e, are always paroxy- tone : (2) the forms that reject the c have all the accent on the last syllable, with (3) the exception of voc. sing, in which the tone-sylla- ble is thrown as far back as possible. (Atjijltjttjp (see 186) is an exception to these rules.) 186. *0 doTTTjp, epos, a star, has its dative plural aarpaa-i, but is not syncopated in any other case. Atjiitjttjp (Demeier or Ceres) has a varying accentuation, viz. ATip,TjTpos, ATjfxrjrpi, Voc. Arjprjrep, but Ace. Ar]p,r]T€pa. 187. Obs. For ' many great men'' the Greeks usually said ' Tnany and great men:' and so in similar combinations of two adjectives. 188. Vocabulary 16. Bad, toorthless, (pavXos, rj, ov. Happiness, cvhaiyiopia. Most disgraceful, basest, aio-xt- (TTOS. T], OV. Worthy, a^ios, a, op (with gen.). Liberty, eXcv^iepia. Insolent, v^plotlkos, rj, ov. (^Small) tunic, ;^tra)z^toi/5 to. Three, rpels, neat, rpia (Pdm. 36). Nurse, Tpo(p69, rj. (Native) country, waTpls, TrarpiS- 09,r}. Slaughter, (f>6vos, 6. Dice, KTVTTOS, 6. Arms, oTrXa, ra (arma). Absolute prince, tyrant, rvpav- VOSy 6. To measure, p.fTpe'iv ( = -eeiv). To love, (TT€py-€LV. To exclude, to keep away from, €'tpy-€iv. To desire, iTri'^vp.elv ( = -ecti/) with gen. To follow, attend (of a conse- quence), eTTco-^aL, with dai. To kill, to put to death, aTro-KretV €LV. To drag away from, aTroo'Trav ( = -deiv). Exercise 21. 189. a) Translate into English, 1. 01 (j)avXoL rfi yaarpl fierpovaL /cal tol^ ala')(^LaTOi^ TTjv evSai/jLovcav. 2. "AvSp6<; eialv ayo^oX kol d^coL t?)? iXev^^epta^. 3. 'O zveo9, tol/? tov vraTpo? v/3pLaTC/cov<; fcal /jltj ao(f)ov<; \6iXi] ^vyarep^ arepye rrjv fjur^Tepa,^ 11. '^/2 avhpe^ "EWrjve^;^ vofj^i^o} (Tocjiov^ re koI d^Lov<^ rrjs evSai/jLovia^ v/Jid^ elvac, 12. 01 ^dpjSapoL rd alcr'^d (piXovcrcv. 13. Tov aTrovSt} ScoKpdrov^; d^la diravros tov eTraivov. 14. '^fl Uepaa^ rk ravra Xi^ec aevocj^covn ; 15. ^Ev rw tov dya^ov Krj7r(p icTTlv oIklSlov, ^ high minded. ^ (^fond of ho7ior = ) ainbitious. c / kjUI give, ^ See 91. b) Translate into Greek, 1. Fathers ^'' keep-away their sons from bad men. 2. There ° was much^ slaughter of men, and {he) much din of arms. 3. The enemy's camp °was unoccupied {say : ' void of men '). 4. Man differs from the other animals in desiring honor. 5. Love {pL) your father and your mother. 6. Be- not -the-slave-of the belly. 7. Great honor attends good men ^\ 8. Cyrus puts-to- death his mother's father. 9. Tyrants ^'' drag children from ° their fathers and mothers. 10. The man will spend his life in great glory. 11. The men are per- forming many great ^^ ^actions. 12. The many^ will measure happiness by gain. 13. Bad (men) love anarchy and lawlessness. 14. Who will say that great honor does not attend good men ? 15. There is a tem- ple of Ceres in Cilicia. 16. Many great men love not only the Greeks but also the Persians. ® iroKvs. ^ ol TToWoi. 190, 191.] ADJECTIVES OF TWO ENDINGS. 67 LESSON XXIV. Adjectives of two ternmiatioiis* Kepa^, (fee. 190. Adjectives of two terminations have only one form for the masculine and feminine^ as o, 97 evSo^o^, TO evSo^ov. They are declined' like nouns of the third declension (except 09, 09, ov, which is like the second declension). 191. PARADIGMS. o-a(pr}s. (ra(l)€s, dear. evdai/jLcou, evdaifMov, happy. SINO. m. f. n. p S (ra(f)€~os ' ( (Ta(j)ovs D. \ """f'- ( (TacpeL . S craibi-a ) , , V. aa(f>es (Ta(f)es SING, m. f. n. N. evdalficov cvdaifiov G. evdaifJLov-os D. evBaLfxov-L A. evdaifjiov-a evdaifiov V. evdaLfjLou evdaifxov PLUR. j^ ^ (ra(f>€-€s S (Ta(j)€-a ' ( o-acpels I (Ta(f)rj p S (ra(p€-cou ' ( (raipcov D. a-a(f)€a'L(v) A S (ra(j)€-a9 S (ra(f)e-a ' f (ra(f)€ls ( craiprj Y S (Ta(f)€-€s S cra(f)€-a ' ( (racpcls f (Taiprj PLUR. N. evdalfioves evbaipiova G. evdaLfJLovcov D, €vdaLfji,o(n(v) A. cvdalfjiovos cvdaLfjLova V. €vdaLfxov€9 evbaiyiova DUAL. N.A.V. ^^^^r^ G. D. \ °-°$^':<'"' f (racpoLV DUAL. N. A. V. cvbaip.ov€ G. D. evdmfjLovoLV * Table of Adjectives of Two Endings. m. f. n. m. f. n. 1. OS ov kSc/jlios KSa/ULlUl/ 2. €p€t, ovre fxr^Tepe^; re/cva Ti/CTOVcnv, dWa repara. 7. 01 virep TrjsiraTpiho^ ^^ Ka\o}<; reXevTrjo-av- re?^ Td(f)cov re mat rcov dXXcov /JLvrj/jielcov fieyiara e^ovcn yepa, «• *'n^, ovffa, 6u, pres. part, of cI/jll, I am. b reAeuT^o-ovres, first aor. part, of TeAeuTaco. b) Translate into Greek. 1. °It is necessary to yield t6 the weakness of old- age. 2. The geometer died of ^^ old-age, not {say : ^ but not ') of disease. 3. This (tovto ye) is the best remedy for"' old-age. 4. The bonassus has at once both a mane and two horns ^^ 5. With "our right wing we are conquering the enemy's hoplites. 6. Most horns [say : ^ the most of horns ') are hollow, and those (rd Se) of stags alone are solid throughout and branching*. 7. The citizens have honors and panegyrics from one another, and honorary-privileges. * TToAucrxtSr} ( = TroAvcrxtSea). 70 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [196—199. LESSON XXV. 196. Substantives in i??, 09. — Adjectives in ?;?. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. 77s : OS, (neut.) G. €os, ovs D. eV, €L ^[iy\ OS, (neut.) N. ees, €is '. ea, 77, (neut.)* G. 60)1/, 0)1/ D. 60-tW A. eas, €Ls : ea, rj, (neut.) V. €€s, eis : ea, j;, (neut.) DUAL. 1 N. A. V. ce, rj. G. D. €OLV. olv. 197. a) In Attic prose the open form occurs only in dual ce from adjectives in r^s, and gen. pi. ecov from oy. b) TpLr)pr)s (properly an adj.), with the adj. avrdpKrjs, and com- pound adjectives in rj^irjs (from rj'^os) remain paroxytone in gen. pi. It is not certain whether we should write rpirjpes, rptrjpoLv ; or Tptrjpes, TpLT^polv. K. adopts the former ; see his Gramm. 59. (Learn Paradigm 21.) 198. SC3^ Observe that most adjectives in 779 are oxytone ; avrdpKT]^^ evrj^rjs, avviipf7)<^, 7r\7]pr]<;, are excep- tions. 199. Vocabulary 18. One who pursues gain by base means, ala-xpoKcpbrjs, es. Gain, Kcpbos, Kepbe-os, Kep- dovs, TO. Reproach, oveibos (-cos, ovs), to. Character, disposition, rj?ios (-cos, ovs), TO (mores). Simple, €VTpr)s, €s (ev and rj'^os). Disobedient, 07761^17 y, es. Obedient, €VTreC^r}s, is. Summer, Jiepos (-cos, ovs), to. Year, ctos (-cos, ovs), to. Multitude, ttX^Soj (-cos, ovs); hence = democratical consti- tution. Mountain, opos (-cos, ovs), to. Wall, Telxos (-cos, ovs), to. Kind, yevos (-cos, ovs), to. False, yjyevdrjs, cs. True, dXrj^rjs, cs. Dicer, Kvpcvrrjs, ov, 6. Footpad, (prop, a filcher of clothes,) XcoTTodvTTjs, ov, 6. Robber, Xrjorfjs, ov, 6. Gentleness, irpaoTrjs, irpaorrjT- os, rj. Tameness, Tjficponjs, i^ficpoTrjT- OS, rj. Want of intelligence, stupidity^ civoLa, as, rj. 200.] NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN TJ?. 71 Courage, avhpia. as, rj (dvrjp) . Cowardice, detXia, as, r) (§etXoy) . Sheep, TTpofiaTov, ov, to. Unintelligent, stupid, av6r]Tos, ov (a and voioa, vovs). Trireme, rpLrjprjs (-€os,ovs), rj. Useless, axpr]o-Tos, ov. I suppose, (opinor,) drjTrov. Army, o-TpaTcvpui, arparevpaT- OS, TO. Chase, hunting-expedition, "^rjpa, as, T}. Winter, ^^^M^^? x^^/^^'os, 6. Alike, SpoLcos. To endure, vTropev-eiv. To differ, Sta^ep-etz/. To plot against, iTri^ovkev-etp (with dai.). To value before or above, to prefer, TrpoTipav (= -detv) with ace. and gen. To show sobriety or seiise of mind, crcDcfypov-elv ( = -eeiv). Less, iXdrrcov. Lillle, pLKpos, a, ov : jj.iKpco, (by) a little (with comparative). Safety, (rcoT7)pLa, as, rj. Poetical, ttoltjtlkos, t], ov. Of earth ; hence, of brick, yrj'i- vos, ov. More than, rather ilian, paXXov rj. Exercise 23. 200. a) Translate into English. 1. ^O fcvj3€VTr)<; fcal 6\ci}7roSvT7]<; Ka\ 6\r)(TTr]^ alcr')^po- /cepSeZ? elcTL. 2. 01 /cv/Sevral /c6p8ov<; eve/ca ovelSr] vivo- fievovai. 3. Ta rj^rj tcov ^cowv hia<^epei (85, 1) Kara re heiXtav fcal Trpaorrjra Kal dvSplav teal rj/jLeporrjra Kal vovv re Kal avoiav. 4. To tcov 7rpo(3dTO)V rj^o<; evrj^e^ Kal dvorjTOV^. 5. ^Evrav^a ^AXKt/SLdSrj^ rjKev eK TOdv KXa- ^o/xevcop avv irevre TptrjpecTL. 6. "A'^prjarov StJttov Kal olKeTTf^ Kal arpdrev/jLa avretS-e?. 7. Qrjpav Trotovvrat^ 6iJLOLco<; ^epov^" Kal ^a/iwi^09. 8. 'O racos dira^ rov €TOv<; '^ TLKTei fjLOVov ' TLKTeL he ood Sco8eKa rj jjLtKp^ iXdr- Tft) *. 9. 'O Eeparj^ eTn^ovKevet tc3 ifKrfiifeL rS vjjberepcp. 10. ^^(ppovovaL Tr]v acoTrjptav rod KepSov^ TrporifJLcovTe^ (== 7rpoTLpidoPT€<^). 11. 'O /36vacrcro^ yiyveraL ev rfj IlaicovLa, iv tc5 6 pec tg5 Meaaairicp. 12. Kara rov iroiTjTLKov XoyoVj '^oXkcl Kal auhripd hel elvai rd reL-^r) fidXXov rj yr]lva. 72 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [201, 202. 3- Supply the copula ia-rlu. ^ iroiovvrai (= iroie-ovTat) ^7}pav (lit. faciunt sibi venationem), go out a hunting ; hunt, ^ K. 273. 4. b. d the partitive genitive stands with adverbs of tirrie and place : e. g. thrice a day^ rpls rrjs 7]/jL4pas. ® For iKdrroi/a, cf. Para- digm 12 {fiei^coy), b) Translate into Greek. 1. There are two kinds of lions. 2. He conceals the truth by a false tale. 3. Do not trust ( j^Z.) to walls and gates. 4. You (^/.) trusted to the bravery of the citizens, and not {say : 'but not') to walls and gates. 5. The general of the Persians has well-disciplined soldiers ^^ 6. O boys, you are pursuing false pleas- ures, and not true ones. 7. The wicked forthemost partrdehght in '^ false pleasures, but good men (say : ' the good of men ') in true ones. f TCfe TTOWd. LESSON XXVI. ^HpaK\7]<^, &C. 201. When a vowel stands before the terminations 7]^, €9, and 09, the Attics contract ea of the ace. sing, and neut. plur., not into t], but a ; e. g. k\€os {glory), plur. Kkeea — Kked, 202. Proper names in Kker)^, contr. /CX759, undergo (in Attic Greek) a double contraction in the dative sing. ; e. g. e-el {= i-et) = ec. N. (^HpaKXerjs) ^HpaKKrjs G. ^HpaKkecos) 'UpaKkeovs D. (HpaK\€€L *Hpa/cX6€t) 'HpaKXcl A. (HpaKkeca) 'Hpa/cXed [sometimes ^Hpa/cX?;*] | V. (llpdK\€€s) 'HpaKkeis C'HpaKXeS: in exclamations.) * Plat. Phczd. 89. 203, 204.] WORDS IN p^g. 73 203. Vocabulary 19. Soph^des^^ocpoKkrjs (see note 5). Ameino.dss, 'AficivoKkrjs- Eucles, EvK\r}9. Euthycles. Ev'^vkXtjs. Unwritten^ aypacpos^ op. Written, yeypaixfievos, rj, ov. The Antigone (a play of Sopho- cles), 7) ^AvTLyovq. Law, vofios, ov, 6. Accurate, aKpl^rjs, is. Full, TrXrjpTjSi €s. Fair, reasonable, iTrteiKrjs, cs- Expensive, costly, ttoXvt^Xtjs, es. Human, natural to man, hence (of sins) venial, av'^payirivos rj, ov. A sin, a fault, dfidprrjiia, dfiaprr]' fiar-os, TO. Procession, 7rop,7rrj, 17. Sacrifice, ^vaia, rj. Strong, Icxypos, a, op. Fifth, TrepLTTTos, rj, ov. Straight, right, op'^os, rj, ov (rectus). Rem. By 201, vyiia (from vyi-ns, vyirj is also found in Plato. It lefts, is becoming, Trpiiret, (decet.) with dat. To think, oUcr^ai. Not to transgress, (lit. fo remain within,) to observe (a law), €fipLev-€Lv (with dat). It is fitting or expedient, o-i;/x(^€- p« (= expedit), TO (Tvp,(j)€pov, ( = id quod expedit, or utile est), the expedient. To pardon, crvyyiyvao-K-eiv (with dat,). To accept, aTrobex'^o-^ai. To court, to consult a thing, e. g. expediency, ^eparrev-cLv. To give in evidence, bear wit- ness, fiapTVp'Clv ( = -€€LV). Test, proof mode of examination, (of a witness, e. g. by torture,) eXeyxos, ov, 6, Judge, KpirT]s, ov, 6. Healthy, sound, vyirjs, es. (There) ivere, rjcrav, imp. 3d. pi. from et/xt. vyie-os) is contracted into vyia, but Exercise 24. 204. a) Translate into English. 1. Tavra ovk otovrau^^ QefJuaroKXel irpeTretv. 2. 01 fiev aypa things'). 3. We will give-in-evidence what is true, not^^ what is false (say: 'the true nhings; ' Hhe false ^things'). 4. You see the faithlessness of Tissaphernes. 5. Their general is Dercyllidas, the (son) of EiicleSj with two others *2^ 6. Who avoids such (^ay; ' so ') accurate methods-of-examination ? 7. I will give these things to Ameinocles the Samian. LESSON XXVII. Substantives hi €v<;. (Paradigm 27.) 205. The termination eu? [oxytoiie) takes « in the genitive sing. ; and in the dat. sing, and nom. arid ace, 206—210.] NOUNS IN svg. 75 IS €V plur. admits of regular contraction. The voc. [perispomenon) ; dat. pi. evaiiv). (Observe the accent.) SINGULAR. PLURAL. DUAL. N. eys G. €Wff D. « A. ed V. eO €LS €COV €V(TL(y) eas (eiy) 619 N. ) A. } ie G. > , D. \ "°'^ 206. Besides els- the old Attic dialect possesses a collateral form in ris (contracted from the Epic ^es) for the nom. and voc. plur. ; e. g. nXarat^s for nXarateiy. 207. Most substantives which have a vowel before the termina- tion €V£, contract koas into ooj, ea into a, eay (seldom) into as ; e. g. Evfioevs (an inhabitant of Eubcea), gen. EujSocoy, ace. Et'jSoa, ace. plur. Ev^oas. So sometimes G. plur. ; e. g. ^lE.p€TpLa>v, Acopicov. 208. Future Participle.] The fut. participle is formed by adding 0)1/ to root of Future, fiXaTTTCD, fut. jSXdyjrco, participle ^\a\\t(t>v (-ovaa, -op). It. is declined like a participle of the Present (Pdm. 16). 209. The future participle is often used to denote a purpose. (Eng.) I am come to do this. (Greek) I am come about-to-do this (^kco tt oir] cr (ov ravTo) (Eng.) I sent a man to do this. (Greek) / sent (a man) about to do this (€7r€p.\jra tto irja-ovra ravra [or, top Troirja-ovra]), 210. Vocabulary 20. Interpreter, ipprjvevs, 6. King, ^aa-ikcvs, 6. Painter, ypa(j)€vs, 6. Priest, Upevs, 6. Horseman, Imrevs, 6. Scribe, ypapparevs, 6. Parent, yovcvs, 6. Abundant, a(f)?iovos, ov, (d, not, (f)'^6vos, envy, there being so much that none need envy another.) The Pirceus (port of Athens), UeLpaievs, 6. Mart, custom-house (at Athens), CfJLTTOpLOV, OV, TO. Superintendent, inspector, eVi- p,€\T]Trj9, ov, 6 (eTTijJL. ipiropiov = custom-house officer). Foot soldier, ttc^os, ov, 6 (pedes). Higher up, more inland, beyond, av(o (adv. with gen.). To dig down, Karao-Kdnr-eiv. 76 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [211. f Twenty thousand, dio-iivpioi,^ m, a. Together with (dat.), dfia; afia Trj rjixepa, at day-break. To sacrifice, ?iv-€Lv. An offering, a sacrifice, SO/xa, ^VfJiaT'OS, TO, To fut info the hands, to hand over, iyx'^LpL^-€LV. Priestess,, Upeta, rj. Holy, oaios, a, ov. To disobey, aTreC^-elv ( = -€€iv)j with dat. To make a likeness of, to copy, to draw, a7ret/caf-eti^. To imitate, /xt/xe-etrSai (/xt/xet- a'^ai). Serious or earnest in character, good, worthy, (nrovdalos, a, ov. I am come, tJkco ( = veni, ad- sum). To go away, direpx-ca^ai. Exercise 25. 211. a) Translate into English. 1. 'Eevo(j>cov SceXeyero avrols^ 8l ip/ji7]vico<; irepi (TTTOvScOV. 2. OvK €(7TL '^p7]/jLaTa rj/juv^, TOL<; Se TToXefiloL^ a^^ova irapa fSaaCKecd^, 3. AaiJbj3dvei to apyvpLOV 6 jpaiJifiaTev<; 6 rod i/jLTroplov eTrc/JieXrjTcbv Ev^v8'r]/jbo<;, 4. ^'Apua rfj rj/jiipci opcopiev LTnrea^; ttoXXou?, ire^ov^; 8' avco Tcop iTTTrecDV CO? hi(Tpbvpiov<^, 5. ''Hkco ^vacov, 6. Qvaov- T69^° Tot9 lepevai re Kal lepelai^ iy^eipii^opbev ra ^vpuara. 7. Ovx oaiov TOVTO j€^^ TO T0L<; jovevaLV aireL^elv, 8. Al(T')(^pov Toi)^ puev ypa(f)€L<; aireLKd^eiv tcl KaXa tcjv ^a)a>v, T0U9 Se 7ralha<^ pirj papieta^aL tov^ aTTOvhaiov^ tcov yovecov. 9. UipLTropLev KaTao-/cd'\jrovTapr]crLs, rj, (The sense of) hearing, aKorj, rj. Limb, fieXos, fieXe-os (-ovs), to. Between, fxcra^v (adv. with gen.). Wrist, KapTTos, ov, 6. Elbow, ajKcov, dyKwv'OS, 6. Hunting-knife, cutlass, fxaxaipa, as,r). Sword, ^L(j)os, $L(l)€'Os (-ovs), TO. Axe, d^LVT], rjs, rj. House, oIklu, as, 77. Saw, TpLCDV, TploV-OS, 6. Low-bred, ignoble, dyevvrjs, es. Tail, ovpd, as, rj. Breadth, TrXaroy, TrkaTe-os (-ovy), TO. Unbearable, d(j)6pr)Tos, ov. (Com- parat. dcj^oprjroTepos.) Prisoner of war, alxP'dXa)Tos, ov {alxMi cuspis, dXlcTKeiv, ca- pere). To cut off, dnOKOTTT-CCV. To surpass or be superior, virep' €X'€Lv, (withg-6?n.). To contemplate, behold, Sfeoop-eii/ {-€€LV). To read, dvayiyvoaa-K-eiv. Low, base, Taneivos, rj, ov. Exercise 26. 214. a) Translate into English. 1. ^O dv^pco7To<; (TvveaeL re vTT€pe')(eL toop aWcov ^wcov Kal Slktjv Kal^6ov<; vofiL^et^^. 2. UoXKa 7roXkd/a<; vorjaeu aX)C ovk^^ ofM/jbaacv ^ecopovjjbev. 3. Ut^^^u? /ca- XelraL ^ Kal to avfiirav yLteXo?, ocrov ^ icrrl /JLera^i) Trj<^ re Kara /capirbv Kal Trj<; Kar^ ajKOdva 8tap^ pco- creci)9*« 4. JJoWa^ fiev [Jba')(aipa^ e')(pvai, iroXka Se f/^775 nroXKov'^ Se TreXi/cec^; Kal a^ivas, 5. AvKovpevyovaL. 215.] NOUNS IN fW AND (OQ. 79 ^ ' is called^ ( = KaXe-erat). b ^ffov (== quantum) ' as much {of it as^). c ^ Kara Kupirhu Bidp^pcoa-is (the articulation at the wrist =) the wrist joint: so tj tear' ayKoova didp^pcocrLS. d sc. the Lacedcemo- nians. « K. 244. 10. f toiovtos = talis : understand ' things.^ b) Translate into Greek, 1. The man takes-his-estimate of ^ Alexander, not from^^ Alexander's ^'own nature, but from his own cowardice, 2. Nothing is more unbearable than inso- lence. 3. Read me^ the law of assault. 4, The power of the city is (K. 241. 2) great 11 .* 5. By his power of speaking he conquered his opponents. 6. We will aid the god with foot, hand, voice, and all our power ^of every kind^''. 7. Themistocles courted him with a present of money. 8. The soldiers cut-off (pres.) the necks of their prisoners-of-war with an axe. 9. The walls of the city are beautiful II . 10. Insolence, and pleasure, and all ° manner of senselessness, rules- over those (° who dwell) in cities ||. s ^€cap-e7u ( = ieip), i. e. to contemplate hinu Alexander^ *AAe|ay- hpQs. ^ fMoi, enclit. LESSON XXIX. 215. The terminations of nouns in c6 and 069 are as follows : N. SINGULAR. PLURAL. DUAL. (k) cas OL, &LQ,. as 2d (0, &c. as G. (00 y), 01) s Declension. 2d Declension. D. (oi), ol . A. (pa)^ o) V. ol Obs. Note the peculiar vocat. ot. * This mark || means that this notion is to stand first in the sen- tence. 80 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [216, 217. 216. Vocabulary 22. Shame, reverence, alda)s, rj. Persuasion, obedience, Trei^co, r]. Goddess, Sea, ay, vj. Shamelessness, duai^ia, tj- Tlieiiispectorofboys (at Sparta), TraLdoifo^os, 6. A taxiarch (the commander of a Ta^LS or division), Ta^iapxos^, 6. Device, contrivance, enLvoea, as, t). Endurance, patience, Kaprepla, t). Toil, labor, ttovos, ov, 6. Lover, ipaa-Trjs, ov, 6. Opinion, glory, do^a, 77s, 7. Maker, author, hence (impro- prie) of a thing, the instru- ment, ^Tjp^iovpyoS', ov, 6. Oratory, prjTopiKr), rj, (rex^rji cirt, understood,) prop. fern. adj. oratorical. To receive, XapL^dveiv, To take one's work easily, to be lazy or idle, pabbovpy-elv ( = -eeti/). To supply, to bestow, vapix'^cr'^ai^ Exeixise 27. 217. a) Translate into English. I. 01 AaKeSac/jiovcot ^eav ov rrjv ^AvaiSetav aWa rfjp AlScb vojJbl^ovaL. 2. 'O fcoXa^ iroWa y^prjijuara irapa '^ ^ AfjieivoKkeov^^ ireu^ol \a/jL/3dv6L, 3. ^Ev Aa/ceSaifjLovt 6 TraiSovofio^ rovs 7ra28a<; tov<; f)aSioupyovvTa<^ {= paStovp^ yi'OVTa^) la')(ppo}^ /coXat^et, ooare iroWrjv fJbev aiSco, iroXKr]v he TreL^o) etcel o-v/JLTrapetvai.^ 4. 'O Kvpo<; rov ^xev ra^L- dpypv rrjv iirivoiav, tS)v Se arpartcoTcov rrjv Tre^^o) eiraL- V6L, 5. OvTcos ^(^pr] Kol TO XoLTTop ^ dvSpa<^ aja^ovs eivaL, rytyvdoaKovra^, ort ras fJieyaka^ "* rjhova^ /cal ra aya^a to. fjueyaXa rj Trec^co kol rj Kaprepla /cal ol iv tcS Kaipco TTOVOt KoX KivhvvoL 7rape')(ovTaL. 6. Tijjirjf; ipaarai elaiv fiera aojcf^poavvr]^ re Kal alhovs Ka\ aXrf^Lvrj^ B6^7]<;. 7. Tiyvciy- c-K(o on ireu^ovs Sr}/jLiovpy6<; icmv rj prjropc/o], * ^AfA€ivoK\7js, 207. ^ = slmul adesse^ to be present there at the same time : Sxrre, so that, with infin. (to be rendered by a finite verb), c == in posterum ; for the future, henceforth : kuX, also ; i. e. as you have hitherto been. ^ fxiyas. b) Translate into Greek. 1. Deem that Persuasion, not Force ^^, is a goddess. 2. Hermes (= Mercury) conducts to ^^ mankind Rever- 218—220.] IMPERATIVE. 81 ence and Justice. 3. The bad call shame silliness. 4. Tellias, the son of Eucles, called reverence and shame a divine fear. 5. We ought to surpass others in ^^justice and reverence. 6. Bad masters teach the young not by « persuasion, but by violence. 7. Nearly ^ all will yield to persuasion, but very few to force. * U7r(j with gen. f crxeSoV t«. LESSON XXX. Imperative. Adjectives in vs. 218. The terminations of the Imperative are : PRESENT. AORIST. S. € ero) S. OP aTco P. ere €Tco(rav, or (more P. aT€ arocxrav commonly) ovrcov. or avTcov. D. €TOV eTiOV D. arov arcov 219. EXAMPLES. PRESENT. AORIST. S. Xv-€ Xu-ero) S. \v(r-ov Xva-drco P. Xi;-ere Xv-ercocrav P. X^cr-are \v(T-dT(0(rav or \v-6vTcov. or Xvo-'dirrcov. D. \v-€TOV Xv-€TCOP D, Xv(T-arov Xv(T-dTcov 220. a) The Imperative of the Present is used, as in other languages, in requests, commands, exhorta- tions, permissions, and the like. It is used in general precepts, and when the action commanded or advised, against which we are ivarned, &c. is either considered as continuing (lasting, that is, for some time) or being repeated from time to time. b) The Imperative of the Aorist is used when the action commanded, advised, permitted, (fcc. is considered as a single, definite action (not as being continued for any length of time, or being repeated). Thus iravaov 4* 82 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [221—224. Tov XoyoVj end your speech (by a single effect of the will, &c.). 221. This distinction is often but small : and it disappears when the verb has only one of the forms in use. — The Aorist Imperative may be used of an action that really has (and must have) duration, but then it does not indicate this : it speaks of it simply as one, defi- nite action. 222. The negative with an Imperative is firj, but the Aorist Impe- rative is hardly ever used with firj (the Aorist Subjunctive being used, as we shall see) instead of it. 223. Adjectives in vs are contracted in the dat. sing, and the nom. accus. and vocat. plural.* 224. PARADIGMS. yXvKvs, yXvKcla, yXvKv, siveet. SINGULAR. m. f. n. N. yXvKvs yXvKe^a yXvKv G. yXvKe-os yXvKeias yXvK€-os D. 1 yXvK':-i ) yXvKel ^ yXvKela S yXvK€'i ^ A. yXvKvv yXvKeiav yXvKv V. yXvKv yXvKcIa yXvKv PLURAL. m. f. n. 1 yXvK€-€S ^ ' yXvK€7s y yXvKciaL yXvKea G. yXvKecov yXvK€LWV yXvK€COV D. yXvK€(TL{v) yXvK€Lais yXvKeari A. < 1 yXvK^as i ' yXvKeis ( yXvKelas yXvKea ( yXvKels S yXvKeiai yXvKea DUAL. m. f. n. N.A.V. yXvK€€ yXvK€ia yXvK€€ G.D. yXvKeotv yXvKeiaLV yXvK€OLV 1^" Nor yXvtc-€€, nor yXvK-ea, Nor yKvK-ioiv contract you So y\vK-eos and y\vK-€cov Contraction ever let alone. may 225, 226.] ADJECTIVES IN Vg. 83 225. Vocabulary 23. Sweet, pleasHrahle, ijdvs. Quick (also mentally), o^vs* Sloio, ^paBvi. Short, small, ^pa^ds. Appetite, ope^is, ewy, ^. Ready-vntted, clever^ shrewdy «yX*" vovs (see 136). Having a good memory, of a re- teiUive memory, fjLin)p,(av, pn'-qpi- ovos (see 191). Prone (to) o^yppcmos, ov (from o^vs and perreLv). Fond of gain, (j)L\oK€pdr]s, es. Part, fiopLov, ov, to. Again, rraXiv. Confession, opokoyla, a?, rj. Confidently, boldly, '^appcov, (par- tic, of "^appfiv : lit. '• feeling confidence.") Sycophant, informer, o-vKocpdvrrjs, ov, 6. Otherwise, oXXooy . To commit injustice, dbiKelv (= -ecLv.) To deliberate, to decide, fiovXeveij/, To hear, to listen to, uKov-eiv (with gen,) To abide by, e/x/xeVeti^ (with dat,) To wail, p,€v-€Lv. To make to cease, put a stop to, 7rav'€ip : Traveiv riva rrjs apx^js, to stop a man from his goxern- ment or magistracy = to de- prive him of his magistracy. To define, 6ptC-€iv. (Hence the horizon = the boundary-line of earth and sky.) To test, prove, doKtpid^-Etu, To examine, i^erd^-civ. Participation, KOLvcovia, as, tj. To snatch at, to seize, dprrd^-civ (rapere). Exercise 28. 226. a) Translate into English, 1. 'U eirCisvfMia rod rjSeo^ iarlv op€^t<;, 2. 01 6^el'€Lv. Fit, Uavos, 7], 6u (idoneus). To colled (in a heap), d^polC-eiv. Dung, manure, Konpos, ov, 6. To din£, bcLTTveiv (= eeiv). To drink, ttlv-clv. Being present, irapcDV (= prae- sens, part. pres. of napelvai). Exercise 29. (Learn Paradigms 29, 32 : /3of}9j oh.) 234. a) Translate into English, 1. Aeo/jiev*- tov Kvva^ 67rco<; fjurj dpTrd^rj tou9 rSyv^rjpi- (OV aKvixvov^, 2, 'H ^7]\6La dr]hcbv iraverai aSovaa^^ orav iirwd^rj KoX rd veoma e')(rj, 3. ^Evvrrvidl^etv (pat- vovrau ov ybovov dv^pcorroiy dXkd koX Ilttttol koX Kvves Kal ySoe9 • €TC 8e TTpo/Bara /col alye^ Kal irdv to tmv ^cootokcov Kal rerpaiTohwv ryevo<;, 4. 01 Xvkol 7r6a<; dWore [xev ovk ia^iovacv, orav Se KdfivcoaL,'^ 5. 01 yS6e9 rov^ ir6Sa<; rJTTOv dXjovcTLv,'^ idv Tt9 rd Kepdna akei^rj Krjpcp rj ttltttj Tj iXalo), 6. 'TjceLvorepaL o'ie^ rcov aljcov • la')(yovaL he jjidXkov at al^) : but sometimes from roots that end in a T -sound : irpaacr, irpay, (pptcrcr, (j)pL/c, TTTUcra; tttv^. ipecra, ipeT, Kopvacr, fcopv^, 236. In the Active Voice, liquid verbs have only Avhat is called the Second Future. It is formed by adding w to the short root. 237. The Aorist Act. of liquid verbs is without a : it lengthens the vowel of the Future ; and for that pur- pose changes € into €L ) aTrepS, eo-ireipa a into ?; ) (pavcbj €(}>7]va.* PRESENT. FUTURE. AORIST. o-C.) 250. a) In the Optative (as in the Sicbjuiictivej 244), the Present refers to a continued or repeat- ed action ; the Aorist to a single, definite one. 6) The Optative (hke the Latin Imperfect Subjunctive) follows iva,- 67r(o<;, co? {=iit) Avhen they depend on an historical tense (242). c) 33^ ''Iz/a, 07ra)9, co? are followed by firj (not ou), fjLTjSek (not ovSek)^ &c. 251. Vocabulary 27. Talked about every-iohere, irepi^o- TjTOS, OV : TT€pL^6r]T0V €LVaL, tO he the common talk. Quietness, rest, Tjavx^a, as, 17 : r)(rvxLav ayiLv, to keep quiet. Recompense, punishment, ripcopia, as, T). Act of impiety, an impiety, da-i' ^Tjpa, dae^rjpaT-os, to. Manifest, evident, drjXos, 77, ov. 96 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [252, 253. Place ^ TOTTos, ov, 6. Destitute of, iprjjjLoSi rj, ov (with gen.) : it may be translated ' without.^ Possessing a right, Kvpios, a, ov : KvpLos clfii, woulv Ti, I have the right to do any thing. Windy, full of wind, vTrrjvefjLLOs, ov : v7rr}V€fxLov diov, a wind-egg, which produces no chicken. Yesterday. ^^€s (adv. eras). Lycurgus, AvKovpyos, ov, 6. To hid, tell, order, KeXev-eiv. To remain (in a country, Slc), Karafiev-eiv. Hither, here (= hither), dcvpo. To perceive, to discover, Karavoelv (== -€€LV). To be present, irapfivai (Imperf. TTaprjv, rj9, rj, rjfxev, rjre, rja-avj rJTov, rJTTjv. Partic. Trapoav, ov- (Ta, ov. Gen. TrapovTos, &c.). To call, KoXclv ( = -€€LV) I fut. and aor, with e, not ?/ : kqXc- Dinner, dclnvov, ov, to : koKcTv eVt delnvov, to invite to dinner. To hope, eX7rif-€ti/. To commit a fault, sin, cLfiaprdv- €LV. To seek, to look for, Cl'^elv (= '€€iv). 252. PARADIGMS. Present. — Emi, / am. Indicative. Subjunctive. Optative. S. elfJLL et €(Ttl{v) o) rjs rj €'l7]V 617; 9 fXr) P. eVfteV i(TT€ €l(Tl(y) atfjiev rjT€ oi)(n(y) €Lr]fJL€V €ir)T€ €Lr)(rav and cUv D. iarrov iarov rJTOV rJTOV e'lrjTOV €lr}Tr]v Imperfect.— ^Hi/, I was. Sing. Plur. Dual. ^v Tja-'^a Tjv rjiiev rJT€ rjcrav rjo-TOV T](TTr)V or rj(TT€ or ^Tov or rJTYjv Exercise 32. (Learn Paradigms 41, 42, 43, 45.) 253. a) Translate into English. 1. ^Eycb Tore, Iva fjur) 7r6pc/367]ro<; etrjv, r]crv')(^iav rjyov, 2. 'H '^VXV ^yeJ^Ta^ TLficopiav ol (= sibi) rj^ecv rwv aae- ^r^fjidrcov, 3. Mevcov 6 QerraXo^ 817X69 iaruv^^ iin^v- ficov"^ ap')(eiv, otto)? TrXeico^ Xafi^avrj, 4. Mevcov 6 &€TTa\b<; Srj\o<; r]v iTTL^v/Jicop rt/Jida^at,'' iva ifXeiw /cep- OPTATIVE, 97 Saivoc. 5. Sev^^]<^ ire/jLTrec tov eavrov epii'qvea tt/do? Sevocfycovra, /ceXevcop avrov KarajjielvaL'^ irap eavrco %tX/- 0U9 oirXira^; e-^ovra,'^^ 6. 01 Trephtfce^ gvk ev Tcp avrco TiKTOVGL Kol eTrcod^ovat, Xva fxi] tl^ Karavoi^arj rov tottov, 7. AvKovpyos, Q7rco<; //.?; eprjfjbot irore^ ol iralhe^ elev ap- ')(0VT0^, e7roLr]ae rov ael nrapovra rcov ttoXTtcov^ Kvpiov eivai KoXd^ecv, et rc^ d/JLapTajJOcev. 8. ^fi ^ApLcrTO- &rjfjL€y Kol j^k^ i^7]Tovv^ (76, tW KaXecrat/jLL Sevp* im SecTTvov. 9, '^Arrep (Pdm. 49) avrol a^d<; avrov^ ov/c eireiaav, v/jud'^ eXirli^ovaL ireiaeiv {fut. iiijin,). 10. Tlapi]- aav KOL ol pi]Top€^ Xva rov Stj/jlop to?9 cro^ol^ Xoyoc^ irei- cretav. a = ivi^fjL€-(cv, pres. particip. (nmn. m.) b Note 7. <^ = rifid- ecr^ai, to be honoured. d to renuiin (Aor. Inlin.) : irapa. {by) here = with. ® irore {ever), indefinite, is enclitic, ip-qixos^ gen. f rhv roiv iroKiruv dei irapoyra = ilium ex cwiJms, qui quovis tempore prccsens esset. In this way ad {semper) = at any given tiTue. Hence d del 7ra- pu)v Ta>v TroXiTQjv ^= any citizen v:ho happened to be present at the time, ffNeut. ofris. oLfjiapTaveLv Ti = to co^nmit any fault. ^ =^ iCrjre-oy. b) Translate into Greek, 1. They expunged the law, that they might cut-off the vexatious-informations. 2. The young-man is ad- miring his (own) horse. 3. The boy evidently ad- mires^^ the Hoplite. 4. The orators had evidently not persuaded even themselves. 5. The orator was- there, that he might persuade the people of the Athe- nians. 6. The generals were-there, that they might sharpen the passions of the people. 7. The peacocks lay wind-eggs. 8. Who saw the men from the Piraeus ? 9. Most men (say : 'the most of men') love honors and honorary-privileges. 98 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [254—257. LESSON XXXV. Some of the Passive Tenses. 254. Passive. Present. Imperfect. Future. Aorist. ofjbat ofjuriv ^rjaofJuaL ^tjv 255. The Imperfect and Aorist take the augment ; the terminations beginning with ^ will affect the final consonant of a mute root^ because tC5^ when two mutes come together J they m^ust he of the same order of breath- ing (i. e. both sm^ooth mutes, both middle^ or both aspi- rate). Hence to retain the ^, we must change the final consonant of the root (called the characteristic) into the corresponding aspirate. Thus any j9-sound with ^ = ^% any A:-sound with ^ = p^^. 256. Hence, {a) rpL^-'^rjo-ofiai = TpL<; i^ ^Apelov irayov rjpTrda^rj, 3. Ka/aa^evra^ vjbLd<; ovSeU ev/juevcb^; viroSe- ^erac, 4. Mera rrjv rod Mij8ov dva'^copr]cnp /jbel^cov 6 irepi^oXo^ 7TavTa')(i) i^f]')^V'' '^V^ ™^ ^A^r]vaLcov TroXew?. 5. Kvpo<; KaT-€-7r6/jL(f)^r) vivo tov Trarpo^ aarpdiTT]^ Avhia<^ T6 Kal ^pvyla^ fcal KairTraSoKLa^i, 6, ^Ap" ovk e^aaavi- 102 FIRST GREEK BOOK, a^rjaav ol SovXot ; 7. Tt^v ev ^Eperpia oXtyap'X^iav rrjv tS)V LTTTricov ALay6pa<; Sr]^^ /cariXvaev dSt/crf^eh ire pi yd- fJLOV. 8. 'O Kpcrrj^; vjSpLcr^eh vtto tovtov ov (ncoTra, 9. 'O "EicTCDp VTTO Tov ^A^LWeQ)<; €(f)ov€v^7], 10. Tcb dSeX- ^o) VTTO TOV avTOV ScSaa/caXov eTraLhev^rjTrjv, 11. UoX- Xal Sri/jLo/cparlat vtto tcov rvpdvvcov KareXv^rjcrav. 12. Weva^rjo-ofjuaL tcov iXTrlScov, 13. 'O TiiXLiriro^ '^et/jua- cr^et9 6 9 TOL fJbdXccTTa^ tS TdpavTL Trpoa/jblo-yec, 14. El vvvl (Tov^ d/cov(Ta<; iX^etv^ Treia^rjaofiaL, ttoXv ^clttov VTT avTOv KCLi ttoXlv iX^etv ireta^ijao/jLaL. 15. 01 tov ficfiXLOTTcoXov SovXot i/3acravi^ovTO, * The Ilissus, a river in Attica. For the fable of Boreas and Ori- thyia, see Keightley's Mythol. ^ =^to have carried off. ^ ^et- ((tiv i^-fjX^V, lit. was carried out larger^ i. e. was carried further out, and so became larger. Hence fxei^ccv is a proleptic (= anticipative) predi- cate ; as in /x €7 a y r)v^7]^7i (' he was increased great ^ =) he grew great. d The adv. fMaXio-ra (== maxime) is here used adverbially with the article and prep. Translate, ' with extreme violence,^ ' most violently.^ « (TOV J gen. after clkovciv = to listen to (an adviser). f iK^eiv, to go, b) Translate into Greek, 1. O slaves, you will be examined-by-torture. 2. His slaves having been examined-by-torture, he will be acquitted. 3. You were both taught by the same mas- ter. 4. You will all be insulted by these persons. 5. I will not be persuaded to do this.' 6. The Mede was disappointed of his expectation. 7. Gylippus, being seized by the wind, is carried-out to sea. 8. The gar- lands shall be woven. 9. The slaves of Xenophon were insulting the wise geometer. 10. We were all taught wisdom by the same teacher. 269—272.] MIDDLE VOICE. 103 LESSON XXXVI. Middle Voice. 269. Besides the Active and Passive Voices ^ the Greek language has a Middle Voice, which denotes an action (1) do7ie by the agent to himself; or (more com- monl}^) one which (2) he does for his oivn benefit ; or (3) gets done for his own belief t. The relation, however, to oneself is often much more distant and obscure. Middle verbs may be considered Deponents, when their middle force is so slight, that they appear to have the simple meaning of active verbs. Obs. The Middle Voice does not belong to all the verbs that are capable of receivings the meanings just mentioned. — The pupil must never assume its existence without authority. 270. D3=" It is only for the Futures and Aorists that the Middle Voice has forms of its own. For the Present^ Imperfect, Perfect, and Pluperfect^ it does not differ inform from the Passive, 271. Such Middle Verbs as may be considered De- ponents, are divided into 1. Deponents Middle = those with Future and Aorist of the iniddle form. 2. Deponents Passive = those whose Aorist is of the passive for?n ; their Future is mostly of the middle form. 272. The terminations of the Future and Aor, Mid- dle are (for all but liquid verbs : see 274) : FUT. AOR. Indie. Infin. (To/iai O-dfJLTJV craa'^at Particip. (TOfJLeVOS aayievos 104 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [273—276. 273. These terminations are appended like aoy, aa, in the Active (141) ; the Ao?\ taking the augment (123, 124) in the Indicative^ but not in the Moods and Parti- ciple. fxera'TrefXTrofjiat de^OfJiai dXet(^o/xai dovXo-ojJLat fieTa-Trejiylrofiat de^ofxai aXeiyJAOfJiaL dovXoiaofJLai \ovaofiai. e-dc^djJLTjv TjXeLylrdfirjv i'dovXccxrdfjLTju i-\ov(rdyiriv Both for Act. and Mid. a after any of the letters in pei (i. e. p, e, or i) is lengthened into d (not 77) ; but xpc^ofxai, xPW^H'^h is an ex- ception. ^AKpodofiai makes ci/cpoacro/xat. 274. Yerbs whose roots end in a liquid, have for the terminations of the Fut. and Aor. Mid. ov/jbac and dfjbrjv, the radical vowel being shortened in the Future and lengthened in the Aorist, as in the Active Voice (237). 275. The terminations of the Fut. Indie, (except for liquid verbs) are the same as those of the Present Indie. (151). Imperf. OfJLTJV ov €T0 djLteSa eo-Se OVTO d/zeSoi/ €(T^01/ io-^-qv Aor. ((r)dfxrjv (a-)a) ((T)aTO ((r)diJL€?ia ((r)a(T'^€ {(r)avTO {(r)dfjL€?iov {(r)a(r'^ov ((r)d(T^r}V 276. The Fut. of the liquid verbs is : OVfJLaL T) or €L ovfjie'^a elo-'^e OVfJLC^OV elcr^ov eiTai ovvrat, 277.] MIDDLE VOICE. 105 277. Vocabulary 29. (Learn eXvofxrjp, Xvcro/xat. Provide myself with, irapao-Kevd^- ofxaL (jrapaaKevd^-d), to prepare, provide). Enslave to myself, subjugate, dov- Xov/iat (= SofXo-o/xat) : dovXco TLva TcS /SacrtXet. To wage war (from one^s own resources, &c.)j ttoXc/xoi/ ttol- elcrSat : noXefjiov TTOLelv = to cause a war. TTotelo-^i, 1) sibi facere ; 2) sibi faciendum curare ; 3) putare, credere ; e. g. in dctvov ttouI- (T^iai, to think it a terrible thing. To make it for oneself (i. e. in one's judgment) of less value than = to thiiik any thing of less importance than, nepl cXcltto- vos TToteTo-^at rt. (I give myself to taste =) / taste (of), gen. yevofiai. Teveiv = to give another to taste. I wash (myself), Xov-ofxai. To anoint myself, aXei(/)-eo-3at. To brighten, to polish, Xainrpyv- €iv : Xap7rpvV'C(T?iai, to polish (any thing of one's own). To cease, leave off, nav-ea-'^aL (nav'O), stop another, make to cease). To begin (to do any thing, i. e. by applying my own strength, &c.), ap^'€(T'^ai. I advise a person, o-vplBovXevcj TLvi : 1 consult with him, crv/x- ^ovXevofiai tlvi, 5* iXva-dpLrji/. Paradigm 58.) (Give counsel to myself =) de^ termine, resolve, ^ovXcv-ofiai. (I make trial of myself =) iry^ endeavor, Treipd-o/xat. / hide, conceal myself, diTOKpvTTT' opLai ( ipavTov, Plat. ) : also, (nearly as in the Act.) to hide, conceal. To go through, relate, 8ir)ye-ofxai. To revenge myself on, to punish, TLfxa>p€-opLaL. To serve in the field, to serve, to march, (TTpaT€v-op.aL. To strike, Tral-etv : Mid. if to strike part of oneself Thigh, prjpos, ov, 6. Shield, dorTTLS, d(T7rid-os, rj. Companion, iroLpos, ov, 6. To transgress, Trapa^aiv-eLV. Jail, l(TTLOV, ov, TO. Rudder, tttj^oXlov, ov, to. Pilot, KV^epvrjTrjs, ov, 6. To ward off, dpvv-civ : Mid. to ward off from one's self; also to revenge oneself upon any bo- dy (ace. of person : on account of or for any thing, vir^p tlpos). To enjoin, to command, cWeXX- To rush, opfxap (= -dciv.) (To show forth from oneself = ) to declare, d7ro(/)atV-ecr3at. / prepare, KaTaa-KevdC-o : I pre- pare for myself ^= I build, I equip (vessels), fcarao-Ktvctf- ofiai. 106 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [278. (1) A middle verb may take a reflexive pronoun, i/jLavr^, -6v, kavr^, -6v, &c. (2) The Active may be used with the reflexive pron. : acpdrr^iv kavrSv^ Exercise 34. 278. a) Translate into English, 1. TeXajuLcov 6 Ala/cov yLce^ ^HpaKkeov^ iirl Aaofii- Bovra earpaTevaaro, 2. ^OXlyov^ irpo tcop Mr)dLKCt)V^ KaX Tov Aapeiov ^avdrov, 09 fjiera Kafji/3v(T7jv Uepaoov i/3a(7LX€V(T€V, ol Trepl Trjv XnceXiav rvpavvoL TpirjpeLo^olto'^ tov ^dvarov 6 tolovto<;, 4. Tav^^ 0)9 ov irapa tov vofjLov iariv, ovr av ^AvSporicov e^oc^ Xeyeiv, oi;^' vfjuel^; TreLa^eirjTe. 5. ^IIS6co<; av eycoye €poL/jL7]v^^ AeiTTiV7]Vy TL^ avTT] 7) drekeid icmv. 6. 'E- aKOTTovv [= i'CTKOTre-ov^ tlv av rpoirov^^ riavyjav eyeiv ^A^r]v6So)po<; dvaytcaa^elr]. 7. 01 dv^pcoiroi tovtol<^ fid- Xcara i^eXovcn Tret^ea'^aty 01)9 av"" rjycbvrai ^eXri- arov^ elvai, 8. El vecorepo^ rjv, ovk, av eTTLaroXrjv eTrefJb- TTov, dXX avTO<^ av aoL irXevora^ '^ ivrav^a 8L€Xe')^7]v. 9. I 116 FIRST GREEK BOOK. Aapetos poiav /JieyaXrjv avol^a^y^ irv^ofjuevov^ rtvo^ tl av €'^€LV /3ov\oLTO ToaovTov, oaov earl rcov kokkcov to ttXtj- ^09, elire • Zcoirvpov^; • ^v Ses dvfjp aya^6<; fcal (^Cko^ 6 Zco7rvpo<;. 10. Kav j3aat\€Va, i-T£TV(^€LV. ^"C^TT/Ka, i-(T]Tr]K€LV. 305. Verbs that begin with p, double p after the augment ; and the Perfect and Pluperfect take the syl- 118 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [306—308. labic augment (123), not the reduplication : paTrrco, €ppa(pa, €ppaav-,) But a) Monosyllable roots with e oy* eu change their vowel-sound into a, b) Roots in v change v into y before /ca. * By ' its aspirate ' is meant the aspirate of the same organ. See 80, 31. t Roots are called pure or impure, according as they end in a vowel or in a consonant. — Impuo'e roots are divided into mute or liquid roots^ according as the characteristic (that is, the last letter of the root) is a mute or a liquid. Mute roots are divided into roots ending in a P-sound ; roots ending in a K-sound ; roots ending in a T-sound (30) ; which may be called, for the sake of shortness, P-roots. K-roots, T-roots. X The ^-roots that are softened from an original K-root (see 257), form their Perfect like the K-roots. — Of these however (v/hich are principally verbs expressing some sound), the Perf, Act. is hardly ever found. <^ The (T(T- (tt-) roots that are strengthened from an original T- root (257), form their Perfect like the T-roots. 309—311.] PERFECT ACTIVE. 119 c) But some in v throw away the v : especially, /cpivco {judge), fcXtvco [bend)^ reiv-co (stretch\ reject the v (the vowel being shortened, and, in the case of reiv-co, changed into a by rule a)* Pres. Put. Perf. Pluperf. crreXX-o) (TTeX-Q) 6'O-TaX-Ka i-(TTdX-K€LP ^padvp-cd -(ra} re-TLprj-Ka 7r€-

, KTelvco. t In Polybius, &c. 120 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [312,313. 312. Vocabulary 33. Belonging to women, yvvaiKclos, a, ov. To go into, put on, ivdu-ctv. To pursue, enLdiij^K-cLv. To go under, to set (of the sun, Sic), KaTa8v'€LV. To loosen, destroy, KarciKv-eiv, To he about or going to do any thing, ^eW'CLv : to fieXkop, tlie future. To prophesy, 7rpo(f)r)T€v-€iv. To bring forth, (pv-eiv : 7r€(f)vKa = natur^ comparatus sum. Concord, unity, opovoia, as, rj. Attire, dress, oroXr;, rjs, rj. To govern (a state), ttoXltcv-clv. Word, eiros, ovs, to : pi. epic po- etry. To be in earnest, (pirovMC-eiv : perf. icTiTovbaKa = / am in earnest, as a fixed, permanent state ; / am eager or in a hur- Tragedy, Tpaycdhla, as, fj. Making, composition, iroiTja-Ls, €(OSi h' To pollute, pLaLV-€LV. To deny, apvclo-^ai, (= -teo-Sat), Dep. pass. (i. e. with aor. of pass, form in S?;!/). To practise to premeditate (a speech), fifXcrav (= -ae«/). Exercise 38. 313. a) Translate into English, 1. OcTroXipLiOL Ikutov 7ro\LTa Qahoro) KajjL' K/JLa- T€fjLV'(i> (cut) ^pr)(rK-cD (die) iSaXX-o) (casl) KaXe-Q) (call) re/x- pak- KoX- 0Xa- kXq- ened as for joz^re verbs. — Several such verbs must be considered irresrular, because either the Present has been irregularly strengthened, or they form their Future or Aorist irregularly. Such verbs are : Perfect. Ke-Kiirf-Ka Te-Tfxrj-Ka T€-'^prj-Ka Ke-KXrj-Ka TLypcdo-KO) forms its Fut. and Perf. as if from yvo- ; its Future is of Middle form. TLyvojcnc-o), yvbdcroiiai^ tyvoDKa. 318. The Optative of the Aorist has the meaning of a j^rceterituni in dependent sentences introduced by oTLy ft)9 {^that^)^ and in dependent interrogative sen- tences^ e. g. those with el {if=) ' whether,^ 319. In these sentences the Indicative is used after a principal tense. After an historical tense this Indi- cative becomes regularly the Optative ; but very fre- quently this change does not take place, the Indicative being retained after a past tense just as after a present one.* 320. The Future of the Optative is strictly confined to the office of taking the place of the Future of the Indicative in oblique narration (that is, when a per- son's sentiments, words, &c. are related by another using a past tense). Hence it may be used in the sen- tenpes we are now speaking of, when they are depend- ent on a verhum declarandi in a past tense. He said that he would come, He says that he will come, \ejei on ij^ec eiTrev or eXe^ev ) on rj^eu. on :0L ^ The Present tense is usually retained where we should rathey 321 323.] PERF. AND PLUPERF. ACTIVE. 123 321. Qir From many verbs, and especially from many mute verbs of the P- and K- sounds, which have a monosyllabic root, no Perfect and Pluperfect Active can be produced. (jKt.) 322. Vocabulary 34. To steal, Kkkirr-^iv. To throw away, diro^dXk-cLv. To call, Kokelv (= -eet//). Intemperate, dKparrjs, es (with gen.). Wailing, crying, icKavfia, -aros, TO. KXavfia yiyverai tlvl = he, any body, will cry, or have reason to cry. To consider, o-Koire^a'^aL (= -ee- (T^iai). Madness, Xvo-aa, t}s, tj (rabies). To fall upon, e/xTriVr-eti/, with dat. : perf. TreTrroDKa (as if from 7rro-ti)), verb, irreg. List VII. Violence, imfetuosity, cr^obpoTrjs, rjTOs, rj. Hope, expectation, iXms, Idas, rj, (For the Opt. of dixl see Pdm. 68.) Exercise 39. 323. a) Translate into English, 1. IVLcov ov KeKko<^a^ rrjv vl/cr]v ; 2. Elirev on ol G-rparccoTaL aTro^ejSXrjKore'^ elev ra OTrXa. 3. OvSe tov<; iralha^ opyrj y^prj KoXd^ecv rov^ rbv T779 aXcoTre/co^ aKVfivov K€K\o(f)6Ta<^, 4. TacTTpo^ aKparrj fce/cXijfca/Jiev rbv dvSpa Sia T7]p a(poSp6T7jTa rcov irepl iScoSrjv iTTL^v/jUcbv Ka\ iro- a IV, 5. ^ Orav 01 SeairoraL iairovhaKccxTi, KXavjJbaTa tol<^ 8oii\oL<; yiyverai. 6. El, pa^v/jLovvrcov rj/jLcov, 6 ySacr^Xeu? 0)9 ael TC fiel^ov rcov viTap')(0VT0)v Set Trpdrreiv iyvcoKcb<^ ecrrac, cr/coTreca^e 66? r/ ttot' iXirh ravra reXevrrjcrac. 7. ^'Eheiaav ol KepaorovvTioi /Jbrj Xvcrcra tls coairep kvolv rjfuv i/jbTTeTTTco/cou 8. Tfj varepaia^ rJKev ayyeXo^ Xeycov, CO? 6 Trarrjp ri^vrj/cev. 9. Aeyei {prces. histor.) on irevre rj/jiepcov a^ei (or a^ou) avrov^ o'^ev o^^ovrau rfjv ^dXarrav, 10. ^Hp6iJi7]v avTov^ el pbeXXovcnv (or /jueXXocev) tou? Tral- Sa9 KoXdcrac. ^ The next day ; rj/jLepa understood. expect it to be changed into the Imperfect : ripSix-qv rives elaiy, more frequently than rives ijaav, rogabam qui?iam essent. 124 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [324 326. b) Translate into Greek. 1. Has he not invited you to dinner ? 2. Are you not angry with those who have stolen the game ? 3. He said that the king had cut off the prisoner's head. 4. He said that Aristodemus was dead. 5. He told me that the soldier had thrown away his arms. LESSON XLII. Perfect Passive, 324. There is only one and the same /brm for the Perfect Passive and the Perfect Middle : their redii- j)lication and augment follow the same rules as the Perf Active (301, sqq.). 325. (The pupil must by no means suppose that a Perfect in fiau is both Passive and Middle. It is only some verbs that are used in a Middle sense.) 326. The terminations of the Perf and Pluperf of the Passive and Middle are respectively iiai, /jltjv : but the initial fi causes certain euphonic changes of the characteristics^ according to the following laws : a) Any jt^-soun'd (or ttt) with fi^fjufju] '^^-'^P^f^-f^^^ i =T€-TpLfJb-IJbaL Tre-TrXeK-fiac b) Any A:-sound (or kt) with ii^rya . , ^ ^ ( =7r€-7r\€y-/jLaL c) Awy ^sound with fji = (Tfi I , i =TTe-7reLa-iJbai d) (1) The ^ roots usually follow the ^sounds, and take o-jjiaL, (t/jl7]v ; but (2) the few whose roots originally ended in a A:-sound take y^at, y/jbrjv, e) The aa- (tt-) roots usually follow the Z:-sounds, and take y/jiaL, yfjbi^v ; but the few whose roots origi- nally ended in a ^sound take aixai, (t/jltjv. 327, 328.] PERFECT PASSIVE. 125 /) The liquid roots require no change except in those in vo). Of these (1) verbs in acvo), vvco, generally reject the v, and make compensation for its loss by 9 : but (2) a few assimilate the v to the fi (that is, take fjufju for vfijj (3) a very few reject the v, and make compen- sation for it by lengthening the vowel of the penult : (4) Kpivco, kXIpco, reivco, reject the v (as in Perf. Act., 308j c : the last with the same change of ec into a) ; and retain the short vowel of the FatiKe. 327. Pure verbs usually lengthen a short or doubt- ful vowel. Present. Perfect. Pluperfect. a) Tpl^-(o T€'TpLjJL-fiai i-T€-Tpip.-p,rjv (rub) b) dex-ojJiaL d€-d€y-fiat i-^€-bey-p.r)v {receive) c) yjreud-co e-y\rEV(T-pLai i'-\\r€v(T-ixr]v (deceive) 7r€iS-a> 7T€-7T€l(T-jXai e-TTe-Treicr-piTjv (persuade) «{i. aTTjpiC-co T€-'^avfxa(T-[mi, i-o-T-qpLy-fxaL €-T€-'^aviJLd(r-fxr)v (wonder-at) i-crrrjpiy-fjLrju e) 1. pLLaiv-co IJL€-fXLa(T-IJiaL €-fX€-IJLLd(T-fJiT]V (pollute) 2. aicrxyv-cD rj(TKVfi-piai '^(TKvfJL-pLTjv (shame ; -ofiai, am 3. Tpa-)(y-V(o re-Tpaxv-p-ai * €-T€'Tpaxv-P'r]v [ashamed) 4. ^ Kplu-(o i Teiv-co K€-Kpt-fJLaL i' K€-Kp i-fXT] V f (judge) Te-Ta-fxat i'T€-rd-fJLrju (stretch) 5. o-TeXX-co e-o-TaX-jJiaL €-a-TdX-p,T]p (send) /) TTOte-O) Tre-TTOLTj-fxaL i-Tre-Troirj-jjLTjv (make) TLpia-co T€-TLfirj-fXaL e-Te-TLfJLrj-fJLrjv (Observe that ai of Perf. Pass, is considered short m accentuation.) 328. The terminations are : Perfect. fjiai, aai, rat, /jie^a, (t'^6, vrat, /jue^ov, a^op, a^ov. Pluperfect. flTJV, CO, TO, fJb€^a, a^€, VTO, IJbe^ov, a^ov, a^rjv. Xi'Xv-^ai X€-Xv-fjLe?ia Xe-Xv-crat Xe-Xv-a^e Xe-Xv-raL Xe-Xv-vrai iXe-Xv-fXTjv eXe-Xv-jxe^ia eXe-Xv-aco iXe-Xv-cr^e iXe-Xv-To iXe-Xv-PTO Xe-Xv-jxe^iou Xe-Xv-cr3oy Xe-Xv'cr'^ov iX€'Xv-fX€?iOV eXe-Xv-a'^ov iXe-Xv-cr'^Tju * Also Te-Tpdxv(T-ixai. t So KXii/W. 126 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [329—331. The terminations that begin with /x will of course all cause the same euphonic changes : re-ru/x-jaat, re-ri'/X'/ieSa, &c. ; but those that begin with or, r, will cause oilier changes (which will be given in the next Lesson). The pupil can, at present, only be expected to form all the persons of pure verbs and of some liquid verbs. 329. The participle is -^evo^ {paroxytone\ -fjuevrj, -fievov. 330. TpeTT-co {turn), arpe^-a) {twist), change e of the root into a in the Perf. and Phiperf. Passive {reTpa/jL/jbac, eo-rpafifjLai). Tpecj^-co, to bring up (nutrio), also under- goes this change : its root is ^p€(f> : the ^ is changed into T, to avoid the proximity of the two aspirates (^ and (p) : but when the ^ disappears, the ^ returns : hence Perfect Pass. Te-^paji-fiai, 331. Vocabulary 35. Lawgiver, vofxo'^eTrj^, ov. 6. {v6- jjLos, rC^evai, ponere). To adorn, to arrange or order, Koo-^elv (= -eetz/). Perfectly, TravreXcjs. Thing learnt, lesson (learnt), /xa- ?iT]fjLa, arcs, to. (/>ta3-, short root of IJidv?iaV€LV.) To pollute, fjLLaiv-eiv. To juggle, yor]T€ li-€LV, To fay court to, '^epaTrev-eiv. To set free, dTrakXdrr-eLv. Pass, or Mid. to be released from or to set oneself free from = to remove or depart from (with gen.). Unclean, impure, aKa'^apros, ov. Brutish, '^■qpididrjs, e?. / sit still, Kd?iT)p,aL (sedeo), a perf. form. Pdm. 71. Irrational, senseless, aXoyos, ov. Music, fxova-LKT) {Texvrj, art, un- derstood). 'Gymnastics, yvfivao-TLKrj {rexvij, understood). To be divided into factions, to be distracted by factions, o-Tao-Ld^- €LV. To disiU7'b, rapda-cr-eLv, or rapd- TT-€Lv. Pass, to be in a state of disorder or anarchy. House, family, olKia, as, rj. Of or belonging to a rvpavvos ; royal ; of their tyrant, Tvpavvi- Kos, rj, ov. Panihea, ILdv^^eia, ay, f]. To order, arrange, appoint, rdo-o-- €iv or rdTT-€Lv (fut. -^0)). To move, Klvelv (= -Uiv). 332."! PERFECT PASSIVE. 127 Exercise 40. 332. a) Translate into English. 1. 'H it6\l^ vtto tov vofjLO^erov €u re /cal Traz/reXw? KeKoaiMT^rai. 2, ^AvdyKT]^ to fMo^rjiia ev avrfj rfj ^Irv^fj Xa^ovra^ airtevaL^ rj ^efiXafifjuevov t) axj^eXyfjievov. 3. Tcov TTOVTjpcov fjb€/jLLa(T/jLevi] 7] '^V'^T] Kal cLicd^apTO^ TOV aco- jjbaTO<^ diraXKcLTTeTaL, aTe ^eparrevouo-a '^ tovto Kal jeyoij- T€VfJL€V7] VTT aVTOV VTTO Te TCOV ilTl^VjUilCOV Kal TjSoVCOV. 4. riepl TCL KeKpv/jL/jCepa tmv Trpay/jbaTcov dvdyKT]^ ttoWou? oc^ eirl ^ ti]v TvpavvcKrjp OLKiav i^OTj^rjaev, 8. IIoW'}] irov ** KaKta iroXiTeias ovtco^ aZcr^pco? ra? yvvat- Kas elvau T6^pa/jL/ji€va<;, 9. 'O aKpaTr^s to awfJia Tjj ^tj- pLcoSec Kal dXoycp r^hovfj eTTLTpe'y^a'^ ivTav^a T€TpafjL/jL€VO<; i ^ sc. eo-Ti. t having 7'ecewed : ace. partcp. from AayScor, \afi^dj/eiu, List TV. *^ to go away (^ir-cifu : airS, el^i, ibo, Pdm. 68). Supply as ace. to the Infin. ' a onan.^ d S.re ^epaTrcvovcra = quippe qum colat. ® hLa-^0Vy Xe-Xe^-^OJ/y ^€-/3p€)(^^0Vy (fee. for Te-rpi^-a^oVy \e-\ey-av-TaL^ Tre-^az^-^oz^, (fee. 336. By applying, in this way^ the rules for the euphonic changes [Note 8], we shall find that, when the root ends in a ?nute or v, these letters assume the following forms when combined with the initial conso- nant of the termination. 337—340.] PERFECT PASSIVE. 129 p-sounds. A;-sounds. ^solmds. v. S. ^fX, yjr, TTT, p. /x/x, (^3, — D. /x/x, <^3, (/)3. 7^5 ^5 f^T^ 7^' X^» — 7/^' X^' X^- 0-/X, 0", or, 0-/X, 0-3, — (T/LX, crS, cr2f. /X/X or (TfJL, vo-, VT, fxp. or (T/x, 1/3, — /x/x or cr/x, j/3, 1/3. Of course the 2nd pers. singular (being a or termination) will have the same consonant as the Fut. ; the 2nd and 3rd dual, and 2nd plur. (3 terminations) the same as the Aor. 1. Pass. 337. The termination of the third person plural, vrai, cannot be attached to mute roots. A circumlocution is used instead of it : the Perfect Participle with elai^p), are. So the Perf. Partcp. with rjaav for third plural of the Pluperfect. 338. SINGULAR. , XciTTO), leave. /3pe;)^Q), wet. ^evdcoy cheat. atpo), lift up . (jyalvco, show XeXet/x/Ltat XeXetTTrat pe^pcyixai ^e^pe^at e\j/€VcrpiaL €yj/€V(TTaL PLURAL. ^pfiai TJpa-aL rjprai 7re0ai/(7at 7red(Tfl€^0V 7re0ai/3oi/ 7re(j)ap?iou So Pluperfect : eXeXet/x/xT/i/, €XeXet'v//"Oj cXeXetTrro, &c. 339. Moods. Indie. Imper. fjLai ao Siibj. partcp. with & * Opt. Irifin. Partcp. partcp. J 340. In the Imperative, Infinitive, and Participle, the forms are produced, as in the Indicative, by the ejection or change of conso- ■ — — • * There occur, however, a few Subjunctives and Optatives of the Perf. Pass, from verbs whose characteristic is adapted for receiving the termination of the Subjunctive, and the t of the Optative. It is only, however, from Kraofiai, p.ifxvi](TKU3, and KaKeco. that such forms are at all common. 6* 130 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [341, 342. nants. The Participles (as /it terminations) follow the Indie. : reVpt/x- ^ai,T€Tpifi'fjL€Pos,T€Tay-fjLaiyT€Tay-fjL€vos. They are Paroxytone (341). Imperative. — Singular. TTCTraiBevo-o T€Tpl\jrO T€Ta^O 77677610-0 rJYyekcro Treiraideva-'^io T€TpLCl>^CO Terdx'^co 77677610-30) r)yyeKJidp/jLa/€ov. 5. Oh^ ra Trepl tov Tpd')(7}\ov koX tov<^ KpoTacj^ovs al f^X€^e9 KaTaT&TayukvaL elai, Svo-opyrjTOL, 6. 01 fieXL' '^copot cLTre's^rvjiLevoL eUiiv. 7. ^I^vevojJbev tov<; Xayco?, OTav vl(f)r] 6 ^€0^" MCTTe rjcpavLCT^ai tjjv yrjv, 8. To %po- vov yeyevi)a^aL fieTa ttjv irpeaj^eiav ttoXuz// SeSocKa jxr] TLva \rf^7]v vfjLiv ifiireTroirjfcy. 9. UeTravao,^ 10. M6- vov (TV tj/juv TTcaTa ^ecov Trerroiriao,^ 11. Al ttvSxli eKeKkeiVTO kol iirl tcov t6L^S)v oirXa icj^alveTO. * Eve?i now ; even at the present day (lit. still even now). b qid- bus. ra irepl rhu rpax- = if^ t/ie parts about the n^ck ; a local accusative, c lit. when the god snovjs = when it snows, since the Greeks re- ferred atmospheric phenomena to Zeus, as the god of the air. ihar^ = so that, c. infin. ^ '^^ XP- y^y^yria-^ai iroKvu {= tJie circumstance that the time has become long =) the circumstance that much time has elapsed : this clause is the subject of the verb i/xir€iroi7)KT). On de^oiKa fiv cf K. 318. 8. « Here the Imperative of the Perfect commands the immediate performance of the things commanded. Remember that in Uhe house is built' {domus cedificata est), * is built ' is the Perfect ; so whenever ' am ' with the past participle denotes a permanent state as the result of a past action. * Perf Pass. K€K\€i(Tfjiai and KiKXeifiai. 132 FIRST greek: book. [344, 345. b) Translate into Greek, 1. The earth is covered. 2. A cloud veiled and hid {say : having veiled^ hid) the sun. 3. The soldiers have been slaughtered. 4. Two brothers have been educated by the same master. 5. The monarchy has been destroyed by the people. 6. Many temples have been built for the gods by the Athenians. 7, Let the door be shut » immediately. 8. Before action deli- berate well. 9. ^ There is implanted in all men || a desire of self-government. 10. Let the prisoners-of- war be slain. 11. The enemy are said to be shut-up in'^ the castle. 12. The ^two sons of Zenophon, Gryllus and Diodorus, had been educated in Sparta. 13. Let the die be cast. f Trpo-KoXviTT'eLy. ^ LESSON XLIII. Contracted Verbs in dco, Pres. and Imperf. Act, (Learn rt/xaco, Pdm. 59.) 344. Contract Pure verbs are such as .have for their characteristic a, e, or o, which are contracted with the following vowel or diphthong. Contraction takes place only in the Present and Imperfect of both Voices, because it is only in these two tenses that the charac- teristic vowel is followed by another vowel. 345. The contractions for verbs in dco are these : I being subscript a before an e-sound becomes a J if the e-sound a before an o-sound becomes co ^ is et, 97 ; or the o-soundj DC, 346—349.] CONTE.ACTED VERBS. 133 ao = CO aco = (0 aoL = 9 aov = ft). Thus, ae =^ d a7] =^ d a€C= a arj =a 346. Ae and aet are contracted into 77 and 77 (instead of into a and a), from [^detv) ^fjv^ to live ; {ireivdehv) Trecvfjv, to be hiaigry ; (SLyJrdetv) hL'\\rfjv, to be thirsty; (xpdea'^at) ^pw^^h ^0 use. These are also the regu- lar contractions from Kvaco, scrape ; crfidcoj smear ; y^doy^ rub, 347. Contracted Verbs have very frequently (in- stead of oifit^ oL<^, &c.) the Optative olrjTOV, oltJttjv or oItov, olttjv so that the form OirjV, OLT]^, Oil] oi7]fjbev, otrjre, otrjcrav olfjiev, aire, olev. For verbs in aco, the a-oc = co : becomes cor^Vy oir;?, ciyq, &c. 348. The Present Optative in oi7]v (for e-oirjv, o-otrjv), and cmjv (for a-oi7]v), is the prevailing form in the Sin- gular, at least for the first (and second) Persons : in the Plural it is rare ; cprjaav is nowhere found, olrjaav hardly ever. (Kriiger.) 349. Vocabulary 37. To love ; also, to be contented, ayairav (=d€Lv), with ace. or dat. Immortal, cC^avaros, ov. Miserably, unfortunately, aSXio)?. To deceive, i^airarav (= afij/). To love, ipav (with iren.). Age ; especially youth or rnan- hood, TjXiKLa, as, rj. Boldly, ^iapfjaXecjs. Appearance, outivard figure, Idea, ay, fj. To sound, ^Seyy-eo-Sai. To conquer, vlkuv (=d€Lp). To pity, 6Xo(f)vp€o-'^aL (with ace). To see, 6pav (see List VII). Point, height, full power, vigor ^ ' aKfirj, r]s, rj. To lighten, da-Tpdnr-eLv. To thunder, ^pourav {=d€Lv). To do, act, bpav. To rush, opfjLav. Before, irplv (with infin. K. 337). How ? TTcof ; 134 FIRST GREEK BOOK. ' [350. To Stir up together, throw into confusion, crvyKVKav. Fighting with, fellow-combatant, ally, iTvfifjLaxoSi ov. To end, die, reXevrdv (=^d€iv). Dare, venture. roXfiav. To be silent, (tlcott^u. Exercise 42. 350. a) Translate into English. 1. UoWaKL^; jvco/jLtjv i^aTrarcoacv ISiac, 2. M'^ ere VLKaro) K^pSo^, 3. ZToWa/c69 VLKa /cat KaKos dvSpa dya- ^6v, 4. 01 dya^ol iptScrc tcov KaXcov. 5. IToWol^ dv^pcoTTOL ev rfj t?}? rjXiKla^ dicpbrj reXevrcocnv. 6. 'H aidcura, rj \eje dfieivova.^ 7. ^AvdyKT] earl nrdvras dv^pcoTTQV^; reXevrav, 8. Nov<; opa fcal vov<; dKovei, 9. QappoXew^, & (TTpariCdTaL, opfMoyfJiev eVl rov^ iroXe- fjbLov<;. 10. Uplv /JL6V ireivfiv, iroXkol eo^lovai, irplv he hL^\rfjv^ TTLVovatv. 11. Ov/c ean rol'^ firj Spcoat crv/ji/jLa'^o<; TV'^7}, 12. TIepiK\r}<; rjaTpairrev, ijSpovra, avveKVKa rrjv 'EXkdSa. 13. Ec'^e Trdvres tov<; yovia<; dyair&ev. 14. El^e riy air Tier ajxev tol<; irapovaiv. 15. JTw? dv To\fJi(pr]v TOP (f)L\ov /SXdirreLV ; 16. To fiev acopba iroX- XdKC<; /cat 7r€Lvfj kol hi'y^f) • r] Se '^VXV '^^^ ^^ V ^^'^^ V iretvciyq ; 17. ^VXV d^dvaTO<; /cat dyrjpco<; ^fj htdiravTo^ (sc. ^poz^ou). 18. Kpelrrov^ to /xfj ^yv iartp, rj ^fjv a^X/o)?. 19. OXocjyvpo/jie^a top iv rfj rrj^ rjXcKia^ dKfxy TeXevTMvra. 20. ^'Orav 6 avXb<^ cl)^eyyrjTac3 TravrdiTacn aLC07rC0/jL€V, ^ TToXv?. b Note 13. QuEs. — 7. Why does the enclitic iarri retain its accent here '? 10. Give the tenses of irli/eiv, List VIL 11. Account for the accent of ecrn. 18. Is ov or fjL-fj the usual word for ' not ' with an Infin. 1 h) Translate into Greek, 1. Time conquers and changes all things. 2. An- ger compels many men to do evil. 3. Do not keep- silence, if you see any persons ill-affected towards the 351—353.] CONTRACTED VERBS. 135 government. 4. Neither hear nor see Avhat you ought not. 5. We honor those who brave-dangers for their country. 6. I trusted : I was utterly-deceived. 7. You {pi.) were deceiving the stranger. 9. Deceive no body. LESSON XLIV. Contracted Verbs in ico. Present and Imperf, Act, 351. Ee becomes et. 60 becomes ov, € is thrown away before long vowels and diph- thongs. Thus, €7] = 7] eo) (W eei = €L eoi = oL eov = ov 352. Before the Opt. in ol7]v (347), the e will dis- appear throughout ; TroL-e-ocrjp = ttol-olt]!/, 353. Vocabulary 38. 2h be dispirited, despair, dSv- To neglect, afxcXelv (with gen.). To flow away, airoppilv. To practise, acrK^lv. To want, delv (=z€€iu, gen.) ; Sel, there is need, it is necessary, one must (with ace. and infin.). To he unfortunate, dvarvx^lv' To sell, TTcoXeTi/. To be fortunate, happy, eurv- X€lv. To approve, praise, inaii/elv. To will, be willing, SeXeii/, eSe- Xeti/ (velle). Request, prayer, cvxq. r}s, rj. To take trouble, to ivork, irovelu (laborare). To expect, presume, irpoadoKav. To accomplish, reXeti/. Bundle or mats of reeds, rushes, &C. piyj/, piTT-os., rj. To do in common with any one, help, assist, avWap^av-eLv (with dat.). To ivork with any one, help, as- sist, (Tvpnovelv (with dat.). To think, be sensible, (f)pop€7v. To confess, to profess, SpoXoyelp. To be a retail trader, KaTrrjX^vciu. 136 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [354. Even if, even though, kclv {=Ka\ €av). To he high-minded, proud, jxiya (j)pOV€'LV. To demand (money, &/C.) irpdrr' Exercise 43. 354. a) Translate into English. 1. TifjiCJ/JLep Toijf; dya^ov<;, cva ajxa to3 rcfiav acTKco- liev. 2. 'O Treca^eU rj/jucbv tm Xoyco evrv^el re Kal el^ ')(^p6vov airavra evrv^^oi, 3. ^Avfjp irovripos hvarv^et, kclv evTV^fj, 4. Styav [xaXkov, rj XdXelv irpeirei. 5» "O rt^ av Troirjre, vofjui^ere op ay ^eov. 6. ^i\o<^ (jyiXcp avfJUTro- VCOV aVTM TTOVel, 7. 01 dv^pCOTTOi ^VrjTol fJUT] (ppOVOVVTO)V [Note 7] virep ^eou?. 8. 'O /bLaXtara evrv^cov firj fxeya (ppoveiro), 9. Ovheiror a^v/jbeiv rbv KaKcb<; TTpdrrovra^ hely rd ^€\tlco [Note 13] Se irpoahoKav del, 10. Tc3 tto- vovvTL ^eo<^ avWa/jL^dv€i, 11. Ancaioavvrjv dcriceiTe Kal epycp Kal Xoycp, 12. ^Airo tt]^ Nearopo^^ yXcoTrrj^j &airep fjbikt, 6 \6yo^ direppei, 13. ScoKparrj^; rod acofjLaTO<; ovk rjfjbeXei, tov^ Se diJie\ovvTa<^ ovk eirrjveL, 14. E't^e, & ^e- 09, T6Xoir}<; /JLOL rrjv €V)(7]V. 15. Et^e €VTV')(OLr€, c5 (plXov. 16. 060V ^eXovTO^, Kav eirl pLiro^ 7rXeo69. 17, Ovk d^v- fjiov/jiev Tot^ irapovai irpdypiaaLv, 18. ^vcrei virdp'^eL T0L<; e^iXovat TTOvelv Kal KLvhvveveiv rd r&v diJueXovvToav. 19. 'Eariv ot" dfJueXovvre^; rcov oIk€lcov twz/ dXXorpmv iirtfJieXovvTai, 20. Ttjv SiKaioo-vvTjv Kal rrjp dXXrjp dpe- rrjp dcrK€LT6, 21. Td avrd eTTolovp, ore ^evyopTe<; iSv- (TTV')(OVP aVTOL a Neut. of offTLs (Pdm. 50) : printed o n or '6,rL, to distinguish it from oTij that. b KaKcos irpdrr^ij/ = to he doing ill ; to he unfor- tunate, b avTos (give the English of it). ^ k. 331, Rem. 4. b) Translate into Greek, 1. Are we not with-reason most angry with ^'^ those who are most able^ (p) not to act-unjustly.^ 2. In^^ 355 358.] CONTRACTED VERBS. 137 such things they are poor, but you are rich. 3. Those who bring [p) to you kings' garments, or wrought copper or gold, sell them more artfully than those who profess [j)) to be-retail-traders. 4. I would not praise such persons. 5. Did you not sell [imperf,) vegetables ? 6. Reason is the remedy for the soul when it is sick [p), 7. We think that °the man who is fortimate [j)) is also wise. 8. Honor your parents, love your friends, obey rulers. d Bvyd/jL€vos. ^ fJL-r] is more nsual than ov with the infin. LESSON XLV. Contracted Verbs in oco. Present and Imperf, Act. 355. Oe, 00, oov, become ov, 07], oci), become &>. orj (subscript), o€i, ooo, become oc (but o€l = ov in Infin.). 356. Oo and oe are contracted into co (instead of into ou), and orj into S (instead of into ot), in pcyooy, pt- yco, to freeze. Inf. pcycov and pijovvy Part. Gen. pcycovTo<; and piyovvTOS, Subj. ptyoy, Opt. pcyarrjv, &C. 357. On the Imperfect and the Aorist of the Indie] The Imperfect Indicative answers, not only to our Imperf (with teas — ), but also to our (and the Lat.) Perfect, It then denotes a continued or repeated action ; the Aorist, a single, definite one, stated with- out any intimation of its lasting. — It may necessarily have a duration even of indefinite length, but the tense does not intimate it. 358. Infin. of the Aorist,^ The Infinitive of the Aorist is usually not a jjra^teritum, except after verba 138 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [359, 360. declarandi et putaiidi^ and in the construction of ace, c. Injin. loith the article : with these exceptions it is usually construed by the English Present^ but denotes single, definite actions : the Infin. of the Present being used of continued or repeated ones, ^ A, f r^ \ - \ = dicor (credor) a) Aeyofjbai (yofJiiL^oiJLai) TTOLr]aaL I ^ ' i fecisse, ■D r^ /s^/ \ « \ = volo (possum) jDOVKofJiai [ovvafjiai) iroiriaai I ^^ ' i facere. b) To ae 7rotr]crat tovto, tene hoc fecisse ! 359. Vocabulary 39. To darken^ destroy, weaken, blunt, dfjLavpovv (=6€LP). Carelessness, a/xeXeta, as, rj. To live in, reside in, cfx^tovv (=oety). To trick, entraj), hoKovv (=oetz/). To enslave, subjugate, bovKovv (=0€ll/). To set free, iXev'^epovv (==6€lv). (To raise up again =) to amend, to correct, inavop'^ovv (= oeiv) . To think right or fair, to claim, to expect, a^Lovv (=6eiv). To make equal, e^to-ovv (=6eLv). To emulate, ^rjXovv (=6€lv). To seek, strive, CrjTelv (=€€lv). Life, C(or], rjs, rj. Divine, godlike, ?i€2os, a, op. Hunger, Xl^xos, ov, 6. Exercise 44. 360. a) Translate into English. 1. AoXovauv 5? dypiov<; irXeyfiaai /cal opvy/naau 2. Aeyerac ovro^ 6 /3acrt\€vVLa= communion with the Deity. Desire, striving, opc^is, ^oas, fj. Intimate, oIk€1os, a, ov ; also, os, ov. To make straight, erect, 6p?iovu (==6€iv). Neither — nor, ovt€—ovt€. To make equal, o-vve^ofioLovp (=z6€iv). Violent, acpodpos, d, 6v. To make blind, tvcjAovv (=6€lv). With difficulty, j^^aXeTrwy. J CONTRACTED VERBS. 139 yvco/jLTjv, 4. 01 AafceBaL/jiovcoc rjXev^epovv rovs ^'EXKt]- va<;. 5. ^Eirel r] aakiTLj^ icj^^ij^aro koI eiraidvL' ^ov ol "EXkrjves, ivrav^a ovtceri iSe^avro ol TToXe/jLiot dXX! ecpevyov. 6. Al (pfXiat rd e^rj ^r^rovcn avve^o/jLOiovp. 7. XaXeirw civ rals tcov dya^cov dperal^ e^iaoir]^ tov<; i7raLPov<;. 8. Zi]\ov, & iral, tov<; eo-^Xov<^ koX acocppopa^ dvhpa^. 9. 'H Tv^rj iroXkovs KaKcos irpdrrovra^^ op'^ol. 10. ri\r]^o<; KaKcbv rrjv dv^pcoTrivrjv ^corjv dfjbavpol. 11. -4 6 irepL TO cr(j}oSpal 6pe^eL<^ TV(j)Xovcnv eZ? rd dXKa rrjp 'xfrv- 'X/jv. 12. Tr)v dperrjv kol ttjv ao^iav ^yXco/juev, 13. Xpva6<; icTTLV 6 Sovkcbv ^VTjT&V (pp€Va<;. 14. 01 TToXe/JiLOL TO CTTpd- Tevfjua rj/jLcov iSoXovp. 15. 01 veavlai ttjv ao(j)iav i^rjXolev. 16. 01 TToXe/jbcot eTrXrjaiatpv, Xva tov^ al')QJiaX(ji)Tov^ iXev- ^epoiev, b) Translate into Greek, 1. Strangers were not allowed to live-in Sparta. 2. The Ephori are empowered to punish whomsoever they please (297). 3. The Ephori were empowered to punish whomsoever they pleased. 4. Idleness destroys the excellence of natural-disposition, but instruction corrects its badness. 5. Emulate the good man and the sober-minded "one. 6. Do not telb even^ to your most intimate ° friend what you wish to be concealed. 7. It is right to give {irapexeiv) to others whatever {say : as many things as 5^) you expect to receive *= from them. 8. What is sudden and unexpected (sai/ : the sudden and unexpected) enslaves the spirit. a ^Xovv = ostendere. b K. 318. 6. ^ xajSeTv, Inf. Aor. 2. from Aa/ijSavw. See Irr. Verbs, List IV. 140 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [361, 362. LESSON XLVI. Verbs in aco. Pass, and Mid. Aorist Injin, 361. Vocabulary 40. To accuse of, charge with, alTia- o-3at (=a6cr3at) ; rivd tl (as here) is rare, except in case of neut. pron. Also with 6ti =to blame — because. Introduction, commencement, icrr}- yrjCTLs, eo)?, r]. At once, rjbr]. Better, Xcocov (=\(OL(i)v), Note 13. To proclaim, ktjpvtt-clv. To hear, listen to, aKpoao-^iaL (=a6crSat,) with gen. To devise, contrive, yLJixovacr'^aL (=aeo-3aO« Not befitting, disgraceful, aet- One running through the ivhole day, a courier, rjfxepobpoyios, ov^ 6 (T)p€pa, dpafxelp, to run). To endeavor, to try, ireipaa'^ai (=a6(r3at). The buying of a horse, tTTTrooz^eia, as-, T] (jLTTTToSi Q)V€lcr^aL, to buy). To be raised-in-price (of corn), to be rising, eTnfiiJLaa-^ai. To give over, Xrjy-eLv (used with the participle). To acquire, KTaa^iai (=d6(r2Jai). Perf. KeKTrjfjLaL (I have ac- quired=) I possess. Sandal, shoe, vnodrjfia, aros, to. To use, employ, ^/y^o-^at (==d€(r' Sat). 362. For the meaning of the Aor. Infin. cf. 358 : and for that of the Aor. Opt. and the construction of clauses introduced by 6Vt, ©s, cf. 318, 319. 1. He says, that Ae has done it, \ejei, on eiroLriae (or ^r}al TTOLTjo-ac) He said, that he had done it, elirev ) ore iroLrjaeiev {eke^ev) > on iiroirjcrev, 6(1)7] TTOiTjaaL. j^ovXeraL KXi-yfrac (n) = vult furari {aliquid). (j)rjal KXe^^raiiTi) = dicit se (aliquid) furatum esse. 3. "^avjUia&TOp to Tretcr^rjval nva^, co? — , it is strange that some persons should have been persuaded that — , &c. 363.] VERBS IN aO). 141 An infinitive or participle dependent on a prcBteritum, is consi- dered as a praeteritum. Exercise 45. 363. a) Translate into English, 1. 01 AaKehaifJLovLOL yncovTO avTov<; rrjv re icrrjjrjaLV Tov TravTO^y kol €(f)a(rav^ avrov^ rjSr] dSi/celv, ort ov Se- '^ovrat^ ras ^A^Tjvaicov airovhds. 2. Xo^fcpdrrj^ clkov- cra9 rjTLaro avrov, on ov tovto irpojrov rjpooTa,'^ irorepov \(hov etrj avro) iropeveor^ai t) fieveiv. 3. ^Eirel ravra ifcrjpy-^Tjy eyvcoaav"^ ol arparLcoTaL on Kevos o (p6/3o<^ elrj.^ 4. Kvpo<^ /jL€Ta7r€fxylrdiJL6vo<; tov9 o-rparrjyov^ roov ^EXKrjvcoVy ekeyev on rj 6S6<; eaotro Trpo^ jSaaiXea IJieyavel<; Ba/SvXcova, 5. '0/j.olco<; d/xipolv aKpodaaa^ai hel. 6. ''EXeyev on ofjLolcj^ d/jL(f)0iv dfcpodaaa^at 8eoL (or Set). 7. Evvov<^^ \6yo^ Xvtttjv larau. 8. nepLicXrj<; VTTO Tcov ^A^rjvaioyv rjyairdro teal injbidro. 9. 01 T^/xepo- Spo/jLoc ovfc i'^payvTO vTTohrjfjiacrLV Iv rats oSol^. 10. Ovk d€LK:e<;, edv n^ vtt i)(^^p(!ov i^airaTarai [Note 7]. 11. Eire VTTO ^IXcov e^eXei^ dyairda^aiy rov^ (piXov^ evepyereu • elVe viro nvo<; iroXeco^ i7rt^v/jL€L^ n/jida^at, rijv itoXlv od^eXeL* elre vtto rr)? 'EXXdBo<; 7rdarj<; d^Lols iir dperfj ^av/jid^ea^ai, rrjV ^EXXdSa Tretpco ev TroLetv. * Pdm. GO. ^ or d€xoiuTo. ^ or ipoor^o-eie. Ob- serve the Imperf. d Pdm. 63. ^ or eVri, or (less commonly) •?»/. f etyovs (explain its accent). b) Translate into Greek. 1. Those who confer-benefits [p) never cease to be loved {say : continue ^ being loved). 2. We do not obtain our friends by being treated*^ well, but by- treating ' °thcm well. 3. We will first write howi^ a man may be least deceived in buying-a-horse. 4. We see the corn raised-in-price in the Pira3us. 5. (Why 142 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [364. have not you declared =) declare at once your opinion about what is now asked (jt?). 6. They will not give-over devising and preparing all ° manner of contrivances, until i you are willingly deceived. 7. You the injured II °party do not at all accuse him, but are blaming some of yourselves. 8. These persons are devising and preparing the death of their neighbors {say : death to their neighbors). ff SiareAery. t Say suffering {TracrxovTcs)^ i. e. being the recipients. i cd dpay, c. ace. k ^5 &^ (= quomodo si ita forte sit, c. subj.). i eas Uv (c. subj.). LESSON XLVII. Verbs in eco. Pass, and Mid. 364. Vocabulary 41. To he ashamed before any one. reverence, esteem, atSetcrSat (=€6o-3at), with ace. To distrust, aTno-Tciv (7=ieiv), with dat. aTria-Tela^iat, to be dis- believed. To want, Seto-2Jat (with gen.). The year, eros, eos, to. Strong, powerful, Icrxvpos, a, 6v. To break into (ht. to dig through), dlOpVTT-€LV. To despise, KaTacj^povelv (with gen.). KaTacjypove'io-^aL, to be despised. Talkative, XaKos, ov. To hate, pXa-eiv (=€€iv). To move, Ktvelv. Mid. to move oneself, to move (intrans.). To hum, ^op^elv (==€€lv). As, in order that, oncos (subj. after a principal tense ; opt. after a historical tense ; after verbs of care, endeavor, &c., indie, fut. Near, ttXtjo-los, a, ov. Ol ttXtj' (TLov (adv.), those near, our fel- low-men. To besiege, iroXiopKelv. Having undivided wings, oKo- 7rT6pos,ov: ra 6X67rT. = insects whose wings are undivided. To frighten, (po^elv (=€€lv). Mid. to be frightened, to fear. 365.] VEUBS IN SCO. 143 Exercise 46. 365. a) Translate into English. 1. '' Ore ifKovatos rjv, icpo/Sov/jCTjv fjurj tls fMov rrjv olfciav Siopv^a^; KoX ra ^p-^/nara Xd/3oL /cal avrov ri /jue /ca/cbv epjaaacTO, 2. Oh aL(j^r}cn<^ virdp-^^ei, kol to Xvirelcr^aL Kol 'x^alpecv. 3. Uavrl to3 Trecpv/con KLvelcr^aL /jlt) Svva- /Jievo) S' del Kal crvveyco^ Kivela^aL fie^^ rj8ovf]<^ dvay/calov elvai Kol o:i(f)€\L/xov rrjv dvdTravaLV. 4. Bo/ju^ovvra (pai- verai rd oXoirrepa, orav Kcvrjrai, 5. AlSov tov<; ^eou?- 6. Tov dya^bv dvSpa iroiov kralpov. 7. ^iXovvre^^ (pt- Xovvrai, fJULaovvre^; /jbiaovprai. 8. Tov layypov Set irpdov elvai, oTTco^ ol TrXrjaLov alScovrac fidXXov, rj (po/ScovTao. 9. AlSela^at, Bel (f)iXov<;. 10. AiriaTovvrai ol XdXot, fcav dXrf^evodaiv, 11. 01 Tlepaat virb rcov ^EXXipcov i/jLtaovvTO Kal /carecppovovvro, 12. 'O /jLrjSev dScKcov ovSevb^ Seirac vo/jLov. b) Translate into Greek, 1. Do not only praise the good, but also imitate them. 2. In Thymbriam there was a fomitain called that=^ of Midas. 3. Cyrus did not suffer *= the evil- doers and unjust to laugh-at ^him, but punished them {= used to punish : imperf.) all most-unsparingly. 4. That which is held-in-estimation at anytimeMs practised. 5. Some "persons move whilst they are asleep (/?), and do many waking "actions. 6. We who were then delighted (p) are now grieved. 7. Troy was besieged ten years [ace.) by the Greeks. 8. The citizens feared lest the city should be besieged. 9. Let nobody fear death. Say : ' the.^ b i^u _ id-eiu, sinere, takes for its augment I after the € : imperf eiwv, &c. « ^^( ^_ semper). b' 144 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [366, 367. LESSON XLVIII. Contracted Verbs i?i 6co, Pass, and Mid. 366. Vocabulary 42. Strength, aX/cjj, ^s, ^. To make proud, yavpovv (=6€iv). Mid. to be proud of, exult in (ace. or with eVt and dat.). To oppose, resist, thwart, ivav- TLova^ai (with dat.). To obscure utterly, to blot out, annihilate, i^afiavpovv. Custom, manner, character, ^3os, COS (^OVs) TO. To part, divide, ficpl^-^iv. Flesh, crdp^, o-apKos, r). Haughty, proud, vTreprjcj^avos, ov. To bring low, to humble, ranci- vovv. To worst, subdue, subjugate, x^i' pova^aL. To convert into blood, i^aipLa- TOVV. To punish, ^-qpnovv. Exercise 47. 367. a) Translate into English. 1. Ovfc dvafjuevo/jLev eco? av rj rjfieripa %ct)pa /ca/cco- rat. 2. AovXov/jieira rfi crap/d Kal rol^ ird^eatv. 3. Tiro Trj<^ dvdjicr]<^ irdvra hovKovrai Ta'^v. 4. ^H (f)t\ia €69 TToXXou? fiepL^ofjiepT] i^a/jLavpovrat. 5. Tov<^ : hardly from verbs whose true characteristic is a t-sound; nor when such an Aorist would be identical in form with the Imperfect (whether distinguished from it by quantity or not). Thus not €ypa(j)ov ; but the pass. iypd(f)r]v is formed. 370. Very few verbs have both a First Aorist (as we must hence- forth call it) and a Second Aorist in the Active and Middle. The co-existence of the two forms is less uncommon in the Passive. Tpend) is the only verb that has all the possible Aorists. 371. Besides the changes given (in 235) as tho necessary steps for obtaining the short root (rj and at iiito a ; ety T into t : ev into u), the e of ^nonost/llable 146 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [372, 373. roots is always changed into a for liquid verbs, and sometimes for 7nute verbs. EXAMPLES. ACT. MID. PASS. ^aXXco (cast) e^akov epaXofirju rpeVo) (turn) eTpaTrojirjv €Tpa7rrjv ^euyo) (fly) e(f)vyov Tpi^co (rub) irpX^r^v KkeTTTO) (steal) CKXaTTTjU Tefivco (cut) eTeiiov"^ Xaipco (rejoice) exaprjv TrXeKco (weave) €7rXdKr)V XeiTTo) (leave) eXiTTOV [iXlTTOfJLrjv] [eXiTrrjv] 372. The following are very common Second Aor- ists from irregular verbs. EXAMPLES. ACT. MID. XapL^avco (Xr]^-) Tka^ov cXafSofjLTjv (capio) Xav^dpco (Xt]'^') eXa'^ov iXa?i6fxr}v (lateo) fiav'^dvco (pLT]^-) efia^ov (disco) • Tvyxdpco, (chance; hit) ervxov 7rvv'^dvop,aL (jrev^') inv'^oixT^v (inquire, learn by inquiry) daKViD (bite) edaKov Kdp,vco (laboro) €KaiJLOV Aav?idvco TTOLCDv TL = J do it unconsciously (to myself) or without being observed (by others). 373. Some Second Aorists have not the short pe- nult. Two such, of very frequent use, are rjX^ov, veni, and evpovy inveni (see ep')(^ofjLaL, List VII : evplo-Kcoy List V). EVkov (eXe, &c.) is Aor. 2. from obsolete root eX-, used to supply the wanting tense of alpeco (List VII). d/jLaprdvo), 7]/jLapTov (List III). * Observe the e : it has era/jLov once in Thuc, ; the only instance in Attic prose before Aristot. (Kr,) 374—378.] SECOND AORIST. 147 374. [Hr Tpeyj/acT^iat = infugam convertere (e. g. hostes) : rpa' Treo-Sat = se convertere {to turn oneself; to go). 375. The Moods of Aor. 2. for the Active and Mid. have the same terminations as the Present Act. and Mid. ; those for Aor. 2. Pass, the same as for Aor. 1. Pass. But a) Infin. Aor. 2. Act. is perispomenon : civ. h) Partcp. Aor. 2. Act. is oxytone : Sv, ovcra, 6v (optos, &c.). c) Imperat. Aor. 2. Mid. is perispomenon : oO. cZ) Infin. Aor. 2. iWw?. is par oxytone : eVSai. 376. Remember that when you find a participle in d>v, 6v, oxytone (or in ovrosi ovri^ ovra, &c. paroxytone), you may conclude it is the participle of a Second Aor. 377. The Subj., Infin., and Partcp. of Aor. 2. Pass. are (as in Aor. 1. Pass.) do [perisioomenon)^ rjvac [pro- perispomeno7i), 6l<^ (emu acuto). ekalBop Xa/3e* Xd/3a) iXapoiJLrjv Xa^ov Xdl3ci>p,aL iypd(t)r)P ypdcjirjTL ypa(j)co 378. Vocabulary 43. To aim at, a-ToxdC'^o-^ai (with gen.). To chance, to hit (gen.) rvyxdv- €Lv : hence, to obtain, attain to. Tvyxdvco TTOLcov TL = I happen or chance to be doing it : often but little stronger than I am doing it, especially rvyxdvio cov. To miss (a mark, ^e??.), to err, sin, dp,apTdp-€Lv : aor. 2. r]p.ap' TOP. Xd^otpL Xapelp Xa^cop Xal3oLpr}P Xa/3ecr^at Xa^opepos ypa(p€Lr)P ypa(f)rjpaL ypa^€ip-co (c^'^ep-), €(f>^opa: \ev7T-(o (XiTT-), XekoLira. 382. For roots which have ei in the Present, liquid roots have o in Perf. 2 (because tlicir short root has e) ; 150 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [383 386. mute-roots ol (because their short root has l) : (j^^elpco, Kreivco, €(l>^opa, eKTOva ; XeiTro), Trei^cOy \eXoL7ra, Tre- 383. Long a remains unchanged in ireirpaja {irpda-- aco) and Ke/cpaya (/cpd^co), 384. The partiahty of the Perf. 2. for the o-sounds is shown in the irregular Perfects olBa (novi), / know (Pdm. 70) ; eoc/ca, I resemble^ or am like {eiKoy) ; eppw- ya, / am torn (p'jjyvv/jii, List IX) ; dco^a (sohtus sum), I am^ accustomed or wo7it (e^o)). 385. From verbs that have a causative meaning (i. e. that signify to cause to do any thing), the Perf. 2. has usually the im^mediative meaning (i. e. the meaning of beijig caused to do), which is an intransi- tive meaning : hence many of them have the meaning of a nev; Present (e. g. those in the last rule) with an (immediative) intransitive meaning. Thus Tryryvvfio, I fix (i. e. cause a thing to remain unmoved) : Treirrjya, I am fixed (i. e. am caused to remain unmoved). — It is in this way that some Second Perfects appear to be- long to the Middle Voice, since the {causative) Perf. Act. is not in use, but the Middle (in an immediate sense) is : thus yiyvopuai = fio ; Perf. 2. ryejova [= ] have been caused to exist), / do exist, I am, (also as Perf. to eljjbi : KaKa yeyove, Kal earc, /cal eo-rac) : /naLvo- fiai, I am becoming mad; pukp^^va (I have been rendered mad = ) /am mjad (the verb pbalvoy, insanumfaciOy be- ing obsolete). 386. Futurum Atticum.] When aco is preceded by a short vowel, the a of Fut. Act. and Mid. is some- times left out in the Attic dialect, and the two vowels contracted, so that the terminations become w, ovp^ac : TeXicOy Attic Future reXco ; Mid. reXovpLaL, 387, 388,] SECOND PERFECT, 151 From verbs in eo), d(co (Fut. eo-co^ da-co) this Fut. occurs often (not always) only in KaXeco, reXeo), /St^a^ca. In Mid. ^axovfiat. (from fjLaxofJiaL) . 'EXaJ. as, a (= eXao-co, from iXavvoi) is also the usual form : and crKcbco, as, a. &c. (= orAceSao-o), from a-Keddvvufu, List X), probably the only Attic form. 387. When the short vowel is Cj the two vowels are not capable of contraction ; but the co is circumflexed, and conjugated as if 3. contraction had taken place. Thus (vO/jiLO-O))^ VOjJbLW, €t^, &C, > et I ovfjiep, eTr€, ov(tl(v). \ €ltov, ^Itov reXeaco — reXo), reXeiy, VOflLO-Oi T/Oflifo, POjJLLcls, /3i/3(icrco — i3i/3aj, ^L^ds, jStjSa | Sfiep, arc, t^cniy). \ drov, drou So in the Mid. KOfii^cOi Koixiao^ai, Att. Fut. Koynov^iai, et, drat, &c. This form, of the Fut. never occurs in the Opta- tive : e. g. reXoi, reXelvy reXcov : but Opt. rekeaoiiML {K.), 388. Vocabulary 44. To speak rciih frankness, Tvapp-q- atd^-ca-'^aL. koKojs napp. to speak with an honorable frank- ness. To spoil, to corrupt, to destroy, bia€Lp-€iv. To contend for a 'prize, dycovi^- To burn (up), KaTa<=; ica\ Ne/jLeat'^ rov av^pco- iTivov jSlov aTToXeXoLTraaiv. 6. Hez^ft) aiyav /cpelrrov^ Tj K€fcpayevai. 7. Nofjuovfjiev ofjuoioy^ aaejBetv rov^ re to. yJrevSri Xeyovra^; ire pi rcov ^ecbv /cat tovs Tnarevovra^ av- TOI'^. 8. ToyV TTOLTJTWV TiVe^ lJ7r0^7]/Ca<^ ft)9 XPV ^W V/^'f^^ fcaraXekoLTracnv, 9. Aejerac 7r€7ro/ji(j)6vaL Kpolcrov e^9 AaKeSaifjLOva irepl av/ii/jiaxici^» 10. Mrj vo/jLi^ere rep ^l- Xlttttw ra irpdyixara TreTrrjyevaL d^dvara. 11. Sco/cpd- Trj<;, aTpe-yjravTO'; Avria^evov^ to Bceppcojb^;'^ tou Tpij3oovos ek TovfJbc^avhi^ 'Op(o aov, e^)^, Sid tov TpL ^Q)vo<; TTjv KevoSo^iav. * Aor. 1. of iK-Bi^wiJLL, to put forth ; to publish. b Perf 2. of ^ypvfii, List IX. e Note 13. d di-€ppwya., Perf. 2. of diap-priyuvfjLi. rh dieppooyos = the torn part. p'f]yw^t, List IX. ® = els rh ifKpaves (lit. to the visible =1) so as to let it be seen. b) Translate ijito Greek. 1. It is a benefit from the gods, that some alli- ance has appeared for us. II 2. They say^ that the general himself fled. 3. They said ^ that the gene- ral himself had fled. 4. The boxer has his wrist broken. 5. Is the boy asleep or awake ? 6. You are more like ^a man asleep than ^one awake. 7. You Avill not rightly deem that your "prosperous affairs are fixed for you immutably (say : ^ °as immortaP). f Use Key 03 (ws or qtl). 390 392.] COMPARATIVE AND SUPERLATIVE. 153 LESSON LI. Comparative and Superlative, 390. The comparative and superlative (1) from 09 are orepo^, oTaro^;, or, if the preceding syllable is short, a)T6/)09, coTaTo<; [but here a mitta cum liquidd is consi- dered to lengthen the syllable : a(j)oSp6<;, acpoSporepo^;, crcj^oSpoTaTO^], — (2) from 7j<;, earepo^, eararo^; [cra^|7^9, aacpicrrepo^;, &c.] — (3) from v^, vrepo^;, vTaro^ [y\vK-v<;, j\vK-vT€po(;, (fcc. — (4) from cov, ov-eaT€po<^, ov-eaTaTO<^ (^evSat/jicoVj Gen. €vSaifjbov-o<^y €vSacfi-ov-6aT€po<;, &c.). 391. A few in u?, po?, have icov, tcrroi. The ccov has neut. cov (G. iovo<;, &c.), and the c is long in Attic Greek. — The only regular adjectives that take this form in Attic prose are rjSv<;, Ta')(y^, al(jyjpo<^, i')^p6^ (those in po9 lose the p, alo-x^Lcov, &c.). For Ta')(^Lcov, Td')(^Lov, the Attics said ^do-acov, ^daaop^ later ^drrcovj ^drrov, (Eng.) Too wise to be deceived. (Greek.) Wiser than so-as (rj wore) to be deceived. 392. Vocabulary 45. Spiritless, faint-hearted, a?ivfjios, OP. Soft, fiaXaKos, rj, 6v. Mischievous, KaKovpyos, ov. Impetuous, TrponeTTjs, €9 (Trponcr-, short root of TriTrra) = niTreT-ci), cado). Thoughtful, (f)poirn(mK6s, rj, 6v. Spirited, courageous, Sv/xwS?;?, cs. Savage, aypios, a, op. Plotting, treacherous, €7rL(3ov\os, OP, Compassionate, €\€r)fi(ap, -opos. Tearful, dpidaKpvSi v. 7* Envious, (f>?iop€p6s, a, 6p. Dissatisfied repining, picp.y\rip.oi' pes, OP. Bitter, niKpos, a, op. Abusive, (f)LXo\oLdopoSi op. Disposed to strike, quarrelsome, ttXtjktlkos, t), op. Desponding, dvaeXnis, idos. Shameless, dpaidrjs, €s. Easily deceived, evaTrdrrjTos, op. Having a retentive memory, fiprj^ pOPlKOS, T), OP. Sleepless, aypvnpos, op. Timid, oKPrjpos, a, op. 154 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [393. Immovable, not easily moved, aKlin)Tos, ov. Ready or able to help, ^orj^rjTiKos, T). 6v. Bear, apKTos, ov, rj. Panther, TrdpbakLs, ews, r], Male, apprjp, appev. Female, '^rjXvs, cm, v. Desponding, down-hearted, Svo"- '^vpos, ov. Exercise 50. 393. a) Translate into English, 1. ^A^v^orepa ra ^TjjXea irdvra tcov appivcov ttXtjv apKTOV Kal TrapSdXeco^;' tovtcov Se rj ^TJXeia 8gk€l elvau avhpetorepa • iv Se toc<; oXXol^ jivecn ra ^ifkea fiaXa/co)^ repa Kal /ca/covpyorepa Kal tjttov aifka Kal TrpoTrerearepa fcal irepl rrjv tcov reKvcov Tpo<^riv (fypovrcaTLKcoTepa, ra 8' appeva ravavria*^ ^vfjicoSearepa yap Kal aypicorepa Kal cLTrXovarepa Kal tjttov^ iTrilSovKa, 2. rvvf) avdpo^ i\€7]/jLOV€(TTepov Kal dplSaKpv fiaXKov, en he (p^ovepcore- pov re Kal /jLe/jb-yln/jLOLporepov Kal (piXoXoiSopov /ndX- Xov Kal TrXrjKTLKcorepov, ere Se Kal Svcr^v/jiov fiaXKov TO ^rjXv Tov dppevo<; Kal SvaeXirt Kal dvacSeaTepov Kal 'yJrevSecTTepov evaTraTTjTOTepov Se Kal fivrj/jLovLKcoTepov €TL Se djpvTTVOTepov Kal oKvrjpoTepov Kal 6Xco<; clklvtjtO' Tepov TO ^rjXv tov dppevos, Kal Tpo^rjs eXduTTovo^^ eaTiv* 8orf^7jTLK(OTepov Se coaTrep eXen^^?;, Kal dvSpeiOTepov to dppev TOV ^^Xeo? eaTtv {^Aristot.). 3. 'O ^a^vTaTo^ V1TV0<^ 7]Sl(Tt6<^ eCTTCV, 4. OvSkv ^aTTOV eCTTL TTjS '^^8?^?. ^ = TO. iuavTia, sc. iarl, are the opposite °ofallthis. b Note 13. b) Translate iiito Greek, 1. Nothing is more bitter than compulsion. 2. He asked if the son were braver than his father. 3. Is the son wiser than his father? — [No. K. 344. 5.] 4. The man is more shameless than brave. 5. This woman is very enviotfs and dissatisfied. 6. I hate abusive ° persons. 7. The soldier is too brave to 394, 395.] VERBS IN fit. 155 fear death. 8. The man has a most immovable na- tm-e. 9. Friendship is the most deUghtfal of all things. 10. Nothing is more disgraceful than to have one thing in one's mind and to utter another.*^ « Say : other things — dut others ; ^AAa fihv — 6,Wa 5e. LESSON LII. Vej^bs ill /jlc. Tl^tj/jlc 394. Vocabulary 46. / place, I appoint, I hold or set down (as) ; / make, render ; 1 enact, appoint, &c. (laws), ri2J77/xt. / put up, offer, dvaTi?ii]fxi. I dispose (a person) , diarl^iTjfjLi. 1 put in, instil, ivri'^r^fiL. I put down, I lay (down) upon, Kararl'^TjiJii. I change, alter, fxcTarl^iTjiJiL. I put or set round, 7reptrt37;/x«. / add, TTpocTTL'^rjiJLi. 1 put before, lay out (for view), set out for display, ttpotl^tjijll. Citadel, aKponoKts, ccos, r). Lioness, Xeaiva, rjs, Tj. Another^ s, of others, dWorpios, a, ov (alienus). Heavy, troublesome, dpyaXeos^ ea, €0V. One who rules, ruler, Archon (at Athens), apxcov, ovros, (pro- perly, partcp. of apx^Lv). Head-band, diadem, diddrjiia, a- TOS, TO. Sweat, toil, IBpoDs, S)to^, 6. Thyrsus (i. e. the staff of the Bacchantes, w^ound round with ivy and vine leaves), '^vpa-os, ov, 6. Ivy, Ki(T(r6s or kittos, ov, o. Exercise 51. [ The Act. Voice of tI'^tj^i is to be learnl by heart.] 395. a) Translate into English. 1. ToSe ^av/jid^co el'^ iv dperrj^; Kal ao<^La<^ Ti^7]<; fiipec ^ rrjv dhiKtav, 2. ^O ttXovto^ TroXXa/ct? fxera- TL^7](TL TOV Tcbv dv^pO^lTWV TpOTTOV, 3. IToXXa/C69 OL av^pcoTTOt Tot9 t8/o69 KaKol^ dWorpca irpoan^eaaiv, 4, 156 FIRST GREEK BOOK. Eh TO /3e\TL0V TL^6L TO JJbeXXoV. 5. ^ AvTL^OVO'^ AlOVVCTOV iravra'^ efiLixelro, kcu klttov fiev TrepLTC^eU rfi Kecj^aXfj dvrl hiahrjjjbWTO^^ MafceBovLKoVy ^vpaov Se avrl aKrjTrrpov ^epcov, 6. 01 ao(l)C(TTal rrjv aperrjv irpoeTt^eaav, 7. ^EvTL^cofjL€P T0Z9 vioi^; T7]<; aoep(ov evvovv voni^eu rov ^eov Ka^tardvaL, (ppeva^ Kov^a^ e')(eu 6. ^vXdrrov, /jltj to /cepSo<; ore Tr]<; hiKauo- avvrj^ d(j)LcrTfj, 7. Mrj d(j>icrT7] tov<; veov<^ rrj^; eVl rrjv dperrjv oSov. 8. 'O TdvTaXo<^ ev rrj Xl/jivrj avo^ elarrjicei. 9. To fJLev Tov ')(^p6vov^ yeyovo^;, to 8e iveaTcof;^ icTTi, to Se jJbeXXov* 10. 01 Kopiv^toL 7roXkov<^ o-vfjL/jid')(ov<; dirk-^ epeLV, o tl dv 6 S^eo9 StSdJ. 402.] VERBS IN t'|Ut. 161 14. *^0^ av fjieWj) rfjv irarpiSa TrpoScSovac, ixejiarr)^^ ^rjfjbia^ a^LO^ ecrriv, 15. 01 ^eol (jlol avrl KaKOdv dya^a SiSotev, 16. $/\o9 (ffiXov ov TrpoSaxrec. 17. Ev Tra^ov- re? ^ VTT i/jLOv roLavrrjv X^P^^ airehoaav. * Note 9. b Aor. 2. partcp. fr. hafjL^dj/(a, List IV. ^ fjLefjLy7)iJLaL (/ have recollected —') I remember. d Aor. 2. Imper. fr. iTTi-Xay^dv-ojJLai, List lY. ^ Attraction. . ^ irpiireiv, c. dat. ° Note 13. ^ Aor. 2. partcp. fr. Traa-xw, List VII. 6) Translate into Greek. 1. The gods give all things. 2. Give immediately to a poor man. 3. Endeavor i^pl.) to give each man» his due ^ accm^ately. 4. He repaid the money. 5. If you give him money, he will make you also wise. 6. If any one were to give ^ him money, he would make him also wise. 7. If you had given him money, he would have made you also wise. 8. The earth, giving us food, is seen to be a kind of mother. 9. Give me my shield. 10. Give {j^L) me an example of this kind «of thing. 11. The gods have given [Aor,) this °as a privilege "^^ to ° but a few that are easily-counted." i efs (EKacTTos, lit. ' each one man.' k rh irpoariKov (partcp. of TTpoaiTKeiv, to come to him =) to belong to him. i K. 260. 2. ^ Use ovTos, V'ithout prefixing the article to yepas. " evapi^fjLrjTois 5r] tlq-lv (dr) adds emphasis to the superlative). LESSON LV. Verbs in vfjn, jdet/cvvfjuL 402. Vocabulary 49. / show, dcLKWfJil. I show, represent, explain, declare any one as any ihinf^ ; hence, I appoint, anode LKuvp.1 (with t2vo accus.) : Mid. shoio of my- self, express, declare, display, render. Not to be seen, d^^earoSi ov. 162 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [403. Justly, fairhj, dLKaicos. Inconsiderately, unadvisedly, cIkyj. To remain with, abide by, ifjLjxcv' €Lv (with dat.). Within, ivTos (with gen.). To cause to swear, administer an oath to, i^opKovp (=6€lv). Forsworn, perjured, false, eTrlop- KOS, OV. I swear by, inoiJLvvixL (with ace). Moderate, fierpLos, a, ov. (Attic, -OS, -oy.) Never, firjiroTc. An imitator, jjLifjirjTrjs, ov, 6. 1 swear, ojjlvvjjli. An oath, opKos, ov, 6. In every way, throughout, wholly, ndvTcos. To order, napayycKK-eLv. Modelling {art), sculpture, TrXa- o-TiKT] (rexvr), underst.). I strengthen, poovvvfii. Rarely, seldom, o-Trauicos. A decree, a resolution, ylrrj(j)Lo-fxa, aros, TO. I lie (jaceo)j / am enacted (of laws), Kelfxai, Exercise 54. [Go through the Act. Voice of dciKwixL.] 403. a) Translate into English. i. N6/jbo<; Sf) Keta'^a) Sifcaorrrjv o/JLVvvat Scfcd^etv fiiX- \ovTa, 2. "Opfcov (j^evye, Kav huKaiw^ 6/Jivv7j<;. 3. Mt] tc ^eou? iirtopKov eTro/jivv, 4. 'O olvos /jberpto^; \r]cj)^€l<^ pwvvvaiv, 5. 01 SiSdcr/caXoi tou9 pLa^Tjrd^ /jLCfjb7)Td<^ eav- Tcov diToSet/cvvacrLV, 6. IIv'^ay6pa<; TraprjyyetXe roc^ /jbav^dvovcTL, aTravLco^ fjbev opivvvaiy '^prjaafievov'^ Se TOLl\ov dcppova ^OLTO ; 6. aevocj^covri ^vovrc rJKe tl^ i/c Mavrc- veia<; dyye\o<; \eycoVj top vlov avrov rbv TpvXXov re^vd- vai • " KCLKelvo^; dire^ero fiev rbv are^avov, hiereket he ^vo)v • eirel he 6 dyye\o<^ irpoae^rjice kol eKelvo, on vl/coov "^ re^VTjKe, irakiv 6 Uevocjxjov iire^ero top arecfyapop, 7. '^A,- /CL^idhr]<; ecpvyep €69 ^irdpTrfp koX tov^ AaKehaifJiopiov^ Trapco^vpep eTTL^ea^ai toI<^ 'A^r]paLOL? hvvdijue^a, 9. TIpo /Jbi^7]<; dvlaraao, 10. Tl av/Jb(j)6p€L eviOi<; . TrKovreiv, orav fiff iTTLarcovTac tg5 irKovrcp ')(pria^aL ;^ 11. KaraXv^evro^ rod TIe\oTrovv7]aLafcov TrdXifioVy 6\ijap')(^iav ev Tal<^ irXeU aTaL<; iroXeac Ko^taTavro, 12. O 6 TroXi/jitoL ov/c dTroarTJ- aovrac, irplv av eXcocn'^ rrjv ttoXlv * See 346. b How is ireivdoo contracted % how faco 7 how Xpa-eo-^^at ] 346. ^ aXovs, -6yT09, Aor. 2. partcp. from aAi- (TKeff^ai. Pdm. 64. d a/pew, List VII. b) Translate into Greek, 1. Men have much power through wealth. 2. Rise- up {ph) before intoxication. 3. The enemy were not able to take the city. 4. Of what use is it to you to be rich, if you do not know-how to employ riches? 5. Did the good men understand this virtue ? 6. About such ° matters you know better than they. 7. Who could better know-how to count ? 8. Thus you also would understand music. ^ 9. No man is able to know all things. 10. I should not be able to contradict you. 11. I shall not be able to learn such ° subjects. LESSON LVIII. ALhcofjii, Pass, and Mid 408. Vocabulary 52. / give at the same iime^ crvv€7n- bidcofjLL: Mid. I give myself up with others to a thing. Exchange, recompense, return, An army, (rrparos, ov, 6. Option, choice, alpca-is, €ol ov aTrevSovcnv iTrLSeUvva^at rrjv avT&v cro(pLav. 8. ^O olvo<;, edv vSarc /cepavvvrjraL, to aco/jia pcovvvaLV. 9. ^H opyrj €v^v<; cr^evvvoLTO. 10. ^Ael iv tS /3t(p dp6Trjv Kal acocj^poavvrjv ivSeLKVvao. 11. 01 UepcraL iroXvTekei'^ aTo\a^ d/jb(pLevvvvTO. 12. 'O pTj- Tcop Tr]v yvco/jLTjv jjieTCL irappTjalas direhei^aTO. 13. AXkl- ficdBr]^ viro t&v ^A^rjvaicov aTpaT7jyoL7)fii, Thai which is owed, duty, deov (Set), TO. Namely, drj^icp (scilicet). I go or come into, ela-ciyn.. To drive into the net or snare, ifi- ^poxtC'^Lv. I let or send out, i^LTjfii : of riv- ers, i^uvai = to discharge it- self, I send up to, ((f>irj^i : Mid. (with gen.), I send myself or thoughts after any thing = I desire. Afterwards, then, eTreira, I let down, lay doivn, Ka'^irjpi. Goat, Karrpos^ ov, 6. Strong, KapT€p6s^ a, 6v, Cry, Kpavyr), rjs, t). Stone, XtSos", ov, 6. I let go, I give up, p,€?iLTjfii. To remain, pev-civ. To prepare, 7rapaa-K€vd(-€Lu : Mid. prepare oneself. ■ I let pass, loose, Traplrjfii. Oftener, nXeovaKLs. I go to, approach, npoo'eLp.i, Mouth, (TTopia, aros, to. To help, Tipcopclv : Mid. revenge oneself on (with ace). Evident, known, av€p6s, a, 6p, Snow, x'-^^i ;j(toi/o$', rj. 170 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [413. Exercise 59. 413. a) Translate into English, 1. Sd/jiov TO fxev i^ ^p%^9 ^ ipojfirjv ovaav Xiyerao KaTe')(€iv Trkrf^o^ ^TjpLoov jJbeyaXrjv (j^covrjv d(piivTa)v, 2. 01 dya^ol ov Sea rov virvov fie^idac rd Seovra irpdrreiv, 3. ^A(f)eU rd cj^avepd fjurj Stco/ce rd d^avrj. 4. TLoXkol dv^pcoTTOt ec^ievTai ttXovtov. 5. ^HpaKXrj^; rov ^Epv/id- v^iov Kairpov Si(o^a<; /Jberd tcpavyrj^; els %^6z/a iroWrjv Trapet/jbivov eve^p6')(^bcrev, 6. 'O NelXos i^irjatv els ttjv ^dXarrav eirrd dTOfjiaaiv. 7. "Arra ^ eTrecr earaiy ravra ^eols /jieXec. 8, El ^vrjros el, ^eXriare ^ ^vrjrd Kal (ppovei, 9. Me/jLvrjao"^ veos cov^ co? yepcov ecrrj irore. 10. AiKaios ivy, Xva Kal Sc/calcov ti)^779.* 11. Bias TrapovarjSj ovSep la')(yeL vo/jlos. 12. EvSal/jLoov ecrjv Kal ^eoLs (f>iXoS' 13. ^AXe^avSpos elrrev • ^ el iir] ^AXe^av- Spos rjv, Aioyevqs dv rjv. 14. ^Ajdira rocs irapovai, T&v dTTovTcov ovK icfyte/jbevos. 15. Kal veorrjs Kal fyrjpas d/iM^Qy KaXd earov, 16. 01 dv^pcoiroi evhaijjbovelv Svva- vrai, Kav Trevyres Sxrcv. 17. ^AXtf^ecd crot TrapecrTO), 18. "IcofxeVj o) (piXoc. 19. ^evye hi')(oaTaaLas Kal eptv^ TToXe/jLOV irpodiovTOS* 20. Eirel rj MavSavrj irapeaKev- d^ero fo)9 diTLOvo-a irdXiv irpos rov dvhpa, 6 ^ Aarvdyr]^ eXeye irpos top Kvpov • ^/2 irai, rjv jJievrjs irap ifiol, irpcoTov fJikv, orav ^ovXrj elaievab ft)9 e/^e, eirl aol earau,^ Kal %a/otz^ (TOL pbdXkov e^co, oacp dv irXeovaKis elairjs co? i/uue. 21. 'Eirecra Se lttttols tols e/juots XPV^V^ ^^^^ orav diTLrjs^ e')(cov direi ovs dv avros e^eXrjs Xttttovs- ^ rh i^ apxns = originally. b Pdm. 50. ^ Note 13. ,d MefipTJiiiaL (= memini), / remember. ^ List IV. Gen. K. 273. 3. "b. f List VIL ? ehm iiri rm, to be in any body'' s potoer ; to depend on him. PASS. AND MID. 171 b) Translate into Greek, 1. Men utter indeed the same voice, but not the same language. 2. We ought to be satisfied with w h a t we have {sai/: with present ° things). 3. Not every one who wishes [p) will enter into this abode. 4. The chorus of the Muses will most probably come-in first. 5. We went in to^^ Socrates. 6. It would not become me to come before^° you, framing studied speeches.'* 7. There are two forms of government. 8. O Greeks, ye are always children. 9. You and I (^ay ; I and you) are not poets. 10. Do not be harsh towards^° us. 11. Know well, i that this will be so {say: will have °itselfso). 12. They were not one ° person, but two. 13. Such a person would not be able to em- ploy his wealth. 14. Come now,^ read' me the decree. 15. Let us go back-again to the beginning. 16. It is right (Set) that this man, looking af one •object, should ever shoot all his arrows af it. h To frame studied speeches, Tr\drr€iu \6yovs. > Pdm. 70, Note 7. ^ hi) : for come use imper. of clfii. i Imper. Aor. of ava-yiyucixTK-u). See €7i/wj/ in Pdm. 63. NOTES. On the Division of Syllables. 1. Beside what is stated in 38, 39, it may be remarked that when two or three consonants come together, they are usually considered to belong to the following syllable, if they are so easUy pronounce- able that they can begin a word (e. g. a-fivos, d-Kiirj, Se-cr/xoy, c-arpo- (t>a). Sometimes a mute before /x or z/ is connected with the following syllable, even though no word begins with that combination, pro- vided any word begins with another mute of the same organ and ft or V. Thus (t)d-rvrj (no word begins vdth tv, but some do with 3j/). So drj-yfjiosi dd-(f)vi,s, because words begin with /c/x, nv. Three consonants are connected with the following syllable when the first pair and the second pair can each begin a word (e-o-SXoy, i'x^pos ; since words begin with x^^ 3p.) (So d-cr^ixa : since words begin with r/x, though not with 3/x.) Kr. According to these rules, (f)aLbp6s is divided into the syllables (pai'dpoSi not (paid-pos. yjrrjcpLcrp^a into ylrTjipt-afia. 2. Lesson 3.] — The accent of a verb is, as a general rule, as far back (i. e. as near the root) as possible. Hence (a) in verbs when a long termination is exchanged for a short one, an acute on the pen- ult is thrown to the antepenult (if the verb is hyper dissyllable) : TVTrrO), TV7rT€T€. b) If the penult, being the tone-syllable, has a long vowel or diph- thong, and the verb is dissyllable, the acute will pass into circumflex when the final becomes short : c^euyo), c^evye (but /ceXeuo), KeXcve). [For the general rules for the accentuation of verbs, see Pdms. 56, 57.] 3. Lesson 11, (95).] — a, G. as, is always long from an oxytone or paroxytone (if a hyper dissyllable^ But a, G. a?, is short in 1) Polysyllable feminine names or appellatives : ^//-dXrpta, *Ep€- rpia. 174 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [4—6. 2) -pa is short if the penult has v or any diphthong but av ' '^'6=(i>: oft)=ft) o'l = 01 H r)ai == rj r]€ =:r} r]€L = D rfl = rj 7]v^= rjv Q. a)a = 0) 0)0 = 0) (OL = ft) I Las = Is L€S= Is a= Z Y vas= vs V€S = VS From this table it appears generally, 7,8.] NOTES. 175 d) That in the collision of A and E sounds, the vowel which pre- cedes the other, remains predominant in the contracted syllable, although its shape may be modified : XeiTreai, X^Itttj or XeiVet : TLfiac, TLfjid : TToXeas, Trokeis : except in ea, which, in the first two declen- sions, is contracted into a : oarea, oara : ^oppeas^ poppas. b) That, where an O sound appears, it maintains itself, in con- traction, against all A and E sounds, i/o€, vov'. Sareov, oaTovv: ^oas, /Sous : TLfidoifii, TiiupfjLt : (pCKeovcrt^ (ftLXovo-L : except that, in adjec- tives, 07] becomes r; : aTrXorj, ottX^, and oa sometimes a : dirXoa, ttTrXa : also dnXoaL, aTrXal ( Thiersch.) 7. There are some words, cases, and moods that must be care- fully distinguished, because they look like what they are not. The following are a few instances of the kind that occur in these lessons. a) 'ovs, as nam. or ace, pi. of a comparative in , XeiTTO-O) = Xei'vf^o). 7ret3(ra) = TTClVo). rpiPcrca = Tpiyjrco. Terim/jiaL =: TeTvp.p.ai. ypd(j)(r(D = ypdyj/co. Terpi^paL = T€Tpipiliai. TrXeKO-o) z= TrXe^co. yeypacppai z=z yeypafifxat. * That is, the first becomes a smooth mute, if the second is a smooth mute ; a middle or aspirate^ respectively, if the second is a middle or aspirate. 8.] NOTES. 177 = Xe^O). TrcnXeKfjLai =■ TreTrXcyixai. N before a P-sound (or \Ja) becomes /x. N before a K-sound (or |) becomes y. N before a T-sound remains unaltered. N before a liquid is changed into that liquid. N is usually * dropt before f , before a- in inflexion,! and in those compound words in which another consonant follows o-. (Examples.) €P-7r€ipia = e/XTretpia. avv-^eco = crvy^eo}. cv-jSaXXo) = ep/SaXXo). avv-XoyL^o) =■ crvWoyi^co, €P'(f)pCDV = €fl(f)pa}V. (TUV-pCTpta = (Tvpp€Tpla, sv-\j/vxos =■ epyj/vxos. (TVV'^vyla = au^vyia, o-vp-Kokeo) = (TvyKoXeco. daip^ov-aL = balpo(Ti. ^= (TvyyiyvodCTKOii. (rvvcTTqpa = (rvarqp^a, ovp'xpovos = (TvyxpovQs. But : crvpTCLPco, (rvp^ca), (rvp'^ca). Exceptions* The enclitics ; as : ovrrep, ropye. ip before p ; as : ippiTrrco. When a T-sound and p together are ejected before cr, the remain- ing vowel, if short, is changed into a diphthong (e into et, and o into ov) ; if doubtful, it is lengthened. The long vowels (77, ©) are left unchanged. Thus : Tv(f)'^€(vT)cri becomes rvc^SJeto-t. Tvy\ra(pT)(Tt, becomes rv\l/d(n. ar7r€(vd)(To> becomes o-TreiVo). yLya(pT)(ri becomes yiyda-i. \€o{pt)(tl becomes \€ov(tl. b€LKPv(vT)cn. becomes deUpva-i. TVTTro{pT)(TL bCCOmCS TVTTTOVdL. TVTTT(ii>{pT)(Tl beCOmeS TVTrT(0/r, Spe/A. So rpix-os, TpLx-i, but '^pl^i Spt^iV. In the Imperative of the 1st Aor. Pass, the last aspirate is changed in the 2nd pers. sing. : e. g. ypd^j^r* (not ypd(f)rj^i) : Kpycf)- ^TJTL (not ACpV(^37;3t). Irregular Substantives. 9. ITT R. means root (from which the word is declined regU" larly), drfdoDV, (17), nightingale. G. drjdovs (for drjbovos). V. drjdou aXs, dXos (6), salt. PL usually ol aXey, wv, &c. oKcos (jy), threshing-floor: mostly after Attic 2nd Decl. (with ace. oXo)) ; aK(ovoSi fcc. later. ava^, dvaicT'OSi king. V. dva (but only when a god is invoked). 'AttoXXo)!/, covos, Apollo. Ace. *A7roXXa). V. '^AttoWov. "Aprjs (Mars). G. '^Apecos : in the poets (for the sake of the metre), ''Ap€os/^Ap€i/'Aprj 3.nd''Ap7]v. Y.'^Apcs. da-TTjp, star. Dat. pi. da-rpda-i, but not syncopated in other cases. ydXa (to), milk. R. ydXaKT. (Dat. pi. ydXa^i, Plat.) y€X-a>s, (OTos, &c. (6), laughter. Ace. yeXwra, and, in poets and Lucian, yeXo)!/. yovv (to), knee. R. yovaT. yvvrj, woman, wife. R. yvvaiK.^ V. yvvai. bevbpov, tree. Regular : but in D. pi. (usually) devdp€(n(v), dopv (to), spear. R. dopar. Thuc. has old D. dopl. eyx^Xvs (o), eel. G. -vos, &c. ; but in dual and pi. like tttjxvs. the exception of 77 (of which the first 7 = ng). Of the smooth mutes, TT and K are but seldom doubled (Vttttos, Aa/c/cos) : r frequently ; as are also (T and the liquids. * With accent on the ult. of G. and D. ywaiKSs, yvvaiKi, yvvaiKwv^ yvvai^i, yvvaiKotv (^sch. Chceph. 302), (fee, but yvyaiKu, ywouK^s. &c. 9.] NOTES. 179 etVo)!^, ovos (rj), image. G. cIkovs. Acc. cIkch (mostly Ion. and poet.). Acc. pi. cUovs (Observe the accent). Zevs, Jupiter. At-ds, Att, Am. V. Zev. [ZrjvoSi Zrjvi, Zrjva, poet.]. ^p-(0Si (oos, hero. Acc. ^pcoa^ and also ^pco. In poets rS rjpco^ and ol, Tovs TJpcos (the last also Luc). edKrjs, Thales. BaXeo), QaKrj, QoXtjv. In later writers also GoXoiJ, and QdXrjToSi -rt, &c. Spi^ (i?), ^«i^- G- rpLX-os, &C. D. pi. ?ipL^L(v). [R. VX-] /captf (to), /ieo^:?. G. Kparos. D. K/aari and Kapa. A. ro Kapa, and (Trag.) TQV and ro Kpara. Acc. pi. rot's Kparas (Eur.). kKcIs (77), Zee?/. AcXetSds, xXetSt, KXetSa and Tnore commonly kKcIp. Plur. Kkeldes. Acc. /cXeiy, later Kkeldas. [Eur. /cX^^Sa, -Say from old Att. /cXj/y.] KVKcoDv (6), mess ; pori'idge. Acc. KVKea),for KVKeava. Kvcop, dog. R. Ki7i^. V. Kvot'. Xaa?, Xas (6), s/one. Xaos (in Soph. Xaov), Xat, Xaav and Xai/ (Xaa, Callim.). PI. XafS", Xawi/, Xaeo-o-ii/ and Xdecriv. Xina, prob. acc. from obsol. ro XiVa ; found with aXet^eti^, as flcc. cognatcc signijicationis. fidpTvSi witness. pAprvp-os, i. Acc. a and (Zess commonly) pidpTvv, D. pi. pdpT\j(n{v). [MdpTvp nom. JGol. and late.] yavff (^), s?i7/). The Attic forms are : i/ea>ff, j^t, mui/ | (i/ee ?), i/foii/ | VTi€s. v€(ov, vaval, vavs. [G. 1/7709, &c. Att. poets and later prose.] Oldinovs, (Edipus. Oldlnodos and OtStVou. D. OiSiTroSt. Acc. OiSiTToSa and OlbiTrovv. V. OlblTrov. opvis (6, 17), iirtZ, opi/l3os, &c. Acc. opvl^a, less commonly opvii'. PL reg. also (more poetical) opveis, oppecov. D. opvicn(v), only Acc. opi/eay, or opj/lf. [On the quantity of the t see Liddell and Scott.] ovs (to), ear. R. wr. [G. plur. cotcdv.] Uvv^ (17), the Pnyx. G. nuKj/-dff, &;c. with transposition of the con- sonants. noo-ei^coi/, Neptune. Acc. noo-ftSo). V. Hucreidou. (TKOip (to), filth. R. (TKaT. Hence G. o'/cards, &c. vbi/, vUcri(p), vlcls* Thucydides, Plato, and the orators prefer these forms. 180 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [10, 11. On the place of av, 10. As av represents the predicate as conditional, it ought properly to be joined with the predicate, e. g. Xeyot/xt aV, eXeyov av ; yet it commonly follows that member of a sentence which is to be made emphatic, e. g. koI ovk oXcl a(r;j^77/xoi/ ap (pavelar^ai to tov ScoKpa- Tovs TTpayfjia. Hence it is regularly joined to such words as modify the whole meaning of the sentence, viz. to negative verbs and inter- rogaiives : ovk av, ov§* av, ovttot av, ovbeiror av, &C. — tls av, tl av, TL S* av, TL drJT av, ttcos av, ivSys yap av, ap av, &C. ; — also to adverbs of place, time, manner, and other adverbs, which in various ways modify the expression contained in the predicate and define it more exactly : ivTav^a av, tot av, cIkotcos av, tVcay av, to-x av, pLoKia-T av, 7)KL(TT av, padicos av, rjdecos civ, &C. ; to et, eTreibr), oTe. ottotc, 6s with Subj, (hence idv [rjv, av,~\ iiTeibdv, oTav, onoTav — os av^=quicunque ; si quis), Crasis.^ 11. Both Crasis and Elision are marked, as the soft breathing is, by a comma over the syllable. When two words, one of which ends and the other begins with a vowel, come together, it often happens that these vowels are changed into one long vowel-sound. This union is called Crasis, and the sign of it CorOnis. The Coronis is placed above the vowel- sound formed by Crasis ; and when this is a diphthong, above the second vowel ; but it is omitted when the word begins with the vowel-sound formed by Crasis ; as : to ovofxa = Tovvop.a, to eiros = TovTTOs, TO. dyaSa = Taya'^d, 6 olvos =■ covos. When the combination foraied by crasis is a dissyllable or tro- cliaic word (""), some grammarians still retain the accent of the se- cond word ; others change the acute into the circumflex. Thus, when the second word is paroxytone, some write tovttos, ToKKa, Tapya (for to eivos, to. aXXa, tcl epya) : others, tovttos, TaXKa, Tapya. The change into the circumflex is founded on the authority of the best MSS. It is, however, against the principle, that in contractions the circumflex arises only when the first of the contracted syllables has the acute, the second the grave. If of the two vowel-sounds that are blended into one sound by Cr&sis, the latter is a diphthong that contains i, the t is written under * Kpaffis means a mixing or blending. Kopcavls, any thing curved ; hence, a little curved mark with the pen. 12.] NOTES. 181 (i subscript) : it is not underwritten, when only the former is such a diphthong. Thus : koI eira = Kara ; but kol encLra = Karreira. Elision* consists in simply throwing away a short vowel at the end of a word before another beginning with a voivel. The sign of this is called Apostrophe ;* e. g. dno oUov = dir o'Ikov. If the elision causes a smooth mute to precede an aspirate, the smooth mute must be changed into the aspirate. Thus, not utt ov, but d(f)' ov ; not dvr a)v, but di/S' wv. — So in Crasis ; a smooth mute before an aspirated vowel is changed into the aspirate mute of the same organ : ra crepa = ^iarepa. Correlative Adjectives and Adverbs. 12. Correlative words are those which express a mutual relation (correlation) to each other, and represent this relation by a corre- sponding form. (a) Adjective Correlatives. Interrogative. Indefinite. Demonstrative. t6(tos, -7;,t 'OV, so great, so much, tantus Too-osde.Toa-rjdc: Too-ovde Relat. and De- pend. Interrog. TTocroy, -77, 'OV ; how great ? how much ? quantus ? TToaos, -r), -ov, of some size or number, aliquantus ov (circumflexed) ais as a CUV n. m.f. OS, neut. ov ov 9 ov, neut. ov e, neut. ov ot, neut. a 0)1/ OlS ovr, neut. a o> OIV various OS ((os) I a or V ^ neut. as nom. neut. a as, (OV o-iv or (Tt as, neut. a € oiv In the second declension, and in mascuhne nouns of theirs/, the original termination of the gen. sing, was o (the final letter of the roots being a, o, respectively) ; a-o and o-o being contracted into ov. The termination of the dative singular is i in all the declensions, but in the first two it is subscript. In the formation of the dative plural the T-sounds and v are rejected : and avTai become do-t €VTCn OVT(Tl OVCTL VVTO-l vai. 186 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [3, 4, 5, Sing. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc; N.A.V Plur. Dual. G. D. First Declension Muse. Mou(7a Movdrj M.ova-av Mouora Movdai Movcrcov Mov(rat^ Movcras MovcraL Movo-d Mov(raLV Sing. N. ^ G. 3 victory, attempt. VLKTj Trelpa VLKTjs Trelpas VLKTJ Tret pa VLKijv Treipav VLKTJ TvfLpa vlKai irelpaL VLKCOV 7r€Lpci)V VLKaLS neipaLs VLKas "^elpas vlKai Trelpat VLKO. ireipd VLKaiv Treipaiv 4. Second Declension. island. vrj(ros citizen, young man. ttoXltijs (?) veavids TToKlrov veavlov TToXirrj veavia ttoKlttjv veavlaV TToXira veavLd TToXlrai veaviai TToKLTOiV veaPLtDV TToXiraLs vcavlais TToXiras veavlas TToXTrat vcavlai ttoXltS' veavid TToXiraiv veavlaiv Plur. D. A. V. N. G. D. A. V. Dual. N.A.V. G. D. word. Xoyos Xoyov Xoyco Xoyov X6y€ Xoyoi Xoyoav XoyoLs Xoyovs XoyoL Xoyo) Xoyoiv vr)(TOV VTjOrCO v-qcrov vrjo-e VTJaoi VTjacov VT](T0LS vr](rovs vr]oroi vr)(T(0 vrjo-oiv The Vocative of words in os sometimes ends in as ; as and « (f)LXos ; always a> Seoy. 5. {Adjectives in 09.) way. ohos ohov odS odov ode 680L Gd(OV 6do7s obovs odoL odo) odolv garment. l/jLartov Ijiariov Iparloj} IjiaTLOV IjiaTLOV Ifxarca IfiaTLCOV IjiaTLOLS IjlOTLa Ljidria, IjiarloLV a) <^/Xe Sing. Nom. Gen. Dat. Ace. Voc. Plur. Nom. V. Gen. Dat. Ace. Dual. N. A. V. G. D. m. dyaSoy dya^ov dya^ii^ dya'^ov dya^€ dya^oL dya?ia)V dya^ols (good.) dya^irj dya?ir]s dya^fj dya'^rjv dya'^rj dya^iai dyaSwi/ dya^OLS dya'^ovs dya'^ds n. dya^iou dyaSoO dya^^ dyaSo'i/ dya'^ov dya?id dya'^cDV dya'^ols dyaSd dya^ft) dya^jd dyaSco dya^iolv dya^aiv dya?iolu (hateful, hostile.) m. ix^pos i-Xppov ex'^pov ix^pi ix^poL ix^p^v ex^pols ixppa ix'^pds ix'^pa, ix'^pdv ix^pd ix^pal ixppoav ix'^poLS ix^povs ex^pds ix^polv ix'^palp n. ix^pov ix^pov ix^pj iXr^pov ix^pov ix^poav ex^pois ix^pd. ix^poLV 6, 7, 8.] PARADIGMS. 187 6. Contraction of tlie Second Declension. S. D N. G. D. A. V. N. G. D. A. V. N. A. V G. D. {a) voyage. ttXoos =7rXoos ttXoO ttKco ttKovv ttKov ttXol ttXooi/ ttKols ttKovs ttXoI ttXco ttXolv voyage round. nepiirkoos = nepiTrXovs TreptVXov TreptTrXo) TrepiTrXovv TrepiVXou TrepiTrXot TreptTT-Xo)!/ 7r€ pLTrXoLS TTfpiTrXouff TreptTrXot TreptTrXo) TTcpinXoLV (c) bone. 6(TT€0U = OCTTOVV* OCTTOV oa-ra 6(TT0VV oarrovv 6(TTa OCTTCdV OOTols OiJTCL oara otrro) octtoIp 7, Adjectives in (eo9, 009 =) of 9 (a) P. D. XpVCTOVS Xpvaov ^^pvero) Xpv(Tovv Xpvaol Xpvo-V Xpvo-^J xpyo-n Xpv(T^v Xpyo'cil Xpycrovv Xpvcrov XpvcT^^ Xpvcrovv Xpvcra Xpvo-o^v (m.f. n.) Xpva-ols xP^^"''^ xP^^Z''^ Xpvcroijs XP^^"^ xP^^^ Xpvaa xP^^^^ XP^^^„ Xpvarolv XP^^"^^ xP^^^^^ (The fern, ea^a, when a vowel or p precedes : {dpyvp€os=) ^ anKo-os dnXo-rj ( dnXovs airXr] dnXov dnXris dnXS dnXfj dnXovv dTrKrjv dnXol dnXoL dnXcov (m.f, n.) dirKols dTrXals drrXovs dTrkds dirXciy drrXa dTrXoiv aTrkalv drrKo-ov dnXovv aTrXov drrXw dnXovv dnXd aTrXoTff ttTrXa ottXcS dirkolv apyvpovs, dpyvpd, dpyvpovi^.) Lesson 18.] Sing. N. G. D. A. V. N. G. D. A. V. Dual. N. A. G. D. PL 8. Attic (a) people. 6 Xecoff Xeci) XfO) Xed)S Xfwi/ XfO)? Xccoff Xeo) V. XfO) Xeoii' {Seco7id) Declension. (b) rope. f] KoKcos KoXo) KoXcp KtiXcat' AcaXo)? K«X(y KaXo)!/ K(iX(w? KfiXcoff KaXa> KuXo) KciXa)!/ (c) dining-roont. TO di/coyeo)!/ di/coyfo) dvGiy€(0 dv(j)y€(OP avcoycoav di/coyeo) di/coyeooi' dv(i)y€(os dvcoy€(i) di/coyeo) dvwyfo) di/cay€(jpi/ 188 N. G. D. A. V. FIRST GREEK BOOK. 9. Adjective in €a>s (^./), ecov {n). Sing. piur. m.f, iXfo) iXeojv tXecoff Dual. [9, 10. n. iXeco iXecp tXeoyv tXeayv N. A. V. IXeco tXeft) 'iXecov tXews TXecos iXeo) G. D. tXeo)i/ 10. Third Declension Sing. 6 (raven) N. Kopa^ G. KopaKos KOpaKL KopaKa D. A Plur. V. Kd/)a^ N. G. KopaKcs KOpaKCOV Dual. N.A. G.D. D. K6pa^i(vY A. KopaKas V. KopaKcs V. KopaKC KOpCLKOLP * = KSpaK-CL^v). Sing. 6 (animal) N. StJp G. ?ir]p6s D. 2f7;/)t A. 3^pa V. % Plur. N. ^T^pey G. ?ir)pQ)P D. '^■qp(ri(v) A. '^rjpas V. Sijpeff Dual. N. A.V. S^pe G. D. ^Tjpoiv Roots, KopaK, Traid, Slo), Trpay/xar, Siyp, aicoz/j daLfiov, XeovT, yiyavr 6, 17 (child) 6 (jackal) to (thing) nais TraMs iraibi Tralda TTol Traibcs 7raid(av 7rai(TL(v)^ 7ra7das Traldc TraidoLV Sq)os Scot" 3coa So) 0)1/ Scoe b = 'jraid-o'iu. TTpayfxa TTpdyparos Trpdyixari TTpaypa TTpayfxa TTpdyfxara TTpayixdrcov TTpdypa(ri(vy TTpdyixara TrpdyfJLara Trpdyfiare TTpayfidroiu, = irpdyiJLaT-a'iv. 6 (age) aloov alayvos alavi alcova alcov 6, T), (divinity) 6 (lion) 8aLfi(ov Xecov daipovos Xeovros daipovL XeovTL balpova Xeovra balpov Xiov 6 (giant) ytyds ylyavTos ylyavTL yiyavra ylyav alcoves alcov(ov daip,ov€s daipovcdv aio)(rt(z/)** daipoo-i(p)^ alcjvas dalpopas alci)V€s daip,ov€s alave dalpovc aiojvoiv baipovoiv e = daiiJLOp-a'i(v). Xiovres ylyaPTcs XeoPTcop yiydvToap Xeov(TL(py yLyd(TL(p)f^ XeopTas ylyaPTas XeoPTes yiyaPTCs XeoPTc yiyavre XeoPTOLP ylyaPTOLP f = \4opr-(ri(p). 11—15.] PARADIGMS. 189 N. G. D. A. V. N.V. G. D. N.A. G.D. N. G. D. A. V. N.V, G. D. A. N.A G.D 11. (Root evbaLiJLOv.) m. f. n. cvdaifxovos €v8aifM0VL cxjdal^oua evdai^ov evdalfibves evdaifiova evbaifiovcov €vbaifJiO(Ti{v) eldaliiovas cvdalfiova Comparative in cdv* 12. Singular. m, f. ^ei^ovos fJL€L^OVl fiei^ova or /xeifo) n. ficl^ov Plural. S fl€L^OV€S ^ fjLCL^ovas Dual. V. €ijbaLfjLov€ ^ I cvdatfjLovoLU I 13. (Root /xeXai/.) Singular. fieXavos fieXalvrjs ^eXavos x^^pUvros fjLeXavL fJLcXaivT) fieXavi ^apUvrt fieXai/a p^eXaLvap fxeXav ;(apiei/ra fxeXas fjLeXmva fieXav \apUv S ficiCova fiei^ovcop p.€Llo(n(v) \ p,el(ova 14. (Root ;(apie2Ar.) Xap^€o-(Ta ;(ap/ej' XapL€(T(rrjs x^P'-^^'^^^ XCLpL€(Tcr]] ;(api6j/Tt Xapi€(T(rav ;(apt€i/ Xapl^a-aa ;(api6y Plural. , fiiXavcs p^iXaLvat peXava peXdvcov piXaLvoav peXdvoav peXacniv) pcXaiums p€Xacn(v) peXavas peXaivas peXava Y.pLeXavc peXalvd peXave , yiiXdvoiv p.€Xaivaiv p.€Xdvoiv XO.pi€VT€S X^P''^^^^'' X^P''^^^^ XapUvTcov ;!^apt€(r(ra)z/ ;^apteWa)j/ ;^apieGrt(v)*;(apteo-orats;(apie(rt(i') XapUvras x"-?*'^^^^^ x^P*'^*^" Dual. XCLpUvTC x^P''^^^^ x^P^^^^^ XaptevToiv x^P*-^^^^^^ x^P'^'^o*^ Singular. 15. (Root navT.) Plural. N.V. G. D. A. nas Traaa nav navTos Trdarjs iravros nairri ndar] iravri Trdvra nda-av ndu Dual. N.A.V. Trdirre G.D. nduTOLv 7ravT€s Traa-QL iravra 7rdvT(DV Traacop iravroiv Tvdcniy) TrdaaLS 7rao-t(j/) Trdirras ndcras Trdvra IT OCT a Tvdcraiv navre irdvTOLV * Obs. dat. x^'^^^h ^^^ x^P**^^*' 190 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [16—19. 16. Participle of Pres. Sing. Plural. Dual. Sing. N.V. G. D. A. N.V. G. D. A. N.A.V. G.D. XcLTTOVTOS \cLTrOVTL XcLTTOvra XcLTTOVTCS XeiTTOVTCOV \€L7rov(n(v) XciTTovras \CL7T0VT6 XeiTTOVTOlV N.V. G. D. A. Plural. N.V. G. 17. Participle of Aor. XeiyjravTOS \eL\jravTi Xci'^avTa Dual. D. A. N.A.V. G.D. 18. N. 7ro\vs TToXXoO TToXXo) TT0\vV TToXv (a) \€L\j/'aur€s Xeiyj/dvTcov X€L\j/da-c(v) Xei'^avras X€L\j/aVT€ XeiyJAavTOLV Sinfif. G. D. A. V. TToXv TToXXoV TToXXS TToXv TToXv N. G. TToXXoL 7roXXa>v TToXXd 7roXXci)V etc 19. Sing. N. I G. D. A. V. Plural. N. G. D. A. V. N.A.V. G.D. Dual. ttoXXt) TToXXrjS TToXXfj TToXXrjv TToXXr] Plural. TToXXal 7roXXci)u regular. (a) father. TraTrjp narpos narpL narepa Trdrep 7raT€p€s Trarepcov 7raTpdp dv'd'pd(TL(p) av-8-pas av-d-pes civ OP- -pe^ -poip 20—25 2.J PARADIGMS. 20. 1 Sing. N. TO Kepas TO Kpeas G. K€pdT-OS, Kepcos Kpecos D. KepaT'i, K€pa Kpea A. Kepas Kpeas Plural. N. Kepar-a, Kepd Kped G. Kepar-cov, Kepcov Kpecou D. K(:pa-o-i{v) Kpea-a-i{y) A. K€paT-a, K€pd Kped Dual. N.A.V. Kepar-e, K€pd (?) Kped G.D. K€paT-OLV, K€pCOV (?) 21. Singular. Kpe^v trireme. wall. N. c V TpirjpT}s TO Telxos G. (TpLr]p€Os) TpL7]pOVS (t€LX€0s) Teixovs D. (rpLJpet) TpL^pei (rei'xe'O Teixei A. (jpiijpea) TpLTjprj Te^xos V. TpiTJpES Plural. Telxos N. (rpi^pees) TpLTjpeis (tclx^o) TelxT) G. (rpLTjpecov) TpLT]pCL>V (t€LX€COv) Teixcov D. TpU]p€(TL{y) Teix^(TL(v) A. (rpL^peas) TpLTjpeLS (T€Lxea) TeixT] V. (rpL^pces) TpLTJpetS (T€LX€a) Dual. Teixrj N.A.V. (TpL^pee) Tpiyrj (retx^e) Telxv^ G.D. (rpLrjpeoLv) TpLT]pOLU (t€LX^0LI/) 22. Adjective in t]^. Teixoiv m.f.^ 72. Sing. N. o-a(f)r)s aacpes G. ((Ta(f)€-os) aacpovs D. (aa(t)€-L) (Taipei A. ((Ta(l)e-a) cratpri (Tacpes V. cra(f)€s (Ta(Pes Plural. N. (aracjie-es) cra0eTs ((Ta(Pe-a) cracprj G. (^cracPe-cop) cracPcop D. cracPeo-L (") A. ((Ta(f)€-as) (ra0eTs (aacPe-a) cracprj V. ((Ta(j)€'€s) aacpels (o-acpe-a) (racpTj Dual. N.A.V. (Ta(p€-€ o-a(prj G.D. (ra(p€-OLV aacpolv 191 [Cr Compound paroxyiones in 77? remain paroxy tones in the con- tracted Gen. pi. ; as : crwrj^icovy avTcipK(ou (fr. avvrj^rjs, avTapKT)s). 192 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [23—29. 23. Sing. Plur. city, town. N. TToXls {rj) TToXets G. TToXecOS 7r6\€(x)V D. TToXet 7rdXfcrt(j/) A. TToXlv TToXcLS V. 7rdX6 TToXcLS Dual. N.A.V. TToXee (ttoXj]) G.D. TToXcOlV 24. 25. Sing. Plur. Sing. Plur. fore-arm ; cubit. city. TT^X^S (6) Trrjx^LS aoTTV (to) ao-TTj 7rr]X€0i>S 7rr]x€cov a(TT€OS a(TT€(OV Trrjxci 7Tr]x^(Ti(y) acTTei a(TT€(Tl(y) TT^X^U Trljx^ii aCTTV aCTTT) TT^X^ TrTjx^Ls aCTTV aCTTTJ ^ Dual of TTTjxvs and ( aa-Tv not found. 26. (Adjectives in vs are contracted in some forms.) Singular. Plural. m. f, n. m, f. n, N. yXvKvs yXvKela yXvKv yXvKcls yXvKclai yXvKea G. yXvKcos yXvK€ia9 yXvKcos yXvKecov yXvKetayv yXvK€v ypaa)P D. /3ot ypat ^ovdlv y paver IV A. l3ovv ypavv \fi6ai\ ^ovs [ypaas^ ypavs V. [^oO] ypav ^oes l^ovi ypdes [ypavs\ ] Dua 1. ]> ^.A.V. ^6e. G LD. ^0 oiv. 30—34.] PARADIGMS. 193 30. Sing. N. o. 17 TTopTts, calf. Plur. G. D. A. V. N. G. D. A. V. Dual. N. A. G.D. 32. 6, T) ois, sheep. TTOpTL-OS TTOpTL-L, TTOpTO TiOpTlV TToprt 7r6pTl-€S, TTOpTlS TTOpTl-CDV 7r6pTl-(TL(v) TTOpTL-as, TTopris 7r6pTC'€£, TTOpTls V. TToprt-e TTOpTL-OiP Xenophon uses the Ionic forms and ois. — K. OLOS » / OIL •v.- OLV T OLS oUs 31. eyx^^v^i eel iy)(eXv-'i ey^eXv iyx^Xei^ €yx(:X€-cov €yX^^^-cn(v) iyX^^^t'S iyx^Xas iyx^Xe-e iyX^X^'Oiv of ols, viz. otV, 6i€s, oto)!/, oias oI(tl(v) olas, rarer ois ohs 0L€ oloLV 33. Participle of Aor. \. Pass. (Root Xetc^'&ei/T.) m. Sing. Plur. N. \€L(j)^€Ls (oxytone) G. \€L(f)'^€VTOS Xet0SeVrt Xei(jf)3€Z/ra Xei^SeWojj/ Xet(5f)3ei(rt(i') A. X€L case. — dvco is found N. 2 dvo 4 Tearaapcs, a (when the verse re- G. 2 SvoTi/ (i;e?'2/ seZ^. dvclv) 4 T€(Tcrdp(ov quires it) in non- D. 2 SvoTv (wn- ■An. bva-i) 4 T€o-(rap(Ti{y) Attic poets [not A. 2 duo 4 Tecra-apaSi a j Pindar]. 37 . Tls; (interrog,) 3^ u Tiy (indef.). m./. n, m. f n. Sing. N tU 1 \ TL TlS t\ ^ G. TlVOi TLVOS TLVOS TLVOS D TLVl TLVl TLVL TLVL A TLVa TL TLvd t\ Plur. N TLV6S TLVa TLves Tivd G. TLVCOV TLV(x)V TLVCOV TLVOiV D. TL(Tl(y) TL(Tl(v) TL(TL{y ) TL(TL(y) A TLvas TLva TLvds TLvd Dual. N. A . TLV€ TLVe G. D . TLVOIV TLVOLV In sing. G. tov, and D. tS are also found ; enclitic when for Tivos* For neut. pi, tlvu (not for tlvo), aTTa (not enclit.) is also found in Attic. 39. 40. N. G. D. A. OVTIS OVTLVOS OVTlVt OVTLVa OVTL OVTl Singular. ovdels ovhepLLoi ovdev, no ont ovbevos ovdep^Las ovdevos ovdevL ovde/jLLq ovdcvL ovbeva ovdefilaj/ Qvbev 41—45] PARADIGMS. 195 Plural. N. G. D. A. OVTLV€S OVTLVCOU OVTKTl OVTLVaS OVTLPa OVTLVa Though ovdeis, ^rjbels = not even onSy yet (like our ' none') they are some- times found in the ^Z., principally in nom. and ace, (less commonly gen, and dat) masc. ovd-eves (-ez/wv, -eo-Lv), -€vas. Just so firjbcLSi firjbejila, firjbev. Dual. N. ovTive G.N. OVTLVOIV '^AfjLCJxo (both') is declined like a dual : N. A. V. aiicjxo, G. &, D. dficjiolv. 41. 42. 43. N. iya> o-u m G. e/xoO, fjLOv o-oO (o^) JJ. €flOL, fjLOL (Toi or A. €/x€, /[le 0-e (0 . N. J7/xety vficls (T(l>€7s [neut. 0'(f>€a] G. rjfxcjv VflOiV (r(j)Q}v D. TJ/XtZ/ vfiiv (t(I)l(tl(v) A. J7/zaff vfias (T(t)ds [neut. (r(l>€a] .A. [^'i(Tip avrals, acpas avrds 45. The reciprocal pronoun expresses that each object does the action to the other or others. Plural. G. ak\r)\cDP, of each other Dual. dWrjXoLP aip oiv D. aXkrjkoLS ais OIS A. d\\r]\ovs as a dWrjXi CD. 196 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [46—51. Demonstrative (or Pointing-out) Fronouns. this, 46. these. Sing. N. ode rjde rode G. Tovde rrjsde roi/de D. Ta8e TTJde rSde A. Tovde Tr}p8e rode Dual. N. A. Ta)Se G. D. roii/§e 47. ^?iis. Plur. N. o?S€ aide rdde G. Tci>vde Tcopde roivde D. roifSe raisSe roiV^e A. Tovsde rdsde rdde rdde rcade ralvde rolvde 48. ipse (in the oblique cases, e^'us, ei, eum, &c.). Sing. N. OVTOS avTrj TOVTO avTos aVTTj avTO G. TOVTOV ravTTjs TOVTOV avTov aVTYjS avTov D. roi'TO) ravrrj TOVTCO ovtS aVTTJ avTCd A. TOVTOV TaVTTJV TOVTO avTov aVTTJV avTO Plur. N. OVTOl avTai TavTa avTol avTai avTd G. TOVTCOV TOVTCOV TOVTCOV avTcov avTcav aVTCdV D. TOVTOLS ravrais TOVTOLS avTols avTois avTols A. TOVTOVS Tavras TavTa avTovs avTds » / avTa Dual. N.A. TOVTiD Tavra TOVTCO avTCd avTd avTca G. D. TOVTOLV ravraiv TOVTOLV avTolv aVTCLLV avTolv Singulf 49. Relative Pronouns. Plural Dual. lar. N. OS (qui) 17 G. o^ D. J A. hv Often with -Trep added : oo-jrep, rjirep, oTrep, &c. vTLV(t)v (more rarely otcdv) D. oIstlo-l(v) (more rarely otols) A. ovsTLvas osTLs, who(ever) OVTLVOS or OTOV cpTLVL or oro) OVTLVa olTLves fJTLS 6 TL [or 0, tl] ySTLVOS (as masc.) ^TLVL rjvTLva (as masc.) OTL [or 0, rt] alTLves dTLva or drra aTsTLo-L(v) olsTLa'L(v) dsTLvas aTLva or arra Dual. N. A. coTLve, dTLve (alius) dWos (ille) cKelvos dWrj €K€ivrj G. D. oIvTLVOLV, aivTLVotv 61. dWo ) quite regular except eKelvo ) neut. o. 52, 53.] PARADIGMS. 197 52. TO(rovTos {quantus). Sing. N. TocovTOS Too-avTrj TO(rovTo(y) G. TOCTOVTOV TO(Tavrr]s toctovtov D. TocrovTco TocravTT] rocrovTcp A. TOdovTov ToaavTrji/ toctovto^v) Dual. TOLovTos (talis). Plur. TocrovTOL Tocravrai rocravTa TOdOVTCiiV ToarovTcov TOCrOVTCOV TO(rovTOL9 ToaravTais toctovtols ToaovTovs Toaavras Tocravra N.A. TOO-OVTd) G.D. TOOrOVTOLV Toaavra TocravTaiv TOCrOVTOD TO(TOVTOLV So TOLOVTOS^ TOLaVTT), TOLOVTo(v), rrjXtKOVTOS, rrjXiKavTr], ttj\lkovto(v). 53. Terminations of the Tenses of a Verb in the first person sin- gular of the Indicative Mood. The names of the 'principal tenses are in capital letters. Active, Middle. Passive. Present, Imperfect, Perfect, Pluperfect, Future 1. Aor. 1 . < for liquid ( verbs. Future 3. Ofiai \' ov Ka or d* fiat K€Lv or elv fxrju (TO) (TO flat ^r](TOiiai ^^ I in Perf. eVat, q)s $ as COP Terminations of the Subjective Moods and of the Participles for Passive and Middle — Imper. ov But Aor. 1. Mid. ai Aor. 1.2. Pass. Perf. Pass. (TO Fut. 2. Mid. Subj. (OfxaL cofxai Opt. OLjJLTJV aljJLTjV CLTJV OLfirjV Infin. ca^aL aorSat rival ^lo^^ai Part. 6pL€vos (Inf. of Aor. 2. Mid. [eVSat). djievos cLs [rj'^t, becomes rjTi in [Aor.l]. fJL€VOS ovfiepos The Subj. and Optat. of the Peif. Pass, are for the most part supplied by its participle with a>, etrjv (the Subj. and Opt., respect- ively, of fhaiy to be). 55,] PARADIGMS. 199 GQ 03 -3 i- o ^ g ^ o o s 2- - O s ^ ^ I I I in s\ ^ "si, z" ;:i p ;i 5 vt. I- t- t- I- l- ^ 5? ^ o» I- ^ «j »j b ^ di SI ;« a b ^ b -S^cc- b § -^ ■e--S- b fe g ;:3 ;i ;i ;i vw h l> h I- l< b.B' o ^ o s=" *^ b ^S"-^ en (51 c- VI, C -e--e> fe b ^ p p g p u, I- I- I- I- ^< ^3 ^ -O- 'S 5 b a -?> -p ?^ s> 3 I a •< 2 <3 s ^s ^p Tii h t- I. \r <3 S i ^ ^^ < O -3 O 3 f2 I- 1 h 3 l- •A c- S\ "^ ^ R- -1- ^s> ^ii ^;i I- I- h o a< ^ P^ O. P«H < fo < fe -J c a. o 5^ .1- c f h -\U ''C '»** =! O S O X 200 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [56. 56. Terminations (combined with the TENSES. MOODS. Indicative, Imperative. Present and Fu- ture (the Future without Imperal. and Subj.). S. P. D. 0) OjJL€V €LS €T€ €TOV et ov(rL(v) €TOV e era) ere ercoo-av or oirrcov^ €TOV €T(OV [Sing. 2. orig. e-St] Future 2. S. P. D. a) ovfJLeu fire cItov et OV(TL(y) €LTOV None. Imperfect and Aor- ist 2. S. P. D. ov OfJL€V ere €TOP e ov €T1]V Aorist 2 Perfect 1 and 2. S. P. D. a dfJL€V as are drou e dai drov Like Aorist 1. [Obs. Aor. Imper. 01/.] S. P. D. a as are drop e dv ar-qv ov aro) are droaa-av or ai/ro)i/* aroi/ arcoi/ Pluperfect 1 and 2. S. P. D. €lfl€P €LS €1 €LT€ €t(TaV mostly eaav eiTOV €LTTJV Remarks. — ^The Principal Tenses and Subj. have 3 dual in ov, 3 plur. in €vyol'nv, irpoeKrjXv^olriv) ; and in (Txoi-nv, Aor. 2. Opt. from ix^- — oiriv^ oIt/js, 0177, — olrjl^fv, o'njTc, oi-ncrav, — ol-nrov, oirjTrji/, or o7/ji€v, o7t€, o7€v, o7tov, oIttjv. ' The Opt. of iiTLTeXu) (for instance), F^ut. Att. for imrcKecru), is ei- ther iTTiTcXol-nv or iiriTcKccroiixi ' never iirireKoTfxi. 9* 202 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [57. 57. Terminations (combined with the Mood- MOODS TENSES. Indicative. Imperative. Present and S. ofiaL rj (ei)* crai ov* eo-So) Future. P. o/xeSaf eo-Se ovrat eo-Se ccr'^coa-av D. o/xeSoi/f €a-^OV €(T^OV or eorScoi/J €(T?iOV €0-30)1/ (Future, none.) Perfect. S. fiai (rai rai (TO O-SO) P. fi€?ia o-3e VTaL\ o-3e cr'^(0(Tav D. fJL€?iOV o-^ov (T'^OV or 0-30)1/ o-3oi/ o-3o)i/ Pluperfect. S. fxrju (TO TO P. /xeSa (r^€ VTO) D. fJL€?iOV (t'^ov (r^r)V Imperfect and S. O^TJV OU* €T0 Aor, 2. Mid, P. ofie'^a €(r'^€ OVTO Aor. 2. D. o/xeSoz/ €o-^ov €(r^rjv Aor. 1. Mid. S. dixrjv CD* aro at ao-3o) P. dfjLc^a acrSf avTo ao-3e ao-3o)o-aj/ [Obs. Imper. ai.l D. d}JL€?iOV ao-?iov da^rjp or ao-3o)i/ ao-3oi/ ao-3!o)z/ FuT. 2. Mid. S. ovjxai 7J (cl) c^rat P. ovfxe^a cTcr'^e ovvrai None. D. OVfJL€^OV clcr^ov e^or'^ov Pass. Aorisis. S. rjv rjs 7) 7;3t (Aor. 1. //rt) jJto) [conjugated with- P. rjfxev rjTC rjarav 7;re rjTaxrap out mood-vowels.] D. r)Tov r]T7)V rjTov rjT(ov Remarks. — The Principal Tenses and Subj. have 3 dual in ov, 3 plur. in rai ; the Historical Tenses and Optat. have 3 dual in 7?z/, 3 plur. in ro. The dual -fie^ov is very rare : the 1st pi. -[xe^a being used instead of it. — rj^i (Aor. Imper.) becomes tjtl when the tj is pre- ceded by an aspirated mute (hence always in Aor. 1) : rvcp^n. * The second persons from fiat, jult]]/, are properly crai, tro. But when these were appended to the root by a connecting vowel, the o* was thrown away ; and earai, for instance, contracted into 77, Attice ei, which is the only termination for ^ovKel, oxj/ci, oXei (you choose, will see, think). [Kiihner says, that et is the regular form in Aristophanes, but is avoided by the Tragic writers ; that it is used by Thucyd. and JCen. ; but that Plato and the Orators use both forms.] — So ov is for €0-0) ; (rav Xv-a-dpTCiP Xv-(TaTOP Xv-adTOiV Aor. Xvcrai ; Perf. XiXvKepai. Partcp. Pr. Xt'toi/, XiWo-a, Xvop ; Fut. Xvcrcap^ Xva-ovara, Xvaop ; Aor. Xvaas, Xvado'a, Xvadp ; Perf. XcXvKwSi v7a, 6s, G. KOTOS, KviaS, KOTOS. * From a few words whose Perf. has a present meaning ; e. g. Kexhvere {Kr.). — ^The usual form is Imper. of elfii with perf. partcp. 58.] PARADIGMS. 205 Indicative. Pres. S. \v-ofidi, \v TJ, -€L \v-€TaL P. Xv-o/xe3a \v-ovTaL THE PASSIVE. Subjunctive. Optative. \v-(OfJLaL \v-rj \v-TjTai, Xv-rja'^e \v-(OPTai Xv-OLflT^V \v-OLO Xv-OLTO Xv-oi/Lte3a Xv-otcrSe XV-OLUTO Imperative. Xv-ov Xv-eVSo) Xv-€P ?] Xv-'^TJTOP Xv-'^r]T(i)V none Xv^rjpat, ; Future, X€'Xv-(rOLpTfV Xufo-Sat ; Perf. XeXvo-3ai ; Aor. Xu3i7o-6o-3ai ; Future 3. XfXuo-eo-Sai. Participle. Pres. Xud/ici/os, ?;, oi/ ; Perf. XfXvpepos, ?;, oi/ ; Aor. XvSets, flo-a, eV, G. cvtos, clcttjs, evrog ; Fut. Xv^irjaoptpos, Tj, ov ; Fut. 3. XeXvcroficj/of , ?;, oj/. 206 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [58. THE MIDDLE. Indicative. Fat. Xv-crofxai First Aor. Subjunctive. none Optative. Xv'O-OLfjirjv Imperative nonS S. i-Xv'O-dfJLTjV i'XV'CTCO i-Xv-aroTo Xv(T(0}JLai, Xvorr] Xv-(TrjTai Xv-o-aifjLijv Xii-aaLO Xv-(TaLTO Xv-o-ai Xu-o-ao-^Ci) P. c-Xv-o-a/LieSa e-Xu-o-ocrSe i-XV'O-avTO Xv-(ra}jjL€?ia Xv-crr)(T?i€ Xv-(r(DVTai Xv-o-aLjJLe'^a Xv-o-aio-'^e Xv-aaiVTO Xu-o-acrSe Xv-o'do-'^coGr D. [e-Xv-o-ci/xeSoi/ Xvo-atfie^ou e-Xv-crao-^ou Xv-crrjcr'^ov €'Xv-(rd(r'^r)v Xv-arjcr'^ou Infinitive. Future, Xvaeo-'^aL Participle. Future, Xvaofjievos, r] Verbal Adjective, Xv- or Xv-crda-'^cov Xv-a-aLfi€^ov^ Xv-cratcr?iou Xv'(Ta(r?iov Xv-aaicr'^rjp Xv-o-do-^coy Aor. Xvaao-^aL , ov. Aor. Xvo-dfxcvos, r), ov* ■Tos, T), 6v' Xv'Teos, a, ov. Tempora Secunda. ((^euyo), flee ; jSdXXco, throw ; kottto), Tiez^?.) Perf. 2. 7r€(j)€vya, Slc. Plupf. €7r€ Tvapicrxov. Urai,, acfuKTai. — But XetTre, KaTaXenrc in the Imperative. So also if the augment is rejected by poetic license : €K(j)€vyov for e^e- (f>€vyov» g) The accent helps us to distinguish the three following forms, which but for that are identical. Aor. 1. Act. Aor. 1. Mid. InJin. 3rd sing. Opt. 2nd sing. Imperative. (j)vXd^aL (pvXd^aL (f)vka^ai TTOLTjCraL 7rOLT](TaL 7rOLT](TaL In dissyllable verbs these forms are not distinguished by the ac- cent, unless the penult of Aor. 1. Act. is long by nature : e. g. Xvaai (Inf. Aor. 1. Act. ; Imper. of Aor. 1. Mid.) : Xvcrai (3 s. Opt. Aor. 1. Act.) : but rpeVai, Xe^at, in all the forms. h) Participles have in all their forms the same tone-syllable as the nom. masc, unless the general rules make a change necessary. v\dTT(i>v (f)v\dTTOV(Ta (f)v\dTrop r€TV(f), 00), -«> drjs, -as, ^n^^ 'Ss, OTJS, -ols. arj, '9' i^' -Th op, -ot, P. dcOfJL€V, -ci)fX€P, €CO^€P, -ci)fl€P, ocofiep, -a)fX€P, Subj. djjTe, -arc, €T]T€, -rjTCy dr}T€, -core, acoo-t, 'OKTli €(0(TL, -Q}(n, ocoai, -o)o-t, D. drjTov, 'droPj erjTOP, -^TOP, OTJTOP, -(OTOP, drjTOP, -drop. erjTOP, -rJTOP. OTJTOP, -a)TOP, S. doLfXL, 'SfXl, eoLfxc, -olfxi, OOLfXl, -oljii, doLS, -as, €OLS, -oTs, OOLS, 'ols, aot, -«j €OL, -01, 001, -01, P. f f f aoLficv, -Sfl€P, eoLfxep, -ol^ep, ooLfxep, -olfJLCP, Opt. doLT€, -St€, eOLT€, 'oire, 6oLT€, -oIt€, doL€P, -a€P, €Ol,€P, -Ol€P, 6oi€P, -oTep, D. f v^ f ^ f /^ aOLTOP, -(arop, eotTOP, -OLTOP, OOLTOP, -OITOP, aOLTTJP, -coTrjp. €OlTr]P, -OLTTjP. OOLTTjPj •OLTTjP. Infinitive. d€LP, -qv [or dp]. eeip, -elp. oeip, -OVP, M. dcop, -a>p, €COP, -cap, 6(op, -a)P, Prtcp. F. dovcra, -03 (ra, €ov(ra, -ovo-a, oovaa, -ova-ay N. dop, -a>p. €0P, -OVP. OOP, 'OVV. PARADIGMS. 211 CONTRACTED VERBS. (passive.) \) Pres. TlfM- (j)Lk' Xpv(T- S. dofiai, -w/xat, eofxai, 'OVfiai, oofJLai, 'OVjiai, ^n^ '?' 9' "•!' m -ol, , derai, -arat, €€Tat, -eirat, oerai, 'Ovrai, idic. P. decree, -w/xeSa, eeo-3e, -0L'/>te3a, -610-36, oo)Lt63a, 060-36, -ov/x63a, -OL'O-36, dovrai. -ail/rat, eoi/rat, 'Ovi^at, ooi/rat. -oui/rat, D. aofie'^ov, d€(r?iov, 6d/xe3oi/j eeo-Soz/, -OVfl€^OV, -610-301/, ooV63oi/, 060-301/, -0U/X630I/, -oixT^ov, dea^ov, -ao-?iov. eeo-Soi/j -elo-Soj/. 060-301/, -ova^ov. S. dov, -6i), eov, -OL/, oou, -ou, aeerSo), 'da-'^co, eeVSo), -6io-3a), O6O-30), -oi;o-3o), P. deo-'^e^ -a(r?i€, 6fO-36j -6tO-36, 060-36, -o{;o-36, np. aia'^ccKTav , -ao-Scoo-ai/j eeo-Sojo-ai/ -eLa^coa-av. 060-3o)o-ai/ ,-ouo-3o)o-ai/, D. aeo-Soi^, -aa'^ov, eeo-Soi^, -fio-'^ov, 060-301/, -0U0-30Z/, aea^Scov, -aorSo)!/. eeVScoi/, -610-30) I/. oeo-3o)i/, -oi)o-3o)z/. S. dcofxat, -^/xat. ecojLtat, -cbfiai, oo)/xat, -cojiaL, a?75 ■?' i"^' ■?' o?7? -ot, ?ubj. P. dTjrai, -arat, -ci)/ie3a, -ao-Se, -^rai, -o)/x63a5 -^0r36, d77rat, oa)ft63a, 0770-36, -o)rat, -o)/x63a, -0)0-36, dcovrai, -wi/rat, ecovrai, 'Qovrai, 6o)i/Tat, -o)i/rat, D. drjo-'^ov, drjcr^iov, -ob/xfSoi/, -ao-Soi/, -dcr^ov. ea)/xf^oi/, cT^o-Soi/, 677 0-3 01/, -a)/x63oi/, -^o-3oi/, -^o-3oz/. 00)/X630I/, 0770-301/, 0770-30^/, -0)/Z630I/, -o)o-3oi/, -o)o-3oi/. S. aOLfJLTJV, '(ajXTjv, eoifiTjv, 'OL^rjv, ooLfir}V, 'OLjirji^, doio, -ao, €0L0, -oTo, doto, -oTo, doLTOy •StOj eOLTO^ -oTro, doiro, -otro. )pt. P. doio-3e, -a)/xe3a, €OLfX€^a, -oi/X63a, -010-36, ooi/x63a, doto-36, -ot/x63a, -010-36, doLVTO, -a)i/ro, ioLVTO, -oti/ro, doii/ro, -oti/ro. D. aOLfJL€?iOV, -a)/xe3oi/, €OLIJL€?iOV, OOLfX€^OV. doto-3oi/, -OLIJL€?iOV, -oIo-3oz/, aoia'^Tjv, -0)0-3771/. €oi(T'^r]u, -OL(T^T)V. 0010-3771/, 'OL(T^T]P. jnfinitive. dea'^ai, -da^QL. e'fo-Sat, -eio-3at. d60-3at, -ouo-3at. M. a6fX€Vos, -OJflCUO^, €6fl€P0S, -ou/x6r/oy, 00'/X6Z/0f, -OU/Xfl/OS, ?rtcp. F. aofi€vr), -co^evT], €Ofji€i/r)^ 'OVfJLeurj, ooiJLfvr), 'OVfJLeVTJ, N. a6fi€V0Vy -CJfJL€UOV. ^Ofxevov, -ovfievov. o6fl€UOU, -OVfl€POV. 212 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [59, 60. (Imperfect Active.) B) Impf. €TlfJL~ i(pL\' expva- S. aov, -(OP, COP, -OVP, OOP, -OVP, aeSi -as. €€S, 'CLS, 0€S, -ovs, Indie. P. ae, dofJL€V, d€T€, -«5 'COfiep, -are, €OfX€P, €€Te, -o€/xei/, -ctre, oe, oofjiep, 6€T€, -ov, -OVfl€P, -OVT€, D. aov, derov, '(DP, 'CLTOP, €0P, €€TOV, -OVP, -eiTop, OOP, oerop. -OVP, -OVTOP, aerqv, -aTTjp. €€TT]P, -eLTTJP. oerrjP, -OVTTJP. 60. Verbs in fic, Tl'^r][ii, place ; tarqfxi, make to stand ; dldcojjii, give ; deUpvfiL, show, (Formed from simpler roots, Se, ara, do, deiK.) MOODS OF THE ACTIVE VOICE. Indie, Imperat. SuJ>^\ Opt. In/In. Part. Pres. rl'^rjfXL tcTTTJfXL didcofiL dcLKPVjJLL Aor, 2. €?ir]p eo-T7]p edcop (riSert) riSet (toraSt) taTTj (dido^i) didov {deLKPv^i) deLKPV o-ttJSi dos rtSo) (rjs, fj) dido) (as,(p) (TT(D (fjS,^) dci) (SS: «) icrrair^v biboiT^p '^€Lr}P o-Tairjp doLTjP rC^epai c ] €3er€ €^€(rav S. TlSoO P. TL'^co^ev ri3/}re ri3coo-i(i/) Imperfect [Cf. p. 218, e]. Larrjv eStSo)!/]* LOTTYIS edldcos] LO-TT) edidco] Larafiep edidofJLCP Lcrrare ididore lo-rdcrap idldocrap lo-rdrop ididoTOP La-Tarrjp ididorrjp 2nd Aorist. €(TTrjP €(TT7]S eCTTT) €(TTr]^€P €(TTT]T€ €(TTr](TaP eOTTTjTOP icTTrjTrjp [e^cop'] edofiep edoTC €Oo(rap cdoTOP COOTTJP Subjunctive. Present. lo-ro) l(TTrj ICTTWfieP larrjrc 1(TT0)(Tl(p) IcTTrJTOP IcTT^TOP diScas dldwfJL€P dlduXTL^p) dldcOTOP €0€lKPVP cdcLKPVS idcLKvv cd^lKPVflCP €d€lKPVT€ €d€LKPV(rap eScLKPVTOP ideiKPVTTjp (none) from deiKPvo} * The forms only Xen. An. 5, in use are : ibiBovp, iBiSovs, iSldov, p. 218, e. iblBws 8, 4. (as Od. T. 367.) 214 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [60. 2nd Aorist. S. 3S otS ScS ^fjs o-Trjs d^s The Terminations as in the Present. (none) S. P. D. S. TL^€LT]V ( rtSetre ^ TL^ieirjTOV ( tC^€ltov Optative, Present. (TTairjs (rraLT) (TTairjfjLev a-ralrjTe (TTOLTe arraLTja-av) (TTolcv I (TTaLTjTOV S O-TOITOV \ (TTaLr)TrjV S (TTaiTqv ( 2nd Aorist. dlSoLTjV dido IT] s St Sot?; diboLTJIlCP StSoT/X€I/ didoLTjre StSotre {dttoLr)(rav) didoUv didoLTfTOU didoLTjTrjV 8ld0LTT)V ^CLTJV (TTaLrjV OOLTJV Terminations as in the Present. from bciKvvoa (none) Imperative, Present s. [rt'Sert] [Jo-raSt] [dldo'^i] [dcLKpij'^t] TtSet 1'^'^% didov deiKvv Tl'^eTCO la-Tarco StSoro) deLKuvTcty p. TL%€T€ la-Tare SiSore d€LKPVT€ [TtSeroxrai/] [icTTaTccdav] [didorciXTav] [deiKvvTaxrav] TC^ivT(t>V l(TTdvT(OV dtbovTcov deLKVVVTCOV D. r'C^€TOV larraTOP dldoTov deUvvTov TL'^€T(0V la-rarcov dLdoTCOV d€lKPVTQ)V 2nd Aorist. S. 3€sr* o-rrj^iif Sosr* (none) SeVo) fl€?ia toTco/xeSa StSco/xeSa TiS^crSe la-TTJa^e M^a'^e Tl^QiVTaL IcTTOJVTai di,dSi/Tat Dual. [rt3a)ft€3oi/] toTco/xeSoi'] [6iSa)/xe2loj/] TL'^rja'^ov i(TTrja^ov dido^a'^ov TL^rjO-'^OV la-rrjcr^ov St§c5o-3oi/ 2nd Aorist Middle.* Sing. Sto/xai [oTco/xat] bS^ai (none) ^a [t^'^v] d(^ Terminatio ns the same as those of the Present. Optative. Present. Sing. rC^eifirjv la-TalfJLrjv bidoLfiTjv from beiKPvcj ' TL^elo la-Tcuo didolo rttJeiro lo-TOLTO didolro Plur. rtSe/jLteSa l(rTaL}i€?ia StSoi/xeSa rL'^€7(T'^€ lo-TOLcr'^e StSoTo-Se rtSeii/ro lo-TOLVTO SidolvTO Dual. [rtSei/xeSoi/] [IcrraLfJic^ov] [diboLfie'^ov'] tl'^cIct'^ov lo-raio-'^ov dtSotorSoi/ TL'^€L(r^r]v lo-Taio-^rjv diBoLO-^iTJV * Here too the accentuation of the compounds is often thrown back : iiri^cofJLai (or iiri^cofiai)' irpocr^rjTai. 62.] PARADIGMS. 217 2nd Aorist Middle. Sing, '^eifirjv [irraLfjLrjv] dot//^y (none) Terminations the same as those of the Present. Imperalive. Present. Smg. rb€(To i(TTa(TO dldovo ^€LKVVCrO [WSof] (jLcrT(o) [fitSoi;] rtSeVSo)' io-rao-^a) SiSoVSet) 8€LKVV(T^(0 Plur. TL^ea^e tcrrao-Se S/Soo-^e deUvvo-'^e TL'^ecr'^cja-av IcrTda^ocKrav StSoo-Scocrai/ deLKVvo-^coaau or TL^eo-^cov i(rrao"3a)i/ SiSdcrSo)?/ deLKiwcr'^cop Dual. TiSeo-Soi/ larraa'^ov didoa^ou dcLKvucr'^ov TL^ea'^cop 2nd Aorist Middle. deLKvvcr'^cop Sing. Sou* (rrdcro, orco] §oO* (none) SeVSo) crrao-So)] ^oVSo) Terminations the same* as in the Present Infinitive. Present. TiSfeo-Sat 2nd Aorist Middle. SciKwcrSat ^€(r?iai [oTao-Sat] boa^^ai Participle. Present. (none) Ti^ifievos IcrTCLiiEVO^ dibofxevos 2nd Aorist Middle. ^CLKVVfieVOS Se/xei/os [(7ra/i6J/oy] d6fX€vos (none) The remaining tenses are formed from the original roots : of rbr)fJLL, 1(TTr)iJLLj di Sw/xt, deLKvvfjii (orig. roots, 3e, o-ra, do, deiK), they are these : Future. Act. 3j7(ra) art] (T CO daxrco Sei^o) Mid. ^irjo-oiiai OTrjcTOfiaL da3(rofjLat dci^ofiat Pass. T€?ir)(TOfiaL Aorist. 8€Lxpr}(TOfia^ Act. €?irjKa ((TTTjcra e^coKa rSftfa Mid. [eSr/ACci^T^i/] fCTTr^a-d^Tjv [edoiKaiJLiju] cdfL^d^Tjp Pass. €Te?ir)v icTTu'^r^v ibo^rjv eddx^rjv * In the compounds the accent is thrown back : but not that of the 2/id si fig., unless the prep, is a dissyllable: aird^ov, -rrpoa^ov: aW- ^eK€lP ibebeixcip Pass. €T€'^€LfJLTJV ioTTrjKCLV (ia-TdjjLTjv) idedofirjv cSeSei-y/Ltiyi/ On the syncopated forms of the Perf. eorrjKa, see Pdm. 65. For irjfjLi, see Pdm. 67. a) A fut. i (stabo) was formed fr. Perf. — io-Trj^ofim later. — The Aorists e^rjKa^ edcoKa are used only in the sing. Indie. ; the forms of the 2nd Aor. in dual and pi. ; in the other moods ; and in the participle. ^E^rjKafjirjv, idcoKafjLrjv are un-Atiic. b) The peculiarity of /ca, as termination of Aor. 1, belongs to c) The OpL and Subj. of the Pres, Pass, from Tbrj^ii, SiSo)/xi, and t77/xt, are usually conjugated as if from rtSo), didco, Ico, the accent being thrown back : thus rl'^cofxai, S/Sco/iat, &c. ; Ti^iol^rjv, Btdolfjirjv (diBoLo, didoLTo, &C.). So in Aor. 2. Mid. a7ro2Ja)/;iat, aTroSotro, &c. d) This analogy, as far as regards the accent, is followed by dvPttfxaL (am able), and iTriarTaiiaL (know liow). Thus : iTTLcrrcdiJLat (But IcrrSfxaL So also ovaiyiriv ovaio e) In the Imperf. Active the singular of T'C^r^yn and Irjiii is often, that of dtdcofxt regularly, formed as if from rtSeo), didoa) : h'C^ovv is not found ; but eTL^eis, irbei, are far commoner than eVtST/j, irl^r] : ididovv, idldovs, edidov. In Attic poetry the forms of the Present TL'^els, rtSei, and (from trjfxi) lels, Ul are also found. 63. Verbs with 27id Aorist like Verbs in fit, 2nd Aorist. -77 '-qraL dvvaLjJLTjv -mo -airo 'fi -^rat) la-raLfJirjv -aio -aiTO ovaiTO. aTToStSpaCTACO), peco, yiyVCCKTKdii, (bvco, / run away. Iflow. I know. I put forth naturally (Aor. 2. intrans.). Indicative. S. anehpav CppVTjV eypcov e^vp cLTrebpas eppvrjs eyv(os €(pvs airebpa eppvT} eypco e(j)v P. aTredpafjiev ippvrjjjiep eypcofJLep eCJ)VIJL€P air eb pare ippvrjre eypcore €(f)VTe CLTredpdcrav cppvrjaav eyvcDcrap €vr]S pvap,€V pVTjTe pV(3(TL{v) pvrjTov yz.(g yv(£>p.^v yvcoTC yvScTL^v) yvcoTov vpai pvelsi ela-a, iv yvovs, yvovaa^yvQV (f)vs, (fivcra^ (f)vu 64. The following are additional examples of this formation : — aKL(TKop.ai (am taken) ^aivco, go /Stdo), live TTeTOfiai^fly (T/ceXXo), dry bvco (p?idpv7]p for (pvi-nu. Hippocrates has Aor. 2. i ''Plat.) must bo referred to this, not to i(pvv. (Butlmann.) t Late : eVro/xi?*' the usual form. 220 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [65, 66. 65. Syncopated Perfect. Indicative Sing. earrrjKa ^Plural. ecrrdfieu Dual. eorqKas €(Trr]K€(v) eo-rdre i(Trd(TL(v) ea-rdrov eardrop Subjunctive io-ro) Optative iaraiTju, icrraLrjs, &.C. Imperative eard^L, ia-rarco, &c. Infinitive ia-rdvai Participle icrras, axra, Ss or 6s, Gen. ccrrwroy, axrrjSi g>tos. Pluperfect. Sing. Plural. Dual. iarrjiceiv or ela-rijKCLV ecrrdixev — €(Trr)K€is or clo-rrjKeis ccrrdre ecrrdrov €(Trr)K€i or clcrrrjKeL ecrrdcrav icrrdrrjv a) These syncopated forms are only found in the Dual and Plural. The regular forms of ca-rqKa are sometimes met with, though the shorter forms are the commoner in the best authors, especially for the Plural. — iarr)K€vai rare in Attic (Kr.). b) In the Pluperf. of ta-rrjfjLi, ea-raa-av is the form of this kind that principally occurs. c) The Participle arises by contraction from am. The co (as arising from ao) is retained through the oblique cases : but the neuter ia-ros has better authority than io-rcas. 66. (Other Syncopated Perfects.) deiSco (Horn.), fear, Sedta (rare in Sing.) PI. ^edlixep, deBlre, SeS/dcrii/. Part, bebim. Imperf. SeStSt. Subj. dedlay. Opt. dedLclrjv. Impf. SeSteVat. Pluperf. 3rd Plur. idedia-av or idedUo-av. ^pr}(TK(o, die T€?ivr)Ka (-as, -e), re'^pdfJLev, reSi/are, Tc'^pdai. Imperat. reSj/aSt. Opt. re'^pal-qp. Inf. re^pa- pai. Part. reSi/ecos (-ecoo-a, -ecos). The Perfects re^iprjKa and dedia are the only Perfects besides €arrr)Ka whose syncopated forms are in common use in prose, the Partcp. I3€(3a)s (from jSaipo)) forming a partial exception. Of reS- PTjKa, it is only the Infin. and Partcp. that are common in Attic prose : the Participle is re'^pem, with the (Ionic) intercalation of e. 67.] PAUADIGMS. 221 Aedia occurs throughout : the longer form, dedoiKa. occurs only in the Indicat. of Perf. and Pluperf. (where it is commoner in the Sin- gular than the abridged forms), in the Infin. in the Dramatic writers, and in the Participle. 67. ^^IrjfjLL, — el/jLL and el/jitj — ^rj/xi. It is very important that the pupil should acquire a thorough familiarity with the forms of 177/xt, ei/xt and elfiL, which, from the re- semblance of some to others, are often hard to distinguish : indeed some forms (especially in the compounds) are identical, and can only be distinguished by the sense. '^Irj^i occurs principally in its com- pounds, d(f>Lr]fxt, fi€?iLr)fii, &c. The I is usually long in Attic Greek [as short, it occurs principally in the farticiple]. (Vt. Root, €.) Active. Ind. Imper. Subj. Opt. Inf. Partcp. Pres. «f rf LrjfJiL L€t Utco, &C. La> lelrjv UvaL ieisy letcra, Uv Impf. Lr}V Perf. eiKa Plup. CIKCIV Aor. 1. r)Ka Aor. 2. r t ff rf r? -I > €S, €70), t''"] \ &c. O) €Lr]U elvai cis, ettra, ev PI. < €t/X€J/ etre ^ clcrav ^ Fut. ^(T(t> Passive. Pres. Icfiai (as TL'^ejiaL). [On Subj. and Opt. see p. 218, c] Impf. lefJLTJV Perf. elfiaL cIo-Q ela^ai elfiivos Plup. elfxrjv Aor. c't^-qv e^TjTL eSo) i'^elrju i^irjuai i^iels Fut. 1. €'^7](rofiaL Fut. 3. (none) Middle. Aor. 1. (rjKayLr]v) Aor. 2. c^firjp ov SiJJLaL CLfMrjU €(T?iai €fJi€POS Fut. rjaofxai Verbal Adjective, eVor, cVcoy. As a general rule, LTjfXL is conjugated like t'C^tj^li. 222 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [68. a) The 3rd Plur, of the Present Indie. Act. is lacn{y) only, for Udcniy). b) The Imperf. trjv is doubtful in the singular : low, teis, tei are undoubted, and it seems that Ulp also was used as 1st sing.* c) From d^tT^/it the Imperf. appears with a double augment : rj(f)l€L' r](j>L€(rav. But d(j>L€i, and especially dcpiea-aVi hai'e more and better authority. d) The Aor. 1. rjKa, which is not found except in the Indicative, was in general use in the singular. In the plural it is rarely used by any Attic writers. Of rjv the singular of the Indicative is no where found. e) What is here said of rJKa, rjv, applies also to cdcoKa, e^irjKa : edcov, e^rju. In Aor. 1 . Mid. rjKafxijp is sometimes, but edoy KCLfiTjv, i?i7]KdjjLr)v, never found in Attic writers. /) The Dual and Plur. of 2nd Aor. Ac^;. the Indie, of Aor. 2. Mid. and Aor. 1. Pass, are found in the common language (also in Herodotus) ; but always with the augment. Hence dv (am) I et/xt, tSt, (tro), (fee.) to* tot/it tei/at tooi/ \gO) * This and the following remarks are from Kruger. 68.] PARADIGMS. 223 Indicative. Present. SuBj. of ^0 he. SuBJ. of ^0 g-o. S. elfjLL, I am elfjLL, I will go S. J, J/ €1 €L 5^ t77s e(TTL(y) €i(n(v) V P. ea-jxev tfl€U p. a)/x€i/ tco/xei^ ia-re tre ^re tT/re €LcrL(v) a)0-t(i/) la)o-i(p) D. icTTOV LTOV D. TjTOV ['IrjTOP ?] €crr6v Xtov rjTOV [t7;roj/ ?] Imp. S. torSt i'St (7rpd?i3t : Opt. S. ,^v totut or lolnu seld. Trpojet) €Lrjs if iOlS ecrro) tro) (irposLTO)) €17] LOL P. eare '1 LT6 r. emiiev. €lii€V 'lOLflCV eo-TCDcrav 'iTcoo-av or €Lr)T€ l€iTe\ 'lOLT€ and eo-Tcov loi/rcov (trcov ^'irjcrav^ eUu Xoup {oVTOdV JGsch. E. 32.) D. [c'irjTov. elrov^ [toiroi/ ?] Plat.) LTOU elrjTTjv, e'lTTjV [iOtTT/V ?] D. €(TTOV Irtov eCTTCOP Inf. ctVat lepai Part, wv, ouora, op loiP, lovo-a, lop G. 6pToS',ov(rT)s loPTOS, loVCTTJS Imperfect. S. rjp, I was rjp (from rjC'V) P. rj^cp tJt€ (rjcTTc) rjaap D. rj(TTOP [rfTOP rjarrjp [^ttjp fi€LP ; old Attic, fja^ I went. fjELSi usu. jfeto-Sa if f]€L 7J€Lfl€P, US. ^fJi€V 7j€LT€ r]T€ fjco-ap fjeiTOP, ^TOV 7J€LTr}P, J]T7]V Ful. €(rofiaL, I shall be^ €(T7j or co-et, etrrat (for the poet, ecrerai), &c. Opt. iaoLfiTjp. Inf. eVetrSat. Parte, iao^icpos. The Middle form (tefuu^ tea-ai or t?;, lerai, &c., Imp. tecro, Inf. teo-Sai, Partcp. le^icpos, Impf. /e/xr/i/, iVo-o, &c.), signifying to hasten, ought probably to be written with the rough breathing (a supposition which is mostly confirmed by the manuscripts), and referred to IrjfjLL. Verbal adj. Itos is found in compounds : Ireos is more common than iTr)T€os {Kr.), a) Elfii, to be (with the exception of eO, is enclitic in Pres. Indie. [See Rules for Enclitics], In compounds, the accent is on 224 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [69. the preposition, if the general rules of accentuation will allow it to be so far back, e. g. 7rapet/xt, Trapet, irapeo-rt,^ &c., Imp. wdpLa^t ; but Tvaprjv on account of the augment ; Tfapea-rai. (= 7rap€(T€Tat) ; Trap-elvat from the general rule for infini- tives in i/at ; subj. Trapoo, -fjs, fj, &c., on account of the con- traction ; and Opt. Trapet/zei/, &c. =^ Trapel-qfxep, &c. The accentuation of the Partcp. in the compounds should be par- ticularly noted ; e. g. 7rap(i>v, Gen. Trapovroy, so also irapicdv^ Gen. TTapiovTos. h) With reference to accentuation, the compounds of cF/it, iho, follow the same rules as those of elfxt, sum (Gottling says. Inf. tevai) ; hence several forms of these two verbs are the same in compounds, e. g. TrapeLfjn, rrdpsL and irdpeLcn (third sing, of cJfjLiy and 3rd plur. of elfiL), c) Efei/, esto, he it so, good, 3rd plur. Opt. (=€X7i(rav). — The first person Impf. is often rj in Attic poets, sometimes in Plato ; ^jjLTjv (which occurs in no other person) is very rare in Attia Greek. (Xen.) The un-Attic form of the second person Impf. ^s is found frequently in the later writers, and now and then in lyric passages of the Attic poets. The dual forms with a (-^arov, ^(tttjv) are preferred ; but in the 2nd fl.^ rjT€ seems to have been exclusively in use (Kr.). ''Eo-ra)? is less common than earaxrap. d) From et/xt, the third pers. sing. Impf. ^eiv instead of ^ei is found in the Attic poets only before vowels, 'Kpo(Tr}€Lv. [Be- fore a consonant, PI. Crk. 114.] e) The Pres. of etftt, to go, has, in Attic prose, almost always a Future meaning. 'leVat and lonv occur both as Present and as Future » So also the Optative. {Kr,) 69. $^/^/, to say, \ov cprjfjLc = nego ; say . . . not\ {M.oods : <^r]p.L, (j)d'^t or ^aSt, (f>a>, (jiaiTju, (j)di/at, (pds.) Present. Singular. (})i]S ((jyrjs ?) ct)r}(rL(v) Imperfect. €(j)7)v (€(pr]s) €(j)rj(r?ia Hi Fut. ^jjo-co. Aor. €(l>r}o-a. Plural. Dual. (j)afjLiv ijyare (j)aT6i/ (j>ao-L{u) (j^aroi/ €(f)aiJL€U €(paT€ ecj^arop e(j)a(Tav €(pdTr)V Verbal Adjective, (paras, (f>aT€(ys 70.] PARADIGMS. 225 d) The second sing. (^T/y is quite anomalous both in accent and in the i subscript. (Gottling and Kriiger print <\ir]^^ The compounds retain, in this form, the accent on the ultima, e. g. dvTi,(j)^5, but (rvfJL(j)rjiJLi, crviKpa'^t, &c. h) This verb has two significations, (a) to say in general, (b) to affirm, to assert, &c. (aio). The Fut. (f>rja-iD, however, has only the last signification. — ^co, Ti'^eXrjKa Tj'^iXrjcra cppco, take oneself off epprjcrco rjpprjKa rjppWO- €vd(o, sleep evdrjaco (none) (none) €■^(0, boil €>7io-to (Pdm. 73) ? r]y\rr)(Ta Passive ^ylrrjpai jyj/'^'^r]!/ Middle ey\rr](Topai Tj^Tja-dprjv /xcXet, curcB est peXrjcrei p€pe\r]K€V ipe\r)a€V /xeXXo), am going peXXrjo-co ? epeWrjaa pevco, remain pL€VQi pcpevrjKa epcLva vepw, distribute vepo) veveprjKa epeipa Passive vcveprjvai €V€pr)^r}V oCo, smell of 6^7) (rG> [odcoba] a)^r](ra o^eiXo), owe (ought) 6(j)€iXr)(r&} 60(l>€l\rjKa a>(f>€iKr](Ta TVTTTCD, beat TVTTTriO-fO 7 (ervTTOp) Passive TVTTTrjcropat T€Tvppai €TV7rr)V XCLLpco, rejoice Xaip-qcrco KexdprjKa (■qpai) ixdprjv ax^opai, am vexed (at) dx^€(T(?ir)(r)opai, ? T}x^€(r^r]v * Plat. Phaedr. 254. 74.1 PARADIGMS. '^2y Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. povXofxai, will ;. choose ^ovXrjo-op^aL Pe^ovXrjfxat. eQovXrfir)V [epofxat], ask iprjo-ofxai (none) ^p6pr}V ^ fxaxofMai, fight p.axovp.ai p,efxdxr)fiai €p.ax€(Tdp,T}p fiiXofiai, care for fjieXTjcrofJiaL jjLep.eXrjp.ai> epeXrj^irjv o'tofjiaL, think olr](TopLai, (none) (arpr)v o'lxofJLai., am gone olxr]crop.ai [©X^/^at] (none) 11. Verbs in ew, with a collateral form in ©. Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. yafieo), marry •ya/iQ> yey dp.7}Ka eyrjpa Middle ya/xoO/xat yeydprjpai eyrjpdprjp doK€(o, seem do|a) beboypat edo$a piTTTeo), /SiTTTft), throw pt^^o) eppKpa €ppL\jra Passive €ppip.paL ippL(l)(p)rjp wSeo), thrust wo-o) {Qouir](r(o) (^ecoKa) ecoaa Passive Q}0-?ir](Top.aL ecxxrpuii iaxr'^rjp Middle aKrofxaL icocrdprjp III. Verbs in avco, av-ofxai ; i. e. whose roots are formed by ap appended to the simpler root. (With some in v(o, Lpa>, avv, sleep dap^irjcrofjLaL (?) deddp'^TjKa edap^iov oXio-^dva), slip 6Xt(r^{)(r(o (?) (aXi&'^rjKa) a>Xi(T?iop al(r^dvop.ai, perceive al(T?ir}(rofjLai jjcr'^ijpaL fjcr'^oprjp dwcx'^dvop^ai, become hat - d7r€x^r}(rop,ai aTrrjx^Tjpai dmjx'^dprjp Tii/o), pay [ed ria-co TeriKa ericra, Tiaai Passive TeTLO-p.aL eTLo-'^ijv Middle eTLcrdp-qv 03ai/co, come before cfi^rjo-ofJLai e(j)^dKa ecjf^aa-a^ e(f>- ddKV(o, bite drj^ofiai ? ebaKov \pr)P Passive brjx^r](TOjxai dedrjypai ebi)x^r]P Kdfivco, become weary fca/xoO/xat KeKprjKa eKapop T€p,v(o, cut re/xo) rerp-qKa erepov Passive T€Tp,7](TOfXat TerprjpaL erp.r]^Tjv ^alvco, go Pr)(rop,aL ^e^rjKa ePrju iXavvco, drive eXo) eXrjXaKa rfXdo-a Passive iXT)Xdp.aL rjXa'^rjp Middle rjXaadprjp 6(rcl)paLvop,ai, smell 6(r(f)pr](Topiai [a)(Tpi]p.at] warcppoprjp iKveofxat, come l^op.ai lypai iKoprjP 230 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [74. > IV. Verbs in ava>, < ivofim, whose short root was strengthened by v, before av was appended : Xt;^-, Xa3- ; Xai/3-, Xcy3-az/-a). 1 Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. 1 Xav^dvco, am hid Xrjcrco XeXrj^a eXa'^op Middle Xrjcrop,aL XeXrjcrfjiai iXa'^ofiTjp IJLav?idi/(o, learn p,a?ir]o-op.ai p.€p,d'^r]Ka efia'^Qv XafjL^dpo), take Xr]\j/op.aL elXrjcpa eXa^op Passive Xrjcp'^rjcrofJiaL 6tX7//>t/xat iXr] iXda-KOfiai, propitiate tXacrdfXTjv Passive {ikacrpiaL) IXdcr'^rjp aXldKopai, am taken dXdxrofJLaL edXcoKa idXcDP ^XcoKa TjXcov VI. Verbs in ctkco appended to a simpler root reduplicated : ^pCO-, ^LJBpcOCTK'. Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. ^L^poicrKco^ eat \Ppd)CTopai\ ^€^pCOKa [elSpcocra] Passive (Ppco'^r]crop.aL) (Beppcofxai iPpco?ir]P yiypcacTKci)^ know ypa>CTop,ai eypcoKa eypcov Passive ypcocr?ir]CTopai eypcocTfxat iypcocr'^rjv TLTpCOCTKCO, WOUTld Tpcocrco 7 erpcocra Passive rpco'^rjcrop^ai rerpcopai €TpC^?ir)P IxLixpT] CTKCO, put in mind fxprjcrco epprjcra Passive (=remember) p.p-qcr'^rjcToum pi^cpprjpiaL cjipTjcr'^rjv pL€p.pr}CTop.aL 74.1 PARADIGMS. 231 Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. dpacrofiai dedpdKa cdpop TrerrpaKa 7r€7rpdcro[xaL 7re7rpdp.aL inpa'^r^v VII. Verbs that supply their tenses from other roots. dtdpda-Kco, run away TTLTTpaarKcOi buy Passive Present. Borrowed Root. Future. Perfect. alpeco, take, cX- cLTTclv, say, ip- Passive cpxofiai, go, iXev'^' €(t'^l(o, eat, Passive €;(a), have, Passive Middle (pay OTT-, i8'i aipr](r(o alpe'^Tjcrop.ai €pco prf^r](TopaL elp-qaofiai iXevaopai edofJLaL rjprjKa ^pr)iiaL elpTjKa eip-qpiaL ikrjKv^a edrjdoKa idrj^ecrnaL eo-)(T]Ka 6^(0, (TX^O'CO [/xat ecrx^pai opdco, see, OTT', tS-, oylrofiaL Passive 6cf)^r](Top.at, Middle TTOLCrX'^'. S'^ff^f-) TTT^S-, TT€V^' 7TeL(T0}XaL 7TLV(o, drink, rre-, no- 7riop,aL Passive Tro'^Tjo-oiiaL 7ri7rTco,faU, Trer-, Trero- Trecrovpac Tp€X(>ij run, 8pap- dpaptovpai Passive (pepcD, bear, ivcK-, ol- Passive Aorist. elXov T^pe^irjv eiTTov, (-a) ipprfir]V rfM^ov €(payop ecrxov [jax^'^rjv] €crxopr]U €ldop €copaKa i(jopdpaL,ci)p,paL axp'^rjv eldop-qv ireTTOvfia \ oicr'^rjG TTencoKa Trenopai TiiivrccKa dedpdprjKa dedpaprja'^aL ivrjvoxa €VT]V€ypaL €7ra^ov CTTLOV €7r o^rjv errecrov ebpapLOV otcrco evqvoxa fjvcyKou v€x^r](TopiaL €VT]V€ypaL rjvex'^Tjv r]cropaL Middle oLaopai rjpeyKdprjp VIII. Verbs in pn whose original root ends in a (like to-TTjpLi). Present. Future. KLXpr)pL (1), lend XPW^ Mid. borrow xpW^H'^'' 6vlvr)pi (2), benefit 6v7]orcD ovLvapai, Mid. to ovrjaopiai derive advantage. Perfect. K€XprjKa Pass. TripTrXrjpL {3), fill Mid. C ttXtjo-co TrenXrjKa Pass. TTl/X- TvKdpai TrXrja'^rja'o- pai 7r€7r\r](r- pat Aorist. €xpw^^ *€Xpr](Tdpr}V covrjcra ^ 6vr]p-qv, (■qa-o, &C.) wvdp-qv, later €7r\Tjcra €7r\TjadpT]U iirKriprjV ^(poet.) enXrjcr'^rjp Root. Xpa- ova- TrXa- (7rX?;3- for other tenses) i 232 FIRST GREEK BOOK. Present. Future. TrifjLTrprjixi (4), burn Trprjo-co Mid. 5 TTt/x- Pass. \ TTpafiai C Trprjo-^irjo-o- ] M«t f 7r€7rpr](Top,aL [rX^jLit] (5) endure rXfjorofxai On (j)Tjp,[, see Pdm. 69. Perf. Aorist. 7re7rpT)Ka CTrpTjaa TreTrprja-' eTTprjcr^rjv TerKrjKa ctXtjv [74. Root. TTpa- (irprfi' for other tenses) rXa- Oiher forms : (1) Inf. KLxpdvai, * ixprja-^M^ = ^ I borrowed,'' un-Attic, (2) Inf. Pr. opivdvai. — Aor. Imper. ovtjo-o. Opt. opaifjirjv. Part. 6vr)p.€vos {Horn.) [The rest supplied by ax^eXetj/.] (3) The /i in the reduplication of this and the following verb is usually omitted in composition, when a p. precedes the reduplication ; e. g. €p,7rL7rXap,aii but iv€7np^7rKdpr)v, Inf. Pr. TTip^irkdvai, Impf. €7rLp,7r\r]v. Inf. Pr. Mid. 7rip>7r\aar^ai. Impf. i7np7r\dpT]v. (4) Exactly like tti/xttXt/jlii. Xen. has iripLTcpda, (5) erXrjv, rX^St, rXw, TkairjVi rXrjvaL^ rXds* The word Is rare in Attic prose. (Deponents,) Present. ayapai, wonder Future. dydarop^ai (Ep.). 8vuap.aL (1), can dvi/rjcropLai Perf. debvvrjp^ai iTrla-Tapai (2),* understand €pap,ai, love €7n(rTrj(rop,aL ipaa-'^rjcropaL Aorist. T]ydo-?irjv rjya(rdp.r)v (Ep, once Dem.). < rjdvvrj^Tjv ( ibvvda^-qv {Ion, and Xen.), rjiTL(TTrf^r]v r)pd&^7]V (ipd(o is the prose form). Kp€p,ap,ai, (see Kpep,dvpvp.t, Table X). Other forms : (1) Moods of Pres. ^vv-ao-o, 'a>p,ai, -aiprjv, -ao-Sat, 'dp,€Vos, [5uz/- (o/xat, acceniu retracto.] Imperf. idvvdp^rjv or rjdvvdp^rjv. * Properly ^(? stand upon (i. e. as having mastered it). 74] PARADIGMS. 233 (2) Moods of Pres. iirloT-Qi (less commonly -ao-o)^ -(ofxai, 'aifXTjVj -acrSat, -dfjievos. Impf. TjTna-TdjjLrjv, 2 sing, ^ttioto) (less commonly -aao). iCr €7rtW(i)/xat, accentu retracto. To these \nust be added : (1) xPVi oportet, €xpr)v, or xp^^j oporiebat, xPW^h oportebii (R. ^pa- or xpe-)- Imper. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. Xprj (none) xp5 XP^^'^ XP^^«^ ^o XP^^'' (2) dnoxpTj, sufficit, Inf. dnoxpiiv [or -xp^^]j Part. aTroxpo)!'. Im- perf. dnexpr}, Fut. d7roxpT](T€L, Aor. diTexpT](T€{y). It also takes some personal forms (as from aTroxpaco), dTroxpcoo-iv, d7roxp^(Tov(rL(v). In jVIid. aTroxp^orSat (= ^o Aare enough) is conjugated like xpao/iat. (3) €7rpidpir)v, to buy (used by the Attics as Aorist to wz/eo/xai). Imper. Subj. Opt. Infin. Partcp. fTrpidfxrju Trpico Trptco/iat 7rpLaLp.r]v TrptacrSai irpLdpi^vos IX. Verbs in w/it appended to an impui^e original root. Present. Future. Perfect. Aorist. ayi/v/xt, break ci^co edya ea^« Passive [eay/zat] (eayr?!/) detKvvpL, show (Pdm. 60) ^evyvupi, bind fev^o) 7 efei^^a Passive efeuy/ittt cCvyrjv (iCevx^rjv) Middle (ev^ofiaL (C^V^dpTjV IxlywpL, mix /Xl^O)^ (/ie/xixa) T\^^ Passive fiLX'^rja-oiia t ficptypai jpLx^rjv, iplyrjv ly vvfjLL, oiycD, open o'l^(i> ecpxa ecp^a. OL^ciL Passive (= am open) ecoy/xat ^Vx^^^5 olx'^rjvai ofiopyvvp^L, wash ojf ? a>pop^a Passive ? wpopx'^rjv Middle 6p,6p^ofjiaL ojpop^dprjv 7rr}yvvpL, fix ^ fasten TreTTTjya (*284) eizr^^a pT]ywfiL, tear pj)^(D €ppci)ya (*283; ^PPl^a Passive payr](TOfiai cppdyrju Middle ippn^dprju o/ii/u/xt, swear dp,ovpaL opcopoKa copocra 6p(op6a?iai dpo(cr)'^TJvai oKXvpi. destroy oXo) oXcoXeica (uXfcra Middle oXoO/iat oXcdXu (peril) (tiXoprji/ 234 FIRST GREEK BOOK. [74 X. Verbs in vvvfii appended to a pure original root. Present. Future. d[jL(j)L€vvvfii, put on (clothes) djjiCJ^LS) Middle dii(l)L€(TOfiaL KopivvvyLi, satisfy (Kopeao)) Passive o-pivuvjXL^ extinguish. Passive Intransitive o-^rjo-ofxai o-ropevvvjjLL, strew^ spread o-ropco (Com p. &TpQ)VVVp,L) KepdvvvjjLL, mix K€pd(rco (?) Passive Middle Kp€p.dvvvfxL^ hang (trans.) Kpeficj Passive Kp€p,ap.ai, hang (intrans.) KpefirjcroixaL Trerdvpyfit, spread out ; ^ Trerao-o), Perfect, (none) 7)fJL(f)L€(rfJLat [K€K6pT)Ka] KCKopeo-jJiai Aorist. rjiJL(pL€(ra cKopecra €K0p6(r?iT]V €(r$€ora eo-jSrjv iaropea-a [io-Topear^rjv] (none) icrT6p€(TfJLaL KEKpuKa (?) iKepacra S KeKpdjxai S €Kpa^r]v ( K€K€pa(TfJLaL ( €K€pdGr^r)V cKepao-djJLrjp extend Passive (TK€bdvvvp,L, scatter Passive ^vvvp,L^ Strengthen Passive (TTpoavvvpLi^ strew Passive Middle XpQ>vwixLi color Passive Att. TreTO) f 0)0-0) (KCKpepLajxai) [TreTreraAca] 7r€7rTdp,ai ia-Kedaa-fxat [c^coKa] e^ooa-fiat pMcroi) l pcoo-^rjo-ofiai eppcofxai orpcotro) ccrrpcofxaL K^xpdiO'y^ai cKpefxaara €Kp€fjido-?irjV €7r€Td(ra €7r€Td(r?irju ecTKeddaa eo-Kcdda^iriv €^o){ra €^(rdfxr)V €ppa)(r?ir}V earpaxra carpco'^rjv io-Tpaxrdfirjv cxpoxra ivpoxr^iriv LIST OF NUMERALS. CARDINALS. ORDINALS. 1 d elSi fMLa, €V 1 6 TTpCOTOS, rj, OP 2ff dvo 2 devrepos, a, ov 3y TpeTs^ rpia 3 TpLTOS, rj. ov 4 d' T€(r(Tap€Si T€f rtf. €LKOaLV €^ 26 CLKOa-TUS €KTOS 27 ^r eiKoa-LV eirrd 27 €LK0O-T0S €p8op,OS 28 x»y' cXkoo-lv OKTOa 28 cIkootos oyboos 29 k3' cIkoctlp ivvea 29 elKoa-Tos evvaros 30 V TpLaKovra* 30 TpiaKOO'TOS * l^^ TpLOLKOVra ' TifforapaKOvrd. 236 FIRST GREEK BOOK. CARDINALS. ORDINALS. 31 Xa' T^LCLKOvra CIS 31 TpiaKOO-TOS TTpcOTOS 32 X^ TpiaKovra dvo 32 TpiaKoa-Tos 8evT€pos to to to to 39 X3' TpiaKOVTa ivvia 39 TpiaKocTTos evvaros 40 f M Tco-crapaKovra 40 Tca-a-apaKoo-Tos 50 V TTevTTjKovra 50 TrevTrfKoo-Tos 60 r i^rjKOvra 60 c^TjKoarros 70 o. ePdojjLrjKOPTa 70 ipdofxrjKOOTOs 80 r TV 6ybor]KovTa 80 oydoTjKoa-Tos 90 G ivevrjKOVTa 90 ivcvrjKOdTos 100 P iKOTOV 100 iKarocTTos 200 t (T bidKoa-ioi^ at, a 200 diaKOCTLOO-TOS 300 T TpiCLKOO-LOL 300 TpLaKOCnOCTTOS 400 f V TerpaKocTLoi [reo-crep .] 400 Tca-o-apaKoa-Loa-Tos 600 ' TrevTaKoo-LOL 500 TTCVTaKOO-LOO-TOS 600 X e^dicoo-Loi 600 i^aKOCTlOO-TOS j 700 V eTTTOLKOCnOl 700 eiTTaK0(TL0(TT6s ■ 800 1 OKTCLKOCTLOL 800 OKTaKOa-lOOTTOS ' 900 ^ ivoLKoa-Loi {ivvaK.) 900 ivaKoa-iooTos (iwaKoa.) ' 1000 P- XtXi-OL, ai, a 1000 XtXtOOTOff I 2000 fi dtcr;^tXto6 2000 StO-XlXtOOTOff [ 3000 .7 rpio'xt^t'Ot 3000 rpto-;(tXto(rro$' i 4000 .S TerpdKLcrx'^f'OL 4000 TCTpaKtaxf'^i'Oa-Tos : 5000 .f TT^vrdiacrx'-^t'Oi 5000 TzevTaKicrxt^f'OcrTos 6000 .^ i^dKKTXiklOl 6000 e^aKLcrx'^f'Oo-Tos 1 7000 .f eTTTCLKLO-XL^LOL 7000 CTTTaKLO'XI'^l'OO-TOS 8000 .V OKTCLKldXl^t'Ol 8000 OKTaKKTXf^f'OCrTOS 9000 P ivdKL(TX'^^^^ 9000 evaKLo-xf-^ioo-Tos {ivvaKKT' 10,000 / fJLVpLOl 10,000 pLvpLocTTos [xtXtocrros) 20,000 .'^ dio-fivpioi 20,000 dio-fivpLoa-Tos to to to to ; 100,000 .<^ bcKaKKTiivpioi 100,000 bcKaKlCpiVplOCTTOS DIFFEREi\CES OF IDIOM, GRAMMATICAL HINTS, &C. A. PREPOSITIONS. 1. About. To be employed about any thing. About = nearly (of numerical approximation), aix(f)l or Trept with ace. ; wy {conjunct). About (of approximate time). About noon. a/i<^i TL cx^iv or elvat, (TTpaTicoTas cTrefiyfrap d^cjA rovs diaKocriovSi or ws diaKoa-iovs. Trept fXio-Tjv rrjv rjfjLepav, diJi(p\ fj,€(Tov r]p.epas. 2. Above (ywip), (1) Above = more than, imep^ c. ace. ; TrXeoi^ rj. Above 100. Men who are above 50 years old. TrXeiovs [=: TrXeioi/fff] or ttXcio) (neut.) TQ)U €KaTOV. avdpes TrXelop tl rj TrevTrjKOvra errj yeyovoTcs dno ycvcds. 6 Kopa^ vnep to. hiaKocna erq (fj. The raven lives above 200 years. (2) Above =z beyond (of degree). See Beyond. 3. After. To see any body after a long time. 4. Against. To avail against any thing. To assist any body against any body. 5. Amidst, Amongst. Amongst the enemy. To be (have fallen) amongst rob- bers. Amongst men. iv dv^pdmois. IdeTv Tiva dia xpovov ^Orp€LV TLVL CTTL TIVO, iv fie(Tois To7s TToXf/XtOtf. €P \r](TTals elvai. 238 FIRST GREEK BOOK. 6. Around, Round. Trept. — a/i(^t (= on both sides). Trep i/3aXXeo-3at or d/x7re;(e(r3at i/xtirtoj/. (fcu/cXo)) Trepuevai rrjp nokip. 8 La 7revT€ rjfxepcov, €LS €v pXineLV. Tvpos TL d(f)uvai, TO. ^eXf], To sit round any thing. To throw a cloak round one. To go round the city. 7. At. At intervals of five days (= eve- ry five days). To look at one object. To discharge arrows, &c. at an object. 8. Before, e^ ivavrias (gen.). — eV (dat.). — irpos, els (ace). — eVt (gen.)- — TTpos (gen.). (1) Locally, npo (gen.). — 'ipLirpoo^cv or inLTrpoa'^ev (gen.). — ivcoTTLov {■= in the presence of a person). — ivavrlov (= in the pre- sence of). — Trpb Trjs TToXicos {"^vpas, &-C.). — ep.npoo-'^ev ttjs ^vpas (Trpos rfj '^vpa = close to it). arrjvai. 6jLi7rpo(r3sv tlvos ' npo- (TTrjvai TLVOS, (TTrjvaL cvodttlov TLVOS, TTpos TLVOS* i^ ivavrias tov KaroTTTpov or^- vai, XiyeLV iv tS brjfico (npos or cts TOV drjpov). To stand before any body. To stand before a glass. To speak before the people. ivavTLov TToXk^v p,apTvpoi}v, els vpas elo-LcvaL. = In the presence of.] Before many witnesses. To come before you (with refer- ence to an assembled body amongst whom a person comes). (2) Temporally, irpo (gen.). — rrporepov (gen.). Before the war. A year before the taking of . Before sunrise. (nplv with Infin.) Before day-break. TTpO TOvde TOV TToXe/xov. ivLavTco npoTcpov ttjs dXaxrecDS. TTpO (or TTpOTCpOv) TjXloV dviOVTOS or dvicrxovTos. Trplv Tjpepav ytyi/etrSat. (If ' before ' introduces a sentence.) DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, fcC 239 9. Behind, omo-'^ev, gen. (only of place). — KaTowLv, gen. (of place or time). — ixcrd, ace. — eV/, dat. place or time. — vtto (dat.) and duTL (only of place). To stand behind a tree. clvtl dh^pov, or wo divdpcp io-TTj- Kevai (the former = facing it ; the latter under it for protec- tion). To be behind any thing. oTricrSei/ ytyve o-^ial tlvos. To place oneself behind any e^irpocr'^ep Troielo-Sat rt (i. e. thing. to cause it to be before one). 10. Below. vTro, gen. and dat. — Kara, gen. (so that the object envelopes or covers us). See Under. To be below any body. tjttco (ace. m.) eti/at rti/os. To think any thing below (be- dna^Lovv ti. neath) one. This thing is below them. dva^iov avrcop tovt iari, 11. Beneath. See Below, Under. 12. Beside, napd (dat. of person; ace. of thing). To shoot beside the mark. TrapafiaprdveLv tov (tkottov, 13. Between, fxera^v (gen.), eV fieaco (gen.). eV (dat.). Between ourselves. < o)s irpos ae (if one person only is \ addressed). 14. Beyond, napd, vnip (both ace), p.€7^ov rj. Above (beyond) my power. irapd (vnep) bvvap,Lv. That is above the power of man. to epyov eVri /leTfoi/ rj kqt av- ^pcoTTov ( = the Lat. major quam pro ). 15. By (of agent) : = beside, vid. Trpo?, dat. = close by. rfj TToXet, &-C. Day by day (daily) ; year by year /caS* T)p,€pap : Kar eros. (every year), yearly. To judge a person by any thing. pi^Tpflv (metiri) nva e/c tlvos. To stand by any body. irapacrTrivaL Tiva. 240 FIRST GREEK BOOK. (By = NEAR, vid.) To implore any body hy the gods. irpos rav ^eav. By the father's side. rrpos irarpos* 16. Down, /cara, gen. = down into ; under. In compos. Kara, To fall down, KaTaTrinTeiv. KaTaTp€X€t,v, Kara'^clv, Down (the) hill. 17. For. To fight, brave dangers, Sic. for any thing. A remedy /or any thing. To run down, Kara (or /ciiro)) tov opovs. fldx^O'^ClL (KlvbvV€V€tV, &C.) VTTCp TLvos (= on behalf of). A remedy of any thing (objective^ gen.). v6p.0L im TovTois T€Tayp.evoi. XapL^dveiv ri Trap a tlvos, p.erpelv (= metiri) riva €K tivos* Laws drawn up /or this purpose (= to secure these objects.) 18. From. To receive any thing from any body. To take an estimate of a person from any thing. From (denoting a cause). Thus ; From thinking so and so, r« VOfXL^CiV, (1) dat. (2) Std with ace. (3) €fc with gen. To remove any body from a ma-' gistracy. 19. In. To exceed (surpass, excel) any body in any thing. 7rav€LV Tiva ttjs apxqs. To delight in any thing. To end in any thing. I am poor, rich in any thing. To inquire, &c. in what way any thing may be done. To be shut up in a place. dLa(l)€p€Lv (=: to differ, to he dis- tinguished), TLVOS TLvi (dat. of thing in which one excels — ). rjbea-'^al nvi. reXevrav eXs ri. €vd€r}S clpLL (TrkoVTw) TLVOS* TTUJ^Sai/ecrSat riva Tponov — . To be shut up into (els, ace.) a place. DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 241 20. Into, els (ace). With verbs of motion, iv with the dat. is found instead of els with the Ace. ; " but only with the Perf. and Pluperf, in Attic writers. The iv denotes the point to which the motion is directed as reached : ol iv TO) ^lApalco KaranecpevyoTes [but is to 'Up. KaTe(f)vyop]. It is only with rC^ivaL and the like, that iv occurs (though also els) with all the forms, to denote rest as a result of the motion." Kr. 'Ez/ X^P^f- ^ci^^lv, 21. Near, iyyvs (gen.). ttXtjctlov (gen.). To be near any body. iyyvs or ttXtjo-lov elvai rivos* To put any thing near any body. ttXtjo-lov iroielv tl tlvos. 22. Of. To die of disease. 23. Off. I am off. To be three stadia off. To take one's clothes off. To take any body's clothes off. 24. Out (of). iK (gen.). Dat. — also = cause, motive. vTTo (gen.). — fita, ace. Out of kindness. 25. On, Upon. To spend money upon any body. To sow u]pon stones. On the wing (of an army). To look on the ground. All depends on you. 26. Over, vnip (gen.). 11 VOfTG} T€\€VTaV. OixofJLai. rpeis (TTahlovs airixciv (e. g. r^ff TToXea)?). aTToSveo-Sat (e. g. shoes). — iKbv' ca'^aL (a garment from which one has to come out), CKdveLV TLvd Tl. cK (less commonly diro) c. gen.- evvoia. — VTT evvoias. Xp'^fiaTa dvaXiorKCLV e'ls Tiva. els Xl^ovs (T7T€Lp€iv (a proverb ; sowing usually consisting of putting seed into the earth). iirl K€p(os. els yrjv opav. iy q-oi irdv tq Trpdyfia, 242 FIRST GREEK BOOK. 27. Through. (1) Of direction from one extremity through to the other, did with gen. To wound any body through his dia rov ?ici)pdKos rirpaxTKeip rim. breastplate. To flow through the country. pelv dta rrjs yrjs, (2) Of extension over all parts of a surface : did (gen.), dvd (ace). Through the whole country. dva iracrav rrjv x^P^^' (3) Occasion, Cause, &c. See Out of, (In composition, bid.) 28. Till, Until, /xe^pt? gen. Till sunset. M^'XP* rjKlov dv(rfjiS)v (or bvvovroi). Till death. H-^XP'' '^(^^drov. Till morning. els ttjp ecu. As a temporal conjunction with a sentence : ecoy, ccrre, M^XP* (ov), — TTpLv (prius). ayeiv (riva) els dv^poanovs, TTpos with ace. ^Xeneiv wpos ti, eve-)firivai irapd riva. av^is eTTL TTjv dpxTjv levai ttoKiv, elaievai irapd Tiva. 29. To, Unto. To conduct to — mankind. Any thing is good for nothing to (= compared with) another. To look to any thing (i. e. to consider it, make it an object). To be brought to any body. To come or go back again to the beginning. To go in to any body. 30. Towards. To be harsh towards any body. 31. Under. vTTo (c. ace), to denote motion towards an object that is above us. — VTTO (dat.), of rest be^ neath (vtto lixarico e^eiv rt). ^aXcTTov elval tivl* VTTO devbpov KaTaa-Trjvai, DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 243 Kara (c. gen.), if we sink into it. Under = in less than, ivros (within Under twenty years. Under fifty years old. Under = in subjection to. Under these circumstances. To be under arms. 32. With. To build houses with the saw. To be angry with any body. Kara yrjs Karabvvai. KaTadv€(T?iai, Kara tov vdaros. c. gen.). €Vt6s €Xko(tl ir&v, dvrjp OVTTdi TTCVTTJKOPra €T7J ycyo" V(bs aiTo yeveas. dvTjp Tkacrcrov tl tj TrevTrjKovra errj yeyovojs (= somewJiat under). eJvai VTTO Tivi or cttl tivl. o)S' ixovTcov Ta>v Trpay/zarcoi/. — our cos ixovTcav. — ore ra€Sl' ou- Ta>5 €)(^€L. €K TOVTOiV TOIOVTCOV OVT(OV. iv ottXois elpai. OlKLaS TTOULV UTTO TTpiOVOS* 6pyL^€(T?ial TLVL (Jv opyfj e)(€i,v or TTOtelo-Sai TLva), 33. Within.] eWoy, Gen. {oi time. See Under). 34. Without.] dvev (Gen.). x^P'^^ (Gen.), e^© (Gen.). Without transgressing the laws. Without friends. Without any right. Without any body's knowledge. aVU TOLS vopLois. (^lKchv €pr)p.os. Trapa iravra ra dUaia, Kpvcpa or Xd'^pa tlvos. dyvoovv- Tos TLVOS, or by circumlocution with Xav'^dveiv tlvcl. Often by a negative with particip. ; or by a negative compound. Without laughing. ov (or /x^) yekdaas : dyeXao-ri. 244 FIRST GREEK BOOK. B. MISCELLANEOUS. 35. Words that modify a substantive (i. e. attributive notions) are usually inserted between the article and its substantive, or after the substantive, the article being repeated. a) Thus : the men in the town, v^ould be, in Greek, Uhe in the town men,^ or ' the men the in the town.^ b) In this way the Greeks often use long attributive notions where we should use a relative clause : e. g. Eng. Those who are in the enjoyment of all earthly bless- ings, &c. Greek. The in the e^njoyment of all earthly bless- ings (persons). c) The substantive is here usually omitted, when it is men^ things, &c. ; so that the article often stands alone, in con- nection with a substantive governed by a preposition, &c. : e. g. ol iv rrj yfi {the in the land =) the inhabitants of the country, ol iin ro) tclx^i,, the men on the wall. Hence in translating, when an article is followed by some word or words with which it does not agree, read on till you find a substantive with lohich the article can agree, con- necting the intermediate notions, attributively or otherwise, with this substantive. If there is no substantive of the kind, understand men or things, &c. 36. The girl has beautiful hair. The girl has the hair beautiful. 37. The article is used when a substantive denotes a class. Thus horses, poets, &c. (when a truth is asserted of the class ; of any horse, &c.), are ol Itvttoi, ol noir^TaL 38. It is not possible to — ovx olov re (sc. ia-Tiv), with infin. I am not able to — ovx ^^^^ '^^ (^^' ^^VO? with infin. (plos is ^ such^). Hence ovk clfu alas TTOLcIv rt = I am not such a one (as) to do it. The re = que is a remains of the old mode of affixing re as a connecting particle to rela- tives, &c. DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 245 39. The dual is not always used for two ; but very often bvo with plural. 40. a) 'O 7T01C0V = he who does. 'O TTOLrjcras = he who has done, &c. h) The participle may, of course, be resolved, as in Latin, (1) by a relative clause (with who, which, that) ; or (2) by an ad- verbial one, w^hether conditional (if), adversative (though), temporal (when, after, &c.) : — and often (3) by the partici- pial substantive with in, by, &c. [Xrj'i^ofxevoi. (axriv, they live by plundering ; raptu vivunt] , and (4) by a Jinite verb con- nected with the principal verb by and, &c. [' having fallen sick, he died' = ' he fell sick, and died^]. c) Hence conversely, relative clauses, adverbial clauses, the par- ticipial substantive (with in, by, &c.), a verb preceding ano- ther verb, and connected with it by and, may often be trans- lated by a participle. 41. a) When two opposed notions are connected by an unemphatic but {be), the first usually takes /xeV Hence prefix /neV to the first of such opposed notions, although the English has no indeed. b) Also place the opposed notions at the head of their clauses. For instance : arrange ' / like honey, but not wine,^ thus : * Honey indeed I like, but wine not' [in Greek it must be : wine but {plvov de), because be follows its word]. 42. With three others. Himself the fourth, rerapros av- TOS. 43. This' (with emphasis). ro{)roy€(yeenclit.). This ye em- phasizes the preceding word : it may sometimes be rendered at least, quite, &c. Diagoras. Aiayopas ye or brj. 44. SeoLT jJyeTo-Sat or vopi^eiv = deos esse credere, to believe in the existence of the gods. Tovs ?ieovs Tjyelo-'^aL or vofii^eLv, credere deos esse, quos esse credi solet. diicrju vofjLL^eLP = to observe or practise justice ; to acknowledge there is such a thing. 246 FIRST GREEK BOOK. 45. (To have) any thing a foot long (broad, deep) ; or, of a foot in length (breadth, depth). 46. With A not B. 47. A, B, C, D, and E. 48. a) He evidently desires. b) It is just (fair, &c.) that he should bear the blame of this. 49. To come with twenty hop- lites. To walk with a stick. 50. I am come to do it, I send a man to do it, 51. A sort of prophets. 52. Many great men. 53. I say that it is not — . I think it does not — . I pretend it is not — . 54. I should like to (behold). 55. I naturally desire. It is my nature to desire. I desire by reason of a natu- ral inclination. ( To have any) thing (the) length, breadth, depth of a foot. 'With A but not (aXV ov) B' (but often koL ov or ov only). (1) A, and B, and C, and D, andE. (2) both (/cat) A, and B, and C, and D, and E. (3) A, B, C, D. That is, in Greek the ' and^ is not placed only between the two last terms of a series. a) He is evident desiring, &c. (drjXos ia-Tiv €7n?ivfia)v). — So ipavepos iariv. b) He is just (fair, &c.) to bear the blame of this. biKaios ia-Ti TovTov TTjv alriav (^epeti/. So a^Los i(TTLV (e. g. Tov yeye- vr}fX€vov aTToXavcral tl dya'^ov). To come having (cxov) twenty hoplites. To walk bearing ((j)€p(ov) a stick. I am come about to do it (tvoit)- (T(Ov). I send \tov\ TToirja-ovra, jiavTCLS rives* Many and great men. ov (j)r}fiL — civai. ovK o'iofxai — civai. ov TTpoGnToiovfxai — eivai. Tjbecos av ^eaa-aifxrjv. 7r€(j)VKa iirC^vyieiv = (ita naiurd comparatus sum, ut — concu- piscam). DIFFERENCES OF IDIOM, &C. 247 66. Who, whom, what are often indefinite : = any person who, whom ; any thing that. They are then to be translated by bs av with Subj. after Pres. or Fut. ; by bs with Optative after the historical tenses (cf. 295). So, whatever = 6 av, d av, oaa av with Subj. after a principal tense ; 6, a, oaa with Opt. after an historical tense. 57. The Aorist is often translated into English by the Perfect. Es- pecially, a) The Aor. Infin. after verba putandi et declarandi has the force of a praeteritum ; and is often translated by the Perfect : , , ^ (he says that he did it. (jiiTepos rj coo-rc c. infin. (In Latin, sapieniior quam ut — ). INDEX L GEEEK AND ENGLISH. IT The Roman nnmerals refer to the Lists of Irregular Verbs, pp. 228-234. — Adjectives in os that are followed by 2, are of two terminations ; i. e. the form in os is also used for the femi- nine. A. *A^\d^€La (a. /3Xaj3, short root of IBXaTTTCLv, to hurt), innocence. ^ dya^op (neut. adj.), advantage. ) ayaSoff, good, brave. ayav {nimis), too much ; too. dyanav {■= d-€Lv)^ to love ; (with dat. or ace.) to be contented (or satisfied) with. ayyeXos-, 6, messenger. ^ aye (Imperat. of aye «/=), «g"e, come now. ayeti/, to lead, carry. ayeiv r)(rv)(Lau, to keep quiet. dyevprjs, -€s (d. yev, root of verbs relating to production, origin, &c.), ignoble, low-bred. ayrjpcos, -cou (a. yrjpaSi old age), not growing old ; immortal, imperishable. dyKcov, -ciivos, 6, (bend of the) elbow. ayuvfiL, I break (pf. eaya). ix. dyopd, T], market-place {dyeipeiv, to assemble). aypa(f>os (a. ypdcjieiv, to write), unwritten, dypos, 6, a field. dypvTTvelu (^= €-€Lu), tO keep awake, to forego sleep (d. v- 7ri/o£, sleep). dyxl-vovs 2, shrewd, clever, quick- witted (ay^t, near, j/ovy, mind). ir ay coy Lfios (ayeii/), that may be conveyed or imported amons^st : — hence current (of foreign money). dyatv, dya)V-os, 6, contest. adcLv (detSet^'), to sing. ) ddeXcjyr}, 77, sister. ( dd€\(p6s, 6, brother. "^ddiKelp (= €-€Lv), to commit injustice ; to do wrong. — c. ace. to wrong (d, not. dUr], ^ justice). ddUrjfia, TO, wrong, unjust act. dhiKia. 77, injustice. cidiKos 2, unjust. C ddwarelu {=zi-eLv), to be un- < able. ^ d^vvaros 2, impossible. del, always. detfCT^y, -ey, unseemly, disgrace- ful. deros, 6, eagle. dr/So)!/, drjbov-os^ rj, nightingale. d'^dvaros 2, immortal (d. ^idvaros, death). C 'ASt/i/q, Athene (Minerva). < 'A^irjuaL, -cov, at, Athens. ( 'A?iT]vaLos, Athenian. S oSXtoff, miserable. } dSXiooy, miserably. aSXoi/, TO, prize. d^ivpelv {z=ze-€iv), to be dispirited (d, not. 3i;/xoff, spirit). AlaKOi, 6, -^acus. 250 FIRST GREEK BOOK. t S AlyvTTTios, Egyptian. ( A'lyvTTTos, T]^ Egypt. C aiScio-Sat (= €-€(T'^ai,) to reve- < rence. ( ald(i)Si h^ shame, reverence. Alr)Tr]s, iEetes (king of Colchis). al?irjp, -epos, 6, ether, pure air. at/xa, a1fjLaT-os, to, blood. at^, aly-os, 6, t], goat. alpelv (= €-€Lv), to take. vn. aLp€Lv, to raise. ^aio-3di/eo-3at, ai(rS?J(ro/xat, &.C., to perceive, iii. aL(r'^r](TLs, eoay, 17, sensation, per- ception. ato-;(tcrrOi", superl. of alo-xpos. ai(rxpoK€pdr}s, pursuing gain by base means (alaxpos, base. K€pdos, gain). al(rxp6s, disgraceful, base. ^al(Txpoi)s, disgracefully. al(Txyv€LP, to shame. Mid. al- (TxyT^^cr^aL, to be ashamed. alrelv (=■ e-€Lv), (tlvcl tl), to ask. alnaa^aL (= a-eorSai,), to accuse, charge, blame, &c. ; nvd tl (rare), otl — . atx/^aXooroy, op, prisoner of war. alyJAa, quickly. aKo^apTos, uncleansed, impure (d. Ka'^alpcLV, purificare), cLKfXT], point. 00 rjXiKLas, the full vigor (or flower) of one's age. aKor), hearing (^aKoveiv). cLKokaa-Tos, intemperate ; prop. unchastised, unchastened (d. non. Ko\d(€Lv, casiigare). QKoveLv, to hear, to listen to ; Fut. aKovo-ofxai ; Pass, with cr. aKova-Los, involuntary. aKpa, rj, summit. aKparrjs, -es", intemperate, immo- derate (d. Kpdros, strength). dKpl(3T]s, -€$•, accurate. C aKpoda^ai (=: d-ccr^ai), to hear, < listen to. ( aKpoaTTjs, -ov, 6, auditor. S dfcpd-TToXi?, -eooy, fj, citadel. } cLKpos, highest. cLKcov, -ova-a, -ov, unwilling. C dXyelv {= e-eiv), to feel pain. < dXyeivos, painful. f akyos, -ovy, to, pain. d\€l(j>€LP, to anoint, rub. dXe/crpvo)!/, -oi/os, 6, a cock. 'AXe^avdpos, 6, Alexander. rdXj^Seta, 17, truth, j d\rj^€V€Lv, to speak the truth. I d\r}^r]s, -es, true. [dX7?S&)ff, truly. aXts, enough. dXio-K€(T?iai, to be taken, v. dXic)7, 77, strength. 'AXKLpid^Tjs, -ov, 6, Alcibiades. dXXd, but. dXXrjXoyv, of one another. aXXo^ei/, from another place. akXos, -T), -o, another, alius. dXkoTpLos (= alienus), others', another's. akXcos, otherwise. aXXcos re /cat, especially. faXoyia, unreasonableness, ab- I surdity (d. non. Xoyos, ratio). ^ aXoyos (d. Xoyos, ratio), irra- I tional, senseless (2 termina- ls tions). dXs, dXos, salt ; pi. dXes. Note 9. a-XvTTCDs, without grief or sor- row. dXcdTTT}^, dXci}7r€K-0S, T), fOX. aXcos, T), halo. dXcoa-Ls, '€(05, T] (dXo-, simpler root of dXio-K-opai), taking, capture. dp.a (simul), at the same time : also used as a prep, with dat., together with : a^ta Trj ecp (at the same time with the dawn =) at day-break; dfjLa roj cri- Tcp aKpd^ovTi, &C. dp^a'^ia, rj (d, non. ftaSi, short root of pav'^dveiv, discere), ig- norance. dp,a^a, rj, wagon. GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 251 afiaprdveLv (1) errare^ to miss (with gen.) ; (2) peccare, to sin, commit a fault, err. dfidpTrjfia, dfjiapTrjfxaToSi ro, er- ror, fault. dfjLapTLa, T), offence. dfiavpovu (= 6-€Lv), to darken. dfxelvcou, better (cifietvov as adv.). C diJLeXeia, jy, carelessness. < d/xeXeti/ (= e-6ti/), to neglect ( (gen. — d. fieXcL, curcc est). dfxoL^T}, exchange, return (dfxel- /Seo-Sat). apneXoSi 17, vine. dfivp€Lv, to ward off; Mid. to ward off from myself; also, to revenge myself on any body (ace.) ; for any thing, virep tl- vos. d/xc^t-eWv/it, I put on ; I clothe, x. ap(j)(D^ both. av, with Subj., =1 idv. if. This ai/, which has d, and can stand as the first word of a clause, must not be confounded with av with a, the modal particle, explained in 279. dva-yLyuco(TK€iv. to read. VI. C di/ayKd^eiv^ to compel. < dvayKOLos, necessary. f dudyKT), necessity. dvaideia, rj, shamelessness. dv'dXL(TK€Lv, to spend, v. dva-fjL€V€LP, to wait. dpd-Travo-Ls, -€cos, rj, rest {dpa- TrauecrSat). dp-mpelp (= €-€Lp)i to take up, take away, destroy (aor. dp- clXop). VII. dpapxia (d. dp^r}), anarchy, licen- tiousness, ungoverned Hcence. apda-rdros 2, ruined, laid waste (of cities and countries) : dp- ddTarop TToielp, to destroy ut- terly, to lay wast 3 (properly, to make the inhabitants rise up and quit. — di^d, up. o-ra-, sim- pler root of IcTTTjfjii). dpa-T'C^T^pLL, dpa-Ti^€Pai, to put up, offer. dpa^oopT^o-LSt retreat (dm. ^^co' pdp, cedere). C dudpeia, dpdpla, 17, bravery, < dvdp€Los, brave (dprjp, man). ( dpdp€L simple. diTo-^aiveiv^ to disembark ; to go away. m. d7ro/3dXXetz^, to cast away ; to shed (horns). aTTo-iSXeVeti/, to look upon. drro-deLKuvfjii, diro-beLKvyvai^ to show ; to appoint. dTTo-Sex^o-Sat, to receive, accept. dTTO-didaijjLt,, dTro-dLdovai, to give back, to give, allot. drro^iav-. See dno'^vrjo-K-eLV. d7ro-^vr](rK€LV (-Sai^oO/xat, -T€?ivr)Ka, -e^iavov), to die. v. drro-KdixveLV, Fut. -KafiovfJiaL, -Ke- KfXTjKa, -iKafxov (c. partcp.), to grow weary. In Aor., to be wearied. 317, diroKonTeiv^ to cut off. dTTo-Kpivco-'^ai, to answer. dTTO-KpVTTTCLV, tO COnCCal. d7ro-KT€iv€iv, to kill (kt€lv(o. f. fcre- va>. pf. cKTova: later cKTaKo), aTTO-XeiTreti/, to leave, to quit. dTT-dXXv/Lti. dTT-oXkvvaL, to ruin, to destroy, ix. 'AttoXXo)!/, -0)1/0$", 6, Apollo. aTTo-Xvetz/, to dissolve ; to acquit. divopelv (=: e-CLv), to be in want. airopos 2, difficult (d, not. tto- poy, passage through). ^dnoppelp (= €-€i,v), to flow from. diroppoT)^ a flowing off, an efflu- ence or emanation. aTTo-a-nav (= d-eip) , to draw away. diTo-(TT€p€Lv (= e-€iv), to dcprlve of. dno-(rTpe(j)€Lv^ to turn away. d7ro-(T(pdTT€Lv, to cut (a man's) throat ; to slay. drro-Ti'^rjp.L^ dno-Ti'^evai, to put away ; Mid. take off*; lay aside. d7ro-(j)aLV€iv, to show ; to make ; to appoint : Mid, declare. dTTo-'^vX^Lv, to dry up. dirpoa-^aTos 2, inaccessible (d. TTpos, to. )3a-, simpler root of ^aiv€iv, to go). aTTTea-'^aL, to touch (gen.), apa ; (interrogative.) dpa, igitur. therefore. dpyakeos^ troublesome. dpyvpeos, (made) of silver ; silver (adj.). dpyvpLov, TO, silver money ; mo- ney. apyvpos, 6, silver. "Apetos" Tray OS, Mars' hill (the hill on which the court of the Areopagus sat) ; the hill of the Areopagus. dpcTT], T), virtue. dpL^fjLos, o, number. dpKTTos, best. dpKTos, 6, 17, a bear. dpp,a, appar-os, to, chariot. dpvelo-'^aL (z= 6-e(r3at,) Dep. Pass., to deny. dpTrdCeLv, to seize, plunder, carry off: appi]p, '€v, male. GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 253 aprt, just now. apTLos, -a, -ov, even (opp. odd) ; of an even number. {dpTOTTcokrjs, breadseller, baker (apTos, bread, loaf. TrcoXeli^, to sell). apTos, 6, bread. (gen.), to rule over, to be master of; to begin. apxea'^aL (gen.), to begin. dpxT], T], beginning, commence- ment ; commencing-point. d(r€^€ta, rj, impiety. acreiSeli/ (=z€-€lv), to be guilty of impiety (cre^cLv, venerari). d(T€Pr)p,a, TO, an impiety, or impious act. dcrSeVeta, 77, weakness. dcrS5ei/6tz/ (= e-etz^), to be weak, to be ill. d(T?i€VT]Si '€s, weak (a. o-Sei/os", strength). d(TK€Lv (= e-eti/), to practise. do-TrdXaSos, 6, the aspalathus (a prickly shrub). da-TTLs, danid-oSi tj, shield. JdcTTpaTrr). 77, Hghtning. d(TTpdnT€iu, to lighten. aa-rpov (aslrum), star. dcTTv, TO, city. d-o-vv€T09 2, stupid. dcr(f)aXr]s, -es", firm (d. (r(j)dX- XecrSat, to stumble). dTeX^La (dreXT7?), exemption (from pubHc burdens : immunilas. — d. T€\€lv, to pay). C dTLjjid^€Lv, to despise (d. Tifxr], < honor). ( dTtpia, 77, dishonor. ^Attlkt], 77, Attica. drvp^elz^ (= €-€Lv), to be un- successful or unfortunate (d. Tu^, short root of Tvyxd- v€Lv, to Ml [a mark, &c.J, Lo obtain, ru^^, fortune). dTvxnp-a, TO, misfortune. dTvxr]^', '€s, unfortunate. i^dTv^ia, 77, misfortune. Sav, again ; on the other hand. av?5Ls, again. avXos, 6, flute. avos, dry. avTos, -77, -o, self: but avTov, -(5, -01/, ejus, et, ewm. — So in pi. avx'f]v. avx^v-os, 6, neck. dcfj-aLpela^aL {= e-ecrSat) rtm rt, to deprive of, take away. Cf. alp€lv in VII. ^dcf)avr)s, -€s, unseen, unknown, (d. (f>av, short root of (paivcLi/, to show). d(j)avLC€Lv, to cause to disap- pear. c/D r77z/ yrjv, to cover it. a(p?ioi/os (d. 0301/09, envy), abun- dant (there being so much, that none need envy another). dcf>-Lr]pL, d(p-L€vai. to let go. d(p-LKi'€7o-'^aL (= e-eo"3at), to come. III. d(f)''L(TT7)IJLL, d(j)'L(TTdvaL, tO pUt a- way, to turn aside from. — Aor. 2, dnoo-TrjvaL (dejicere) , to revolt from, desert from. — Aor. 1 , dTro- (TTr]crai = to make to revolt. a-(f)pcov, foolish. dxdpiaTos 2, ungrateful (d. x^' pis, gratia). ax'^ea'^aL, to be indignant. 'AxtXXevs, -ea)s, 6, Achilles. axpT)o-Tos 2, useless (d. xpd-eo-Sai B. SBdSo?, -ovy, TO, depth. /SaSuff, -cla, -i», deep. ^alvGLv, to go. III. ^aXavclov, bath, public bath (i. e. bathing-room). pdXXcLv, to throw. 317. 371. f^dnT-cLV, to dip. (3dp^apos, barbarian. ^ lia(TLX€v€Lv, to be a king, to reign. ^aaiXevs, -eo)?, 6, king. JiadiXia-cTa, »;, queen. 254 FIRST GREEK BOOK. ^elSaios 3 and 2, firm. S ^eXrio-ToSi best. ( ^cXtlcov, ov, better. pta, r)^ violence. C 13l^\lop, to, book. < j8t/3Xto-7rcoX7;y, bookseller (ttco- ( Xeti/, to sell). t /3/os, 6, life. < ISlotos, livelihood. f Piovv (= 6-€Lv), to live. C pXa^epos, injurious. ) ^Xd^T), T), injury. f ^XdnTELv, to injure, to hurt. BXeireLv, to look at. 1 ^ojp€La^ J7, help. < ^orj'^clv (= €-€Lv), to help (dat). f PoTj'^rjTLKos, ready or able to hel p. 8ofxp€7v (= €-€Lv), to hum, buzz. Boppds, -a, 6, Boreas, the north wind. f ^6arK€Lv, to feed. ^ocTKrjpia, TO (^6o-K€iv)^ fed or fattened beast : pi. cattle (as fed for the butcher). ^ ^ovXea'^aL, to wish. ^ovXeveiv, to deliberate, ad- vise ; Mid. to advise oneself. jSovXrj, Tj, advice, council, se- nate. ^ovs, 6, 77, ox. Pdm. 29. (3pa8vs, -€7a, -V, slow^. PpovTav (== d-€Lv), to thunder. ^poTos, mortal. ^cofjLos, 6, altar. r. TdXa, TO, milk. Note 9. yaXrj, w^easel. S yafxelv (= e-eiv), to marry. ( ydfxos, 6, marriage. ydp, for (stands after the first v^ord of the sentence). ya(TT^p, rj, belly. 183. Pdm. 19. yavpovv (=d-eiv), to make proud ; Mid. exult in, be proud of. r ye (quidem, certe)^ at least. — Of- ten only adds emphasis to the vi^ord it follows. yeypafjLpievos, written (perf. part. of ypd(Ti,s, -60)9. rj, articulation (of a joint. — cip'^pov, joint). bLa-(T7T€ip€iv, to scatter. bia-TeXelv (= i-civ), to complete, to continue. dia-Ti'^rjpL, bia-TC^ivaL, to put in order, to dispose (a person). ^dLa'(f)€p€Lv, to differ (from any thing or person, tlvos) ; hence to excel, to surpass (gen.) vii. hia-cpopd, rj, difference (of co- lors, shade) : also, diflerence = dispute, &c. bLa-cj}^€Lp€Lv. to corru pt, to destroy. bLa(j)oipfLu (= €-€Lv), to sound apart ; hence, to dissent from, disagree {bid. cfxDvr], voice). ^ bibaKTos (dLddaK€Lp), capable of being taught, that can be tauirht. bLdda-KuXoi, 6, teacher. ^diddo-KCLv, to teach. dtdpdaKfiu, to run away. vi. 256 FIRST GREEK BOOK. dldcofjii, Mouat, to give. dirjyelo-'^aL (e-eo-Sat) ? to go through relate, narrate (did, through. Tjye'ia^ai, to lead). di-io-TTjiJLi, dL-Lo-rdvai, to separate. ^ diKaios, just. dLKatoo-vvr), r], justice. diKalcos, justly. diKaarrjs, -ov, o, judge, juror. ^diKT], r), justice, a cause o?' trial. ALoy€UT]s, 'ovs, 6, Diogenes. Alovvo-os^ 6, Bacchus. bi-opvTT€Lv (lit. to dig through =) to break into (a house). diTrXoos, -ovs, double ; double- minded. S/y, his, twice. dla-Kos, m. quoit, discus. dicr-fjLvpLoi^ twenty thousand. dixa (gen.), apart from. di-^^p (= d-€Lv), to be thirsty, to thirst. 346. ^Ld)K€Lv, to pursue. C doKclv ( =e-€Lv),to seem, think. < doKel, (1) videtur ; (2) placet, ( visum est. boKLfjid^eLv, to test, to prove. bokovv (= 6-€Lp), to deceive, en- trap (SdXoy, trick, deceit). do^a, opinion, credit, honor, glory. ^dovXevcLv, to be the slave of, be wilhng. dovXos, 6, slave. dovXovv (■= o-eti/), to enslave ; Mid. to subject to myself dpav (= d'€Lv), to do, act. dpofxos, 6, running, race-course. dpofxco Sell/ (of a charge of in- fantry =) to charge at double quick time ; to rush to the charge (SeTi/ = cur r ere). ^dvvajjLLs, T), power. Sili/ao-3at(Suj'a/xat), posse. ttoXl', TO(rovTov, &C. dvvacT^iaL (= -{ multum, tantum, &c. posse), to have much (so much, &c.) power. ^dvvaros, possible, powerful. dva-poos, 'OVS, ill-disposed (to any body) ; disaffected (to — , or towards — ). (dvs, ill. vovs, mind). bvaropyrjTos, passionate (dvy, ill. opy^, anger). ( dvarvx^^i^ (= e-eiv), to be un- I fortunate (dvs, ill. tvx^ short ^ root of Tvx^'iVi to hit [a I mark]). (^ dvarvxia, misfortune. daypov, to, gift. E. ^KaryoT', see ayvvfxi, idv (with Subj.), if. eav (= d-€Lv), to permit. eap, eapos, to, spring. ^ €yyij?i€v, from near, near. ( eyyvs, near. iy€Lp€iv, to awaken. eyKXtjIJLa, to, charge, accusation (iy-Kokclv). fiyKpdT€La, self-control. eyKpaTrjs, -ey, continent (eV, in. KpdTos, strength. KpaTeiv, to be strong.) eyprjyopa, I am awake. Cf. 388. iyx^i'p'i-CcLv (eV. x^^'P' hand), to put into the hands ; (rt Tivi) to hand over. €yx€\vSi -voSi Tj, eel. iyxcoptos, national, native (eV. Xcopa, country). iyco, I. Pdm. 41. eSeXetz/, to wish, be willing. €^l(€lv, to accustom. eSz/oy, -ovs, TO, nation. eSoy, -ovs, TO, custom. el, if; (in a question), whether, eldos, e'l^ovs, to, form. e'be (with Opt.), O that. elKd^eiv, to liken. €iK€Lv, to yield. cIkti, rashly, inconsiderately. etVorcoff, adv., naturally. GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 257 €iKa)v, cIkov-os. t), statue. €l\ov. See alpelv (=€-€lv). vn. €i/xt, etVat, to be. fi/xt, leVai, to go. Pres. = I will go. €Lpy€iv Cgen.), to shut out. elcr-PdWcLv, (1) to throw into ; (2) intrans. to fall into. 317. 371. 6to--et/xt. elcT'Levai, to go into. ELTa, then, and then. — next. €LT€ — etVe, sive — sive, whether — or. 6ta)3a, I am accustomed. — eSt- €Kds (gen.), far. [fetj/. *384. eKaorroS', -r], -ov, each. €KaT€pco?5€v, on both sides. €K-(3aX\€Lv, to throw out. See iK-di8cofXL, -Movai, to put forth, to pubhsh (a book). cKclvos, -7?, -o, that, he. €KKXr)(rLa, rj. assembly (eK. Kokelv, to call : root /s, 6, prophet. i papTVpelv (= €-€Lv), papTvpc- < o-'^at, to bear testimony. f p.dpTvs, -^vpos, 6, witness. p.dxaLpa, hunting-knife ; cut- lass (short sword), ftax^o-^at, to fight. Fut. pa- Xovp,aL (== pax^(Topai). Aor. ipaxca-dprjv. Perf. p.€p,dxr]- p,aL. \^pdxi], T], battle. '^ peyas, -dXrj, -a, great. p€y€?ios, -ovs, TO, greatness ; magnitude. peyio-ros, sup. of peyas, great. /xe3?7, ^7, drunkenness. pe^-irjpL, p^^-uvai, to let gO. p€^v€Lv, to be drunk. p€i^a)v, comp. of pLcyas, great. Note 13. pcLpaKLov, TO, boy, lad (of about fourteen). peXas, -aiva, -av, black. pieXei, it concerns ; curce est (dat. of pers., gen. of thing). ^ /xeXt, -iTos, TO, honey. } peXiTTa, Tj, a bee. /xeXXeiv, to be about (or, be going) to. /xeXos", 'ovs, TO, limb ; song. pLepcpea'^aL, c. acc. to blame ; c. dat. to reproach. pL6v — Se (indeed), — but. p,€V€Lv, to remain ; c. acc. to a- wait ; wait for. C p€pL^€Lv, to divide. < pepipva, rj, Care. f p,€pos, -ovs, TO, part. GREEK AND EXOLISH INDEX. 265 r ii€(n]iJi^pla. r], mid-day (fxearos, < middle. rjfMepa. day;. ( fjLeaos. middle. fiearos, full (lia)i^, -cbvTos, 6, Xenophon. ^Ls, r}, (sense of) smell (do- ^^^^ ^^ ( yrXeicDi/, more. ^ TrKUeLv, to knit, weave, f TrXeoz^e/cTT;?, -ov, avaricious (7rXe- oj/, neut., more, exeti'j to have). 7r\eove^La, 77. avarice. TrXeuo-ay, partcp. Aor. 1. from TrXeti/. TrXrjyrj, rj, a blow, stroke, wound. ttXtjSoj, -oi;9, TO, multitude, con- stitution (in a democracy). 77X771/ (gen.), except. C nXrjprjs, -€s, full, satisfied with ) (gen.). t TrXrjpovv (= 6-€Lv), to fill. 7rXr]o-Ld(€Lv, to approach, draw near. 7rXrjTT€Lv, to strike ; [Pf. 7re- TrXrjya, I have struck ; Aor. Pass. €77X777771/ : but in compo- sition CTrXayrjv, e. g. c^eTrXa- ttXoos = ttXovs, 6, voyage (77Xeti/, to sail). 1 77X0 u V(TL0S, rich. 7rKovTi^€Lv, to enrich. 77Xoi}ro$', 6, riches. 771/611/ (=r= €'€Lv), to brcathe, blow. ivv^vaopiat, &C. like 77X611/. 77oa, herbage, grass. 77o3ei/ ; whence ? 270 FIRST GREEK BOOK. ^TToiclv {■= €-€Lv), to make, do, render : ev ttouIv nva, to confer a benefit on any bo- TTOteltrSat rt Trepi eXdrrovos rj, to think any thing of less importance than : yrept ttoX- Xou TToteTo-Sat, to attach great importance to, &c. See Vo- cab. 29. TTOirjfia, TO (z= thing made), po- em. TTolrja-is, -60)$", (77), the making or composition. See erros (ttolHv) . 7roLr]Tr]s, -oO, 6, poet. C ttolklWclv, to variegate, deco- < rate. f noLKiXos, variegated. TToi^rjv, -evos, 6, shepherd. TToIos ; of what kind ? ^TToXefxelp (=z e-eti/), to carry on (wage) war (dat.). TToXefjLLKos, warlike. TToXe/xtos-, hostile ; as subst., an enemy. TToXefjLos. 6, war. ^TToklOpKelv (= €-€Lv), tO bC- siege. TToXiy, -ecoy, 77, city. Trokirela^ 77, constitution ; a com- monwealth. 7r6KLT€V€Lv, to govem the state ; Mid., to live as a citizen, to govern the state. TToXirTyy, ~ov, 6, citizen. TToXXaKts", often. VoXvs, much ; ttoXXoi, many. TToXvo-xt'^Si -^s, much divided, branching. TroXvreXT^s", -ey, costly (tcXos, end, price). 7roXi;(^tX/a, 77, multitude of friends ((piXos, friend). 7roXi;;^et/3/a, 77, multitude of hands, of workmen (x^ip, hand). TTOfXTrri (TrefjiTreLv), procession. C TTOveiv (= €-etv), to toil. < TTovrjpos, wicked. ( TTOj^os, 6, toil. TTOpev-ecr^ai, to set out (prqficiS' ci) ; to march (of an army). Uoaretdcou, -(ovos. 6, PoseidOn, Neptune. TToais, -€(os, 77, drinking (tto, root used to supply the tenses of Trlveiv) . 7r6(Tos ; how great ? TTorajjLos, 6, river. TToW, at any time, ever : in ques- tions (=z tandem), in the world ; ever. TToVepof, which of two. TTOTov, TO, drink (tto, root used to supply the tenses of TrlpcLv). TTOVS-) TTodoS, 6, foOt. C TTpaypa, -aros, to, an action, < affair (npaTTCLv, to do). f Trpd^Ls, -ecosy rj, an action. C npaos, mild. < TTpaoTTjs (TT/aaoTTyr-os), mildness : (^ gentleness. TTpaTTetv, to do, perform : €u irpar' T€Lv, to be doing well. (npaTTe- (T^ai, to exact [money, &c., with two accusatives]). Trpenei, it is becoming (dat.) • npe- 7T€Lv, to be becoming (decere), TTp€(T^ela, 77, embassy. TrpeajSeis, ol, ambassadors. TTpeo-^evTTjs, -ov, 6, ambassa- <{ dor. TTpeo-^vs, -eta, -v, old. 7rp€o-l3vT€pos, elder, aged per- son. Trpiaa^ai, to buy. TTptV, before ; c. indie, or inf. : Trplv av, C. subj. TTpiCOV, TTpLOV-OS, 6, SaW (l). TTpo-dycLv, to move (or march) forward ; to advance. TTpofiaTov, TO, sheep (rrpo, forward. j3a, short root of ^aiveiv, to go ; from the animal's going stead- ily /ori^arc^ to graze). GPcEEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 271 S rrpo-bidco^c, -didovai, to betray, f TTpo-doTTjs. 'ov, o. betrayer. TTpo-elnov (Aor.), 1 said before, ordered, proclaimed, vii. TTpo-epx^o-^aL, to go before, vii. (npoJivpLa. jj, willingness, eager- I ness. TTpo^vpos 2, willing C^vpos, mind, animus). 7rpo'^vp,cos, adv., willingly. TTpovoLa. T). foresight (rrpo. vovs, mind;. TTpoo-'/SXeVecz/, to look at TTpoa-boKav (= d-€ii/), to expect. 7rp6(T-€LpL, Inf. TTpocr-elvai, to be [)resent. Pdm. 68. Trp6(T-€ipc. Inf. Trpoo-'uvai, to go to. Pdm. 68. TTpoa-'epx^o-'iaL. to come to. \'n. 7Tpo(r-€X€tv Tov vovv (atiwium ap- jdicare ad — ), to pay attention to ; attend to. npo(TT]Kcuv, belonging to ; becom- ing {npos, to. tJk€lv, to have come; . TTpoa^eu, before (gen.). TTpoaplo-yeLv. to put in at, land at. 7rpo(r-TdTT-€iv (Fut. -^co). to com- mand, enjoin. TTpoa-TL'i^ripi. -rC^evai, to add. npo-ri'^ilpL. -rtSeVcu, to put before, .'^et out for show or sale. TrpocfjrjTevctv. to prophesy (Trpo, forth, before. 0t;, root of (^Ty/xt). Trpc^Tos, tirst. TTToixos, very poor. nvKTrjf. ov. 6, boxer, pugilist {nv^., with the fist). TTvXrj, r), gate. 7rvv?:dp€(T^ai, to ask, to inquire. Aor., to learn by inquiry ; to be informed ; to have heard, or to hear. iv. nvp, TTvpos, TO, fire. TTO) (enchtic), yet. TrQjXcti/ (=z «-€«/), to sell. 7ra)7ror€, ever. 7ra)s ; how ? 'PaStoff, easy. oadLovpyclv (= e-eti/) [to take it easily, padios, easy, ep- yov, work], to be idle ; to sliirk work. pqdicDs, adv., easily. pa^jvpelv (= €-€Lv), to be indo- lent, apathetic, lazy (pacov, more easy. ?:vp6s, mind). pclv (z= e-nv). to flow. pTjyvvpL. 'vvvai, to tear, break, ix. pTjTcop, -opos. o, orator (peo), obsoL in Pres.). pL^a (not ptfa), 77, root. pL7TT€Lv, to throw. plyj/, pLTTos, bundle of reeds, rush- es, &c. poia, 77, pomegranate. (p'jos =) povs, 6, stream (petv, to flow). 'Pco/xaZos-, Roman. pcovwpi, pcovvvvai, to strengthen. 2. ^ SaXTTty^, -tyyos", jy, trumpet. \ (TaXTTL^eiv^ to blow a trumpet. Sa/xtos". 6, Saniian. ^apbavdirakos^ 6, Sardanapalus. '2d(jh€Ls. -ecov. at. Sardis. o-dp^. o-apK-os, rj, flesh. 5 (ra(pr)s, -es, clear. ) aa7rap (= d-€iv), to be silent, to hold one's tongue. Fut. o-io)- TTTjO-OfJLaL. CTKeddvvvfXL, (TKebavvvvai^ to scat- ter. X. (TKTjvr), n, tent. aKrjTTTpov, TO, sceptre. (tkXtjpos, dry. cTKOTrelu, -ela^aij to behold, consi- der. (TKvfivos, 6, young animal, cub, whelp, ol arKvjivoL, the young (ones). (TKa)7rT€Lv, to scoff, jeer (rtm or €ts, Tvpos TiUa). C cro(f>La, T), wisdom. < cro(pL(rrr}s, -ov, 6, sophist. ( (To(p6s, wise. '2o(f)o!s, r), faction (^aTa, root of l(TTr}p,i) . oreXXeti/, to send. (TTepycLv, with acc, to love ; with dat. (and also acc), to be con- tented with. (TTepelv (= e-eLv) Ttvd Tivos, to deprive one of something (in Pass, also c. acc. rei). crT€pe6s, solid. o-T€p€o-^aL, to be without (rivos)^ o-T€(^avos, a, crowiT, garland. a-ToXr], rj, robe, dress (erreXXetz^, to equip). (TTopa, -aTos^ TO, mouth. uToxdCea^aL (gen.), to aim at. o-TpaTev€iv, to serve ; to bear arms ; to make an expedi- tion. o-TpaTevecr'^at, to serve, to march (of soldiers). aTpdT€vpa, -aTos, to, army. -{ o-TpaTTjyos, 6, a general (aycLv), o-TpaTia, rj, army. (TTpaTLoyTrfs, -ov, 6, soldier. o-TpaTonedeveo-'^ac, to encamp. (iTpaTOTT^bov, TO, oucampment, encamped army» o-TpaTos, 6, army. o-Tpe(l)€iu, to turn, twist [Aor. Pass. io-Tpd6s, r], nurse. Tpvycop. Tpvyov-os, the turtle-dove. Tpco'LKos, Trojan. Tvyxdv-eiv (rcv^opm. TCTvxrjKa. €Tvxov), to hit (a mark), obtain, attain to ; to cliance c. partcp. %Tvxov TTapoav = I chanced to be present : but often not to be translated Tvyxdvco cov (I chance to be), having little more force than lam. TvplSos, 6, tomb. TV7TT€Lv, to Strike. Tvpavvos. 6, tyrant, despot. C Tv(pXovv (= 6-€i,v), to make < blind, to blind. ( TvcpXos, blind. TvxVi 77, fortune. 'YjBpL^cLv, to be haughty towards one, to maltreat, insult, ety TLifa, npos TLva : also Tivd tl, vjdpLs, -€0)$", 77, insolence, as- sault. vISpecos v6p.os = the law of assaults. vdcop, TO, G. vdaTos, water. veL, it rains. S vldovs, grandson. ( vlos, 6, son. vTT-dpx^f'Vi to be at hand, to be ; to belong to. vTrep-lSdXXciv, to throw beyond, exceed. v7r€p-T)(f)avos 2, haughty. GREEK AND ENGLISH INDEX. 275 xyjpEp-opav (= a-cLv)^ to look over, to despise. V7rr]V€[JLLOs. VTTr^vefjLiop iiou, a wind-egg (Itto =■ sub. cw^ixos. wind;. {mr}p€T€lv (= e-ecv), to aid, serve (dat). V7n(r)(V€l(r'^at (=. e-ecrSat), to pro- mise. v7TO(Txh^oiiai. vneax^' fiat. — Aor. vTTcaxofJ^rjv. v7rvo£. 6. sleep. iJTro-d€x-€(T^ni, to receive. {jTTo-drjjjLaf -aroSi to, sandal, shoe (delu, to bind). {j7ro-p,€U€iv, to await, endure (ace). v7ro-cj)€p6Lv, to endure, vii, t^s*. vos (6, jj), sus : oo ayptos, wild boar. {jcTTepalo?, following. v\JAr]\6-(l)p(x)v, high-minded. $. ^ay^w. see etr^Uiv. C (^aiv^iv, to show. (palvea^aL {apjparere)^ to be seen ; to be (c. partcp.) ; to appear. ^(pavepos, evident. ^pL, (fidvai, to say. Pdm. 69. iXo-^lp (== €'€i,p), to phi- losophize. (j)LXo-(To(pLa, jy, philosophy. (piXo-Tlpos (^(piXoS' Tijirj,) am* bitious. (piX^-^, 0Xe/3off, 7/, vein. C op€vs, '€(09, o, murderer. ( (f)Quos, o, murder. ^pd^€Lu, to say, tell. C (pofSeiv (= e-eti/). to frighten ; < Mid. to fear. f (p6l3os, 6, fear. ^(ppT]p, v, -(OV09, 6, v^inter ; stormy w^eather. X€7v (= €-€Lv), to pour. ;^etp, x^^poy, 7} (d. pi. ^fpo-t)? hand. XeipouorSfat (= o-ecrSat), to sub- due. XeXtScov, -oro?, ^, swallovir. X^es-, yesterday. X^coi', x^o^osj ^) the earth. XiXtot, a thousand. Xta)i^5 x^o^os*, 77, snow. XoAos", 6, anger. Xopros. 6, fodder. XP^o-^cit (= a-eor3at), to use. XpT], oportet ; one (we) ought to ; it is necessary. XPiJC^'-^j to be in want (gen.). Xpripa, xp'iMaros', to, a thing, pro- perty. PL money. Xpr}paTL^'€ar?iaiy to enrich oneself by trade ; to trade for profit (Xp^fiara). XpouoSi 6, time. C xp'^^^^^i o, gold. < Xpvaeos (ovs), -id (^), -cov ( (oCJj^), golden, of gold. Xpci)fJia, xp^M^'^oy, ro, color (of the skin), plumage, &c. X^/xoff, juice, taste [x^'iv (= e- eti/)]. Xcopa, 77, country, region. Xcdpiff (gen.), separately, apart from, without. f^. "^iycLv, to blame. ''^evdeiv, to deceive; Mid. -e- o-Sat, to be disappointed of it. ^lr€vbr]S', '€s, false. yjyevo-TTjg, -ov, 6, liar. yj/'TjCptcTfJia, -arost to, decree. ^vxT], T), the soul ; the mind. Q, 'Oz/eTo-Sat (= e-eo-'^aL), to buy, Q)6y (wfov =z ovum), egg. ws, as, when, how, because : a)s TaxicTTa, as soon as possible ; with indefinite numbers = about ; — as final particle = that ; in order that. Q)pa (Jiora). time. coa-7r€p, as, just as. co(rT6, so that. f o)(pe\€La, Tj, advantage, profit, I benefit. ^ axjj^Xe'iv (= e-etv), tO benefit (ace). ^a)(f)€Xtfxos 2, useful INDEX II. ENGLISH AND GREEK. Abide by, Trapafiev^LV, ifjbfieveLv (dat.). able, to be, dvvacr^iaL (dvvafxai) : olos re elfJLL : €)((o. abode, o'ckyjctls, ccos, tj. about, Trept, diJ,pijv). decree, a, yjrriCJ^Lcrpa, to. deed, epyov. to. deem, vopLL^eiv : to be deemed worthy, d^Lova-^iaL (= o-ecrSat). deep, jSa^ivs. defend, cfyvXaTTeiv. define, Spi^eLv (dpos, boundary, hmit) ; hence the horizon = boundary line of earth and air. deliberate, ^ovXevea^iaL : co with anotlier, o-vp^ovXcvea'^aL (dat.). deliiiht in, ;(ai/j6ti/ (dat.), ijdea-^aij TepTreaJScH. dydXXca^iaL. dehglitful, r)dvs (sweet). dcHverance (= safety), crcjTrjpLa^ Delphi, AfXcfioL, -wu. demagogue, drjpiaycDyos, -ov. demand, to, (= ask), atVeli/ (=: €-€Lp) . 282 FIRST GREEK BOOK. Demeter (Ceres), ArjfjirjTrjp^ -rpos, r Demosthenes, Arjfioo-^cvrjs, -ovs, 6. deny, apvela^iaL (= e-ca'^ai). depart, dmevat, (ancLfjii), uTraXXar- recr'^ai, a7rep;(€0"Sat. VII. deplore, KXaLeiv, ^Xauo^o/xat. Pf. Pass. K€KXavfJiat : seld. -o-fiai. deprive, o-rep^Lv (= €-€lp), d(f)at- pelcr'^aL (= €-€o-?iai). deserve, ci^tov cluac. deserving, 'a^toy. desire, a, 67rt3u/>tia, rj. desire, to, iin'^vpe'LP (= e-etv), gen. desirous, to be (=z wish), eSeXeti/. despise, Karacfypovelv (= e-eti/), gen. destitute, e/jfj/xoy, -rj, -ov. destroy, (p'^eipetv. ^La€LVy TTpoadoKav (= d-€Lv). expedition, to make an, aTpaTcv- €LV. expensive, TToXvTeXr^s. experience, eim^LpUi. 77. expunge, to, e^aXeicpcLV (blot-OUt). extend, i^dyciv. external, 6 (7, to) e^co (adv.). extreme, e(7;(aro?, 77, ov. eye, dcj^'^aXp.os, 6. opLfia. to. F. Face, TTpOO-COTTOV. W\r (=z beautiful), koXos. faithful, TTtaTos. faithlessness, aTriorta. false, yj/€vdT}s. 284 FJRST GREEK BOOK. falsely, to swear, iTnopKeiv (= e- fate, [xoTpa, rj. father, Trarrjp, Trarpos, 6. fear, (l)6^osj 6. fear, to, (po^elor^iai (= e-ccr^ai). deboLKevai {dedoiKa) or dedUvai. Pdm. 66. fearful, deivos : to be — , (pojSel- (T^iai, (= e-eo-Sat). feel pain, aXyelv. female, SfjXvs-, -ela, v. few, oXi'yot, -at. -a. fight, to, p,d)(^€a'^aL. I. fig-tree, o-f/cjj, 77. find, €vpi(TK€iv. v. fine (= beautiful), KaXos. fire, TTUp. TTU/JOS, TO. first, TTpcoTos : adv. Trpcorov. npS)- ra, rd. fit, iKai/oy. fix (^ to make firm), Trrj-yvvvai (List ix). flatter, KoXaKcveiv (ace), flatterer, KoXa^, koXclkos, 6. flee, (pevyeiv. flee away from, dTro(f>€vy€Lv (ace), fling, piTTTeiv. GO into, ijx-^aXk^LV. flute, ai'Xoff. fly (= flee), (pevyeiv. fodder, xopros, 6. follow, €7r€(r?iaL (dat.). fond of gain, (f^LkoKepbrjs, es. food, Tpo(pr)^ 77. foot, 7ro{)ff (or better TTouy), TToSoff, 6. foot-soldier, ireCds, 6. force, military, dvvafjLts, -ecos, rj, force (violence), /S/a, rj. foreign, dXKoTpios. form (= species), eldos, to. fortune, tvxv^ V- fortune, good, cvrvxici, 17. fortunate, €v8aLp,coi/, -ovoS' evrv- fortunate, to be, evrvx^'tv (= c- etp), ^vbaLfxovfiv (= e-eiv). found, to, KTL^eiv, Ibpveiv. foundation, '^efxeXiov, to. fountain, Trrjyr). 17. Kprjvrj, rj. fox, dXco7r77^, -€Kos, rj, free, iXev'^cpos. {i'ee.to,Xi)€tv,iX€v?i€povv{-=6-€Lv), freedom, eXeuSepia, rj. friend. (piXos- 6. friendship, c^iXta, 17. from, aTTO; €K, wapd (gen.). fruit, KapTTos, 6. full, fxco-Tos, nXrjprjSi -€S (gen.), e/xTrXfcos- future, TO jxeXkov. G. Gain, Kepdos^ -ovs^ to. w^eXeta. gain, to, K€pdaLV€Lv. game, to, ^rjpia (= small wild animals), garden, ktJttos, 6. garland, o-Tecpavos, 6. garment, io-'^rj^, ea^rjT-os, rj. gate, tttuXt], Tj. Geloni (the), TeXcovol. general, a, o-Tpar-qyos^ 6. geometer, yecojjieTprjs, ov, 6. geometry, yecopeTpia. giant, yiyas^ ylyavT-os. gift, hccpov, TO : = act of giving, give, dtdovat (dldcopii). give back, dirodidovai. give one a share of any thing, ficTadibovaL ( iJi€TadLd(op,L ) rti/i TLVOS- give over, X-qyeiv (c. partic). gladly, ao-fx^vos (adj.). glory, bo^a^ r). go, epxop^ai"^ Palveip (ill.), nopev- ecr'^ai. * el/^i ( =--- I will go) is more common than the fut. of epxop-ai ; the moods of el^i, than the moods of the pres. of epxoimai ; and imperf. yeii/ than Tjpxop.^. — BatVco is used of going on foot (gradior). ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 285 goal, al'l, alyos, r]. ^ go away, dTnevai (aneifiL), aTrep- X^a^ai (vil.). d7raXXdTT€(T^aL (z= get off, come off), go - on - an - expedition, crrpaTev' goblet. KvneWov, to. God, a god. Sedy, 6. goddess, Sed. rj. gold, ^(pvoros^ 6. xpvatov, t6. golden, gold (as adj.), xP^^^^'oy, -oils. good, dya'^os, ea^XoSi koXos : ol dya^jOL, the good : to dya'^op^ the good (abstract) : = a good thing, dyaSdi/. Very good, apLO-TOS- PiXTLO-TOS, KpaTKTTOS (Note 13). good for nothing, ovdevos a^Los. good will, €Vvoia. r). govern, KpaTelv (= e-cti/), gen. ; «PX^t^ (gen.). government, TroXtre/a. r). governor, apx<*^v^ apxovT-os (pi'O- perly a partcp. ruling). gracious, iXeco?. grant, to, bMvai {hibcojiC). grass, TToa, 77. gratitude, X"P^^' -rroy, 77. grave, SJ7/C77 {Ti^irjpL). great, peyas. Very co, pey lottos. Grecian. 'EXXr/i/i/coy Greece, 'EXXdj, 'EXXaSo?, 77. Greek, a, "EXKtjv, "'eWtjvos, 6. grief, Xi^ttt;, rj. grieve, XuTrelo-Slai (= e-e(rSat). grow old, to. yrjpdaK€Lv. Gryllus, TpvWos. guard, to, (pvXdTTCLVj Sia^vXdr- T€LV. guard : to be on one's guard against, (j)v\dTT€o-'^aL (ace). GylippUS, VvXiTTTTOS. H. Halo, dXcos. 17- hand. x^^P^ X^'-P^^- h (^* P^- X^P^'^J' hand-over, eyx^tpl^cLv {ri tlvl). happiness, evdaipovia, t], happy, evdaipcov. hard (ditRcult), xaXeTrds. hardship, nouos, 6. hare, Xaycos. -co, 6. harsh, x^X€7r6s. hatch (its) young ; breed, veoTTev- €Lv (wh. see), hate, to, pLcrclv (^= €-€lv). have, €X€iv. vii. head, Ke(f)aXr). t). heal, Ida^iaL (= d-eo-Sat)* healthy, vyi-qs, -€s. hear, d/coi)eti/. heaven, ovpavosy 6. Hellas, 'EXXds, -aSoy, 17. Hellenes, ''EXXrjves: ol. Hera (Juno),'^'Hpa, rj. herald, Krjpv^, -vkos-, 6. Hercules, 'Hpa/cX^j. -€ovs, 6. Hermes (Mercury), 'Ep/xTJy, -oO, 6. hide, KpV7TT€LV. dTT0KpV7TT€lV. highly, to esteem more, Trepi ftet- ^ovos TTOula-'^ai (=: e-eo-25at). To reverence or prize highly, Tr^pt i TToXXou TTOLela^aL (= e-ecrSat). hinder, kojXvclv. him, avTov. hireling, ptcrSajrd?, 6. his,* avTov (ejus). his own,* eavroO or avTov (ipsius, suus). hit, Tvyxdp€Lu (Aor. ri^xfi^), gen. hither, 8evpo. hold-in-estimation, TLpap {d-cip), hold-office, apx^LP. hollow, K0IX0S. holy, l€p6s, oaios. home, oiKoSi 6. * His father (ace), rhy irar^pa avTOv or avTov Thp iraT^pa. His own father, rbv eauroD Trarepa or t^;/ irarepa rhv eauroO. 286 FIRST GREEK BOOK. honey, /xeXt, -ltoS', to. honorary-privilege, yepas, to. honor, rt/xT^. 77. honor, to, tljjlolv (= d-€Lv). hoof, 677X77, T). hope, cXttls, eXTTid-os, r). hope, to, ekiri^eLV. hopHte, oTrXiTTjs. horn, K€paS', to. horse, Ittttos, 6 : = cavalry, 'lttttos, fj. horseman, LTTTreus, 6. host, ^evosy 6. hostile, TToXefXLos, ix^pos. house, oLKos. 6. oiKla^ rj. Small house, oIkl^lop. hov^ ? TTcos ; (in an indirect ques- tion), oTTcos (or TTcoy); how much, oaos. human, dp^paymvos* hunger, Xtpos, 6. hungry, to be, ttclp^p (=: d-eip). hunt, to, '^TjpeveLP. hurl, pLTTTeip. hurtful, (BXaficpos. husbandman, yecopyos (yrj. epyov^ work). I. I, ey^- Pclm. 41. idleness, pa^ivfXLa, 17 (= sluggish indifference, laziness), idle-talk, \r]pos, 6. if, el. — edp, rjp, ap (subj.). ignoble, dyepprjs. -es. ignorant, dfxa'^rjs, -es. ill, to be, poaelp (= e-eti^), dcr'^e' V€LP {= €-€tp). ill-aftected, dvo-povs (o-os). illness, poaos, rj. imitate, pipelo-'^aL (== e-eo'Sat). immediately, ev'^vs^ irapaxprjlia. immoveable, aKiprjTos. implant, epcfyvTeveip, impossible, ddvpuTos 2. in, €P. in order to, by Fut. Partcp., or a final conjunction, as ipa, wy. in the way of, innobcov (dat.). indeed, ^eV: indeed — but, /xeV — Se. indisposed, to be, kqkcoj StareSfj- pai, &C. injure, ^XdirTeip (acc), ddiKclv (= e-€ip), acc. injurious, ^Xa^epos. injury, ^Xd^Tj, 77. ^77/xta, ^. innocence, d^XdlBcia. insatiably-desirous, aTrXrjo-Tos (lit. 770^ to be filled), c. gen. insect, epTop.op. insolence, v^pis, -^coy, ^. insolently, see To behave, inspector of boys (at Sparta), ttoi- dopopos, 6. instil, ipTC^ipai {ipTt^r^pi). instruct, rratdevcLP, diddo-Keip. instruction, TratSe/a, 77. didaxr)* insult, v^pL^eip (v(3pLs). intellect, potjo-ls, 77. intelligence, avpeo-iSi -ecos, rj. intemperate, dKpdrrjs, d/cdXacrroy. intend to, peXXeip : also by Fut. Partcp. interest (= gain to oneself) cocjie- Xeia. interpreter, ipprjpevs, 6. intimate (of friends),. oi/ceTos. into, els. intoxication, /x€377, 77. invasion of a country, io-fidXri (els yr]P Tipo). investigate, (rjTelp (= e-eii/), qucB' rere. invite, KoXelp (== e-etv), vocare (followed by eVt c. acc). iron (of), aidijpeosi -ovs. J. Judge, a, KpiLTr]Si -ov, 6. BiKaaTrjs, 'ov, 6. judge, to, Kplpeiv. juggle, to, yorjTev-eiv (yoj^s, jug- juice, x'^1^^^1 o. Juno, 'H/aa, 77. ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 287 Jupiter, Zevs. Note 9. just. diKmos. justice, biKaioa-vvr)^ rj (as habit). diKT], rj : court of — , diKao-Trj- piOP, TO. justly, diKatcos. K. Keep, €X€Lv (vii.) : rpetpeiv (nu- irire, of keeping animals), keep an oath, ififxeveuv rw opKco. keep silence, KaracrLooTrau (== d- €LP). kick, \aKTl^€LV. kill, dnoKTeiv€Lv '. =■ murder, ^o- VeV€LV. kind, s., y€vos, to. kind of — , TLs (enclit.), in agree- ment. A kind of di>:eaj;e, v6- cros TLS, &c. This kind of — , 6 TOLovTos — . This kind of thing, TO TOLOVTOV. kindly-disposed, evvovs^ -ovv. kindness, cvcpyeo-ia, rj : = favor, king, Paatkevs, -ecDs, 6. kite, IktIpos, 6. know, yiyvaxTKeLV (vi.), iincrTd' (T'^aL, cldeuai (olda). know how, iirlcTTao-'^aL. known, to make, drjXovv (= 6- €LV). L. Labor, ttovos, 6. labor, to (=: work), epya^eo-Sat : with toil, TTovelv (= €-€lv). laborer, epyaTrjs, -ov. (Paid) la- borer, 3?79, ?irjT-os, 6. LacedaBmonian, AaKeSat/xoi/toy, 6. land (opp. sea), yrj. land (region), y^ (17), ;^a)pa, rj. language, diaXeKTos, t). law, vopos, 6 : by law, /caret v()p,ov. lawgiver, j/o/xoSerT^y, -ov, 6. lay eggs, to, wa tlkt'€lv. laziness, pa'^vpta, rj. To be lazy, pa^iovpyelv. lead, to, aye IV. lead away, dirdyeLV. leader, Tjyepoiv. rjyefjLovoS' leap-down, Karam^bav (= d-€iif), learn, pav'^dveip. iv. least, ^KLo-Ta. leave, XeineLP. leave behind, KaTaXeiTreiv* leave off, Traueo-Sat. legend, pii'^os, 6. leisure, to be at, to have, crxoXa- (ecp. less (adv.), tjttop. lest, after a word denoting /ear, pr] : = that not, by ipa (oTrcoy, or o)i) pr). let (permit), iav (= a-eti/). letters, ypdppaTa. tu. liar, y\rev(TTr]£, -ov, 6. liberty, iXev'^epla, 17. lie, a, yj/cv^os. lie in wait for, ipedpeveip (ace). life, /Stoy, 6. C^T), T). like, opoLog, 'lo-os, TrapaTrXrjortos. like, I am, eoi/ca (perf.), wilh dat, like. I should hke to — , rubious civ, with Optative (= I would with-pleasure do it), limb, peXos, to. lion, Xecop, XeoPT-os, 6. little, oXlyos '. adv. piKpop '. less, p^lov. live, /StoOz/ (= o-eii^), f/yi/ (= a- €Lp). live-in, to, ipfiiovp {■=. o-eti^). long, paKpos : = much, noXvs. look (at), jSkencip, TTpoa-^XeTTCLP. lose, to, diToXXvpaL {dTToXXvpL). IX. love, epcos. -coTos, 6. love, to, (ffiXelp (■= €'€ip), dyanav ( = d-€Lv ), (TTepyeip : =z ar- dently, €pap (=z d €Lp). lover, ipa(TTr\s, -ov. 6. low-estate, TaneLvuTrjs, TaTreivoTTjT* OS, T). Lycurgus, \vKovpyos, 6. 288 FIRST GREEK BOOK. M. Mad, to be, fxaiveo-^aL. Like a dog, \vTTav (= d-€iv). magistracy, apxr]- maiden, Koprj, r). maintain (affirm), (fxivai, c^r^fxL Pdm. 69. make, iroieiv {■= c-civ) : make one something, aTrodeiKvvuaL (=z ap- point) : place, rC^evai. make-fast, ox^poiiv (= o-eti/). make an expedition, o-TpaTcvciv, make use of, xpw'^^'- (= a-eo-Siat) TLVl. man, av^pconos^ 6. avr]p^ dvdpos, 6. mane, x^'-'^V- manifest, (pavepos, drjXos. mankind, av^pconoi (ol). manure (dung), Konpos^ 6. many, ttoXXoi, -aL -d. march, to, against (eTrt); (TTpaTcv- ecrSat, Tvopevea'^ai. mark, (tkottos. marrow, pviKos, 6. marry, yapelv (= i-eiv). mart, ipnopLov, to. master, deo-norrjs, -ov, 6 : = teach- er, diddG-KaXoS' master of, to be, apx€Lv (gen.). measure, pcrpelv (= €-€iv). me-^^ (i. e. flesh-meat), pi. of /cpe- as, TO. meet, to, dnavTav (= d-eiv) : = fall in with, ivTvyxdveiv (dat.). merciful, iXewy. mere-nonsense, Xrjpos, 6 (= idle- talk). messenger, ayyeXos, 6, rj. Midas, MiSay, gen. ov. middle, middle of, p.ecros. mina, pvd^ rj. mind, vovs. 6. (pprjVi -€v6s. Minerva, ^A'^ijvd. Minos, Mlvcos (Gen. Mlpcoos and MtVo)), 6. misfortune, a, crvps> ^Ktara : no longer, ovKen (fjajKeri). nobly, yeuvalcoS' nobody, ovdeis. /XT/Seiy- north-wind, poppas, -a, o. not, ov (ovK, ovx) '• with the Imp., fir] : not only, ov povov : not the less, ovhev tjttov : not even, ovde (prjde). not one, ovdeis. not yet. never yet, ovTro), ovdeTro)- TTore. nothing, ovdev (prjdev). nourish, Tp€(f)€Lv. now, vvu. nurse, Tp6(j)os, rj. O. O that, €t3e w. opt. oath, opKos: 6. obedient, cvneL^rjs, Karrjicoos 2, (gen.), obey, TreiSecrSai (dat.), viraKovcLP, ireC^ap-x/iv (= c-eti/), dat. obliged, to be (necessary), bel w. ace. and inf., avayKoios elpl. obscurity, abo^ia. observe (a law), see Vocab. 19. obtain, /cracrSat {=. a-€(r3at), \ap,- ^av€Lv (iv.) , Tvy^aveLv (l V.) , gen. CEnoe, OIvot], rj. offer (as a gift to a divinity), dva- TL'^evat : (=1 propose to give), pres. and imperf. of didcDpt,. offering, SO^a, to. office (in the state), dpxvj r}. often, TToXXciKty. oil, cXatoi/, TO. 13 old, never growing, ayrjpcos. (•Id age, yrjpas. to. old Uian, yepoov, y^poi/T-os. oligarchy, oXiyapxta. r). once, ana^ : at once {= at the same time), dpa. one, f^ls. pia, ev. one another (of). dWrjka^v. only, p,6vov : (adj.) povos. opinion, an, yvoour), 77. opponents, ol ivavTioL. opposite. iuavTLOs. orator, priTcop. pr]Top-os, 6. orator}^, pTjTopLKrj^ t). See Vocab. 22. Orestes, 'OpecrTijs, ov, 6. other, the (= alter) ^ hepos : = alius^ ciWos. otherwise, aXXcoy. ought, del. xpv {oportet), TrpoarjKei = decei. P. Pain, ciXyos. -ovs, to : = grief, XvTTT}. T} : severe c/), 6bvj/rj, rj. painter, ypa(f)€vs, -ecoy, 6. Palladium. IlaXXuStoi/, ro. panegyric, enaLvos, ov. 6 (praise), pardon, to, o-vyyiyvwaKeiv (dat.). VI. parent, yovcvs, -eco?, 6. part, a, pepos. -ovs. to : take part in, p€T€X€Lv (gen.). participation, participating, kolvco- via. passion, TrdSo?, to : = angry pas- sions, dpyal (pi.) : = evil de- sire, €7rt3 v/xia, 17. path, odos, T). patience, KapTepla, rj. pay, /xto-So?, 6. pay attention (to), t6v vovv npoa-- eX^Lv (= animum applicare) ; or TTpoo-ex^^^ only, top vovv be- ing understood. peace, flprjvq. peacock, racoy, -o), 6. 290 FIRST GREEK BOOK. Peloponnesus, UikoTropprjcros, rj. people, drjfios, 6. perceive, Karavoelv. perform, Trpdrreiv, ipyd^ea^iai. perhaps, 'lo-cos. Pericles, UepiKkris, -eovs. peril, KLudvuos. perish, aTroXXvo-'^aL. aTroXcoXa = perii. permit, eav (== d-av) : it is per- mitted, €^€(TTL. Persian, tlepo-rjs, -ov, 6. persuade, rrel^eLv (ace), persuasion, TretSco, -ovs, rj, phalanx, (pdXay^, -yy os, rj. Philip, ^IXlTTTTOS, 6. philosopher, (piXocrocpos, 6. philosophy, (f)LXoorop.L). repent, p,€TapeXea'^aL : or impers. fjierapeXei tivl tcvos. report, a, Xoyos, 6. reproach, oueidiCecv (oveidos), ace. 7' e i ; dat. personam, (cf. expro-" hrare alicui ignaviam). request, to, alTelv (= e-etz/), Set- a'^at (= e-€crSat). requite a favor, d7ro§t§oVat x^P''^- resident-foreigner, peroLKos, 6. Yeso\ve,ycyvo}(rK€Lv(vL) , doKel tlvl, respect, alddis : with — to, Trept. rest, the, «XXoy : = reliquus, Xot- TToy. restore, dnodMuat (d7ro§i5a)/>tt). retail-trader, to be, KanrjXevctu. retentive memory, of a, pvr]p(ou, 'OVOS. retreat, dvaxdipr)(Tis, rj. return, dj/axoopcli/ (= e-eip). revenge oneself on or upon, rt/zco- pela'^at (= e-€(r3at), acc, dfiv- i/eo-^at (jLvd vnip tlvos). reverence, mSco?, -ou?, rj. revile, Xoibopelv (=r e-av)^ acc. revolt, to cause to, dcfuo-rdvai ( Aor. inf. dnoo-Tricrai). Mid., to re- volt. So Aor. 2. act. dTrea-Trju. 292 FIRST GREEK BOOK. reward, a^Xov, to. rich, ttXovo-ios : be or become rich, rrXovrelu (:= e-eiv). riches, ttKovtos. right (just), dUaLos. rightly, op'^cos. rise up, dvLo-rao-'^ai. river, TroTajjios, 6. road, odos, r). rob, dp7rd^€iv : = deprive of, a- (j)aip€2(T^aL (= €-€a?iai) rivd tl : crvkav (= d-€Lv). robber, Xrjo-rrjSi -oO, 6. rock, nerpa, 7). root, pi^a, T), Roman, 'Pco/xmos. rose, podov, to. royal, pao-iXetos. rub, Tpt^€iv. rudder, nrjdaXtov. ruin, to, dnoXXvvaL. ix. ruined, dvdaTaTos, -ov. rule, rule over, to, apx^i'V (gen.), ^aaLk€v€Lv (gen.), ruler, apxo)u, -ovros, 6. run, Tpe^^Lv (vii.) : run to, Trpoo-- Tpex^Lv. run away, dnohibpao-Knv (ace). VI. rush, to, opfxav (= d-€LT/). S. Sacrifice, Svo-ta, rj. SO/xa, to. sacrifice, to, '^vclu. sadness, Xvttt], rj. safe, do-s, tJ. ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 293 shoot, d(f)i€vat, d(jiL7]fjLL (= let fly). Pdm. 67.^ short, (Spaxvs, -eta, v. show, to, beiKvvvai (§6i/cw/xt), S7- Xoeti/. show-off, iindeLKViipat. shut, Kk€L€Lv (perf. pass, -cr/xat or -fxai) : CO in or up, KaTaKkeUtv. Sicily, ^.LK^kia. 7^. sick, da'^evr)^, -es". sick, to be, vocrelu ( = e-eti/), a- sight, o\/Aif, 77. sioTi, (rT]fJL€loV^ TO. silliness, t]\l'^l6tt]s (-rjTos). silver, cipyvpoSi o. silver (adj.), dpyvpeos, -ovs. sin, dfJLapTrjfJia, -aros, to. sin, to, dp,apTdv€iv. m. since (because), 6t€, eVet. sing, to, adcLv. sister, ddeXcprj, 7. sit, to (of a bird), incod^civ. slaughter, (povev-cLv. slaughter, (poms. slave, 8oi)\os, 6. oIk€tt]s (= famu- lus) : to be the slave of, dov- Xeveiv (c. dat.). slavery, dovXeLa^ 7. slay, (pov€V€LP. sleep, vTTvos, 6. sleep, to, cvdcLv, Ka^icvBciv. slow, ^pabvs (also oi intellect). small, fiLKpos, oXiyos. srnelUng, oacPprjatSi 7. snatch at, dpnd^-eLv. snow, ;(ta)i/. )(l6pos, 7. so, OVTCOS '. = this, TOVTO. so great, tootovtos. so long (adj.), ToaovTos. so that, ojcrre. sober-minded, (ro)(f)poiv, -ovos. sobriety of mind, craxppoavvrj. Socrates, ^oncpaTTjs, -ov ?, 6. soldier, a, (TTpaTicjTrjs^ -ou, 6. solid, (TT€p€6s. some, fVtot (often indef.), tiv€s. some — others, 01 ficp . . . ol de. \ son, vlos, 6. j soon, ra;(a. Sophocles, '2n(j>0KXrj9, -eovs^ 6. ; soul, yj^yxv- 1- sound, (^001/7 (vox). sow, to, 0-7r€Lp€lU. spare, to, (^ei§eo-3at (gen.). Sparta, ^ndpTr}, 7. Spartan, a, ^TrapTiarqs, -ov, 6. speak, Xey€Lv. speak ill of — , /Calais Xeyciv (c. ace. fersoncc). spear, ^opy, to. Note 9. spend (one's hfe), bidyciv {tov filov). sphere, o-cpaipa. spirit, povs, voVi 6. spirit (= courage), high-minded- ness, courage, cvyj/vx^a (eu. "^vXl)' (pp6vT]fia^ TO. spring, eup, eap-os^ to. stadium, o-rciSiof/, to. stag, eXdcpos, o, 7. star, ao-Tpop, TO. state, a, ttoXis, -eooy, 7. statue, dpdpidsi -dpTos, 6. stay, fjL€P€LP. steal, KXeTTTeip : steal away, dpTra- still (yet), ert. stillness, rjo-vxia, 7. stir (move), to, /ctz^elv (= c-eti/). stone, Xi'^os, 6. straight, op'^os, 7, op. stranger, ^epos, 6. strength, la-xys, -vo?, 7. strike, tvttt€lp : iraUip. strive (= endeavor), ncipdcr^ai (= d-€(j3at). strong, lo-x^pos. study, a, fidJirjfjLa, to. subjugate, x^^P^^^'^^'- ( ^= ^'^* (jSai), SouXoui/ (= d-eti^). such, TOLovTos or 6 rotoOrof, the article when the particular class or kind is to be made promi- nent. such as, olos* 294 FIRST GREEK BOOK. sudden, al(j>vLbL0S' suffering, to be, Ka^veiu. sufficient, iKavos. sufficiently, iKavcos. summer, ^epos, -ovs, to. sun, 37X10^. 6. superintendent, iTrLfjLekrjTrjs, 6. supply, bestow, Trapex^o-'^ai. suppose, 7;yeto-3ai (= e-eo-3at), VOfXL^€LV. supreme (of laws), Kvpios. surpass, vlkolv (= d-eiv), rivd. dLa(f)€p€Lu (gen.) = to be dis- tinguished from him. swallow, ;(;eXt6a)i/, -ovos, 77. swear, ojjLvvvat {ojxvvixi). ix. sweat, idpats, -cotos, 6. sweet, i]dvs. sweetmeats, rpayrjfjiaTa, swift, Taxvs. sword, ^icpos, TO. sycophant, (TVKo(pdvT-qs, -ov. Syracuse, ^vpaKovaaL^ al. Tail, ovpd^ rj. take = capture, alpelv {^^ e-etz/). List VII. take care, eTri/xe'Xeo-Sat (gen.), take hold of, dnTea-'^aL (gen.), take place (be done), yiyvea'^aL. taken, to be, dXtV/ceo-Sat. vii. tale, Xoyoff, ov. fxv'^os, 6. talk, to, XaXelv {=: e-eiv). talked-about, Trepi^orjTos, ov. talk nonsense, Xripelv. talon, ovv^, -vxos, 6. taste, to, yeveo-^at (c. gen.), teach, dMo-K€iv tlvcl tl. TraLbeveiv (=z educate), eacher, dMo-Kakos. tear, a, daKpvov, to. tell. XeycLV, (ppd^€LV. temperate, eyxpaTrjs, -ey. tempest -tossed, to be, x^^'H'^C^' temple, vcoosy -ea>, 6. tell, Xeyetz/. terrible, davos. Thales, GaXfj?, 6 (G. eaXeco, D. -fj, A. rjv) : Thales and his school, ol djjL(j)\ Qakrjv. than, rj : Gen. after a compara- tive. that, in order, tW, cos, ottcos. Theban, Grjpalos, 6. Thebes, erjfiaL, al. them, avTovs. Themistocles, Be/xto'TOKX^s, 'eovs^ o. themselves. See Pdm. 46. then, t6t€. there, e^et. I was there, irapriv (= I was present). therefore, ovv. Thermopylae, QepfioTrvXai, aU Thessalian, BerraXoy, o. thief, KkeTTT-qs, -ov, 6, thigh, p,r]p6s, 6. thing, TTpdyp^a, to. think, rjyelo-'^ai (= c-ecr^ai), vofxl- ^€Lv, o'Ua'^aL. thirst, diyjros, -ovs, to. thirst, to, or be thirsty, dLyjrfju (= d-€LV). this, ovtos. See Pdm. 47. this (emphatic, the accent being used to mark the emphasis), OVTOS y€ (tovto ye, &C.). thou, o-v. Pdm. 42. though, Kcip (z=: Koi idv), through, did. throughout, adv., 8l6Xov. throw, pLTTTCLV. throw away, to, aTro-^dW-eiv, thus, ovra)(y). time, xP<^voSi 6 : right — , Kaipos, 6. Tissaphernes, TLo-(ra(l)€pvr)s, -ovsy r O. together with, dfxa (w. dat.). toil, to, Kdp,V€LV. tongue, yXwo-tra (yXwrra), 17. tooth, odovs, 'OVTOS, 6. torture, ^aaavi^eiv. touch, to, diTTea^ai (gen.). ENGLISH AND GREEK INDEX. 295 town, TToXtff, -€(0S, T]. train, to, Traideveiv : (to — any- thing, TTpos tl). travel, to, iropevea'^ai. travelling-moneV; €(j)6diov, to. treason. Trpodoo-ia. tj. treaty, aw'^-qKrj^ tj. (movdal, at. tree, bevhpov, to. trial : to make — of, neipao-^aL (= d-ea^^at), gen. Trojan, Tpco'iKos. trophy, TponaLov, to. trouble, ttouos. 6. truce, (TTTovdal (pl.)> -^v (lit. liba- tions) . true, a.\T]?ir]s, -is. truly (really), dXTySwy. trunk (of an elephant), fivKTrjp. -rjpos, 6. trust, to, 7rei3eo-3at, ttlo'tcv^lv (dat.). truth, dXT^Seta, 77. truth, to speak the, Xeyetz/ Td\r)?irj (•= TCI aXr]'^?)). tunic (a small), x''T<^^iov, to. turn, to, aTp€//', yvTr-oy, 6. W. Wagon, dpa^a. wait, fievcLv. waking (of a waking person, &c.), cypTjyopiKos. wall, r6r;(oy (-ovs). want, to, Sell/ (= t-eti/). war, TToXe/xoj, 6. war, to carry on, TroXf/xeTi/ (=^ 6- 6tl/). ward off, dfivvciv. See Vocab. 29. 296 FIRST GREEK BOOK. warrior, aTpaTicoTrjSi -ou, o. war-song, naidp, Tracdv-os, 6. wash, Xov€Lv. water, vdcop, vbaros, to. Note 9. wax, KTjpos, 6. way (road, journey), obos, rj : (= manner), rpoiros, 6. we, rjpElS' weak, do-'^evrjSi -es. weakness, do-'^eveia^ rj. wealth, ttXovtos, 6. xP^H'^'^^i '^^* weary, to be, Ka/jLvcLv. weave (a garland), irXeK-eLu. weep, to, KXaicLv, well, KokcJs, €v : do well to, ev TTOulv (= €-€Lv), cvepyeTclv (= €-e»/), acc. : to be well, ev e^eti/ : to be doing well, cv TTpaTTCLV. well - appointed, K€KocrpTjp,€vos (partcp. perf. pass, from koct- fxelv [= €-€ti/], to adorn, ar- range beautifully). well-disciplined, evirei^irjs (=: obe- dient). well-disposed, evvoos, -ovs. well-ordered, rerayp^evos (perf. pass, partcp. from rdcra-eLv). what ? TLs ; tl ; what kind of, ttolos. See Vocab. 25. whatever, oorty, oa-irep. when, ore, eVet. whence, e^ ov. whenever, orav (subj.). where, ov, ottov : where ? tttj ; wherever, ottov av (subj.). — ov, OTTOV (vv. opt.). whet, ^r)y-€Lv. whether, noTepou. which ? (of two), TTOTepos. white, XevKos : as subst., ro Xeu- KOV. whither ? wrj ; who, which, os : interrog. ris ; whoever, octtls^ ocTrcp. whole. Tray, dwas, (rvprras, oXos* wicked, kukos^ irovrjpos. wife, yvvr), yvvaLK-os, fj. wild beast, ^irjpLov, ro. willing, €Kcou, -ovora, -ov. willing, to be, ^ovXecr^iaL, i'^eXeiv, willingly, rjbecos. Most — , eKooz/, see Willing, wind, avepos, 6. wine, oLvos, 6. wing, 7rT€p6uy ro. nrepv^, -yos wing (of an army), Kepas, to. winter, x^ipcou. wisdom, aocfiLa. wise, o-o(f)6s : to be — , (jbpt (= e-€Lv), prudeniem esse. wish, to, ^ovXea^iaL, eSeXeti/. with, (Tvv (dat.), /xera (gen.), within, ii^Tos (gen.), without, civev (gen.), woman, yvvrj, yvvaiK-6s, rj. woman, old, ypavs, ypdos, rj. wonder, to, to wonder at, Jiavpd- (etv. wonderful, ^iavpaa-Tos. wont, to be, i^l^cLV. word, Xoyos, 6. work, €pyov, TO. write, ypd > t t 14 'I r - -. . , , ; f ; J i . , ) 1 I I . .